THE NEW

BOTANIC GARDEN,

1

Acanthus

t
Deanr

fiyrart:

A-fcUptaj tub ere so.

f '/ -I I /ft/ 1 .l/'l 'I' V // It HI

THE NEW

BOTANIC GARDEN,

ILLUSTRATED WITH

ENGRAVED BY SANSOM,

FROM THE

ORIGINAL PICTURES,

AND

COLOURED WITH THE GREATEST EXACTNESS

FROM

DRAWINGS BY SYDENHAM EDWARDS.

IN TWO VOLUMES.

VOL. I.

— ^ —

LONDON:

PRINTED FOR JOHN STOCKDALE, PICCADILLY,

BY T. SENSLET, BOLT-COURT, FLEET-STREET.

1812.

-,:,!

•.I

CONTENTS.

Plate. Page.

1 f Acanthus Mollis . . . .' Smooth Bear's Breech. 1

t Asclepias Tuberosa Orange Apocynum 4

fAgrostemma Coronaria Rose Campion J 1

-I Anchusu Officinalis Officinal Bugloss 13

\ Aquilegia Canadensis Canadian Columbine 15

^.Actiea Racemosa American Herb Christopher 18

„ | Agapanthus Umbellatus African Agapanthus 21

\ Asphodelus Luteus Yellow Asphodel 23

. f Anemone Hortensis Star Anemone 26

1 Albuca Minor Lesser Albuca 37

. f Arbutus Unedo Strawberry Tree 41

t Alyssum Saxatila Yellow Aiyssum 45

g f Anthericum Liliastrum Savoy Anthericum 50

1 Amaryllis Formossima Jacobean Amaryllis 54

_ f Aster Amcllus Italian Aster 66

\ Amaranthiis Hypochondriacus ...... Prince's Feather 72

„ f Apocynum Androseemifolium Fly-Catching Dog's-Bane 79

I Antirrhinum Purpnreum Purple Toad-Flax 82

„ C Argcmone Mexicana Mexican Argemone 89

I Azalia Nudiftora Coccinea Scarlet Azalia 90

10 \ Bignonia Radicans Ash-Leaved Trumpet Flower 93

1 Butomws Umbellatus .., Flowering Rush 97

r Bupleurum Fruticosum Shrubby Hare's-Ear 99

11.) Bulbocodiitm Vernum Spring Bulbocodium 101

t Blitum Capitatum Berry-Headed Straw berry-Blite 102

0 f Calla JEthiopica Ethiopian Calla 105

" \ Coroni/la Emeris Scorpion Senna 106

C Ca/ycant/ins Floridus Carolina Allspice 1 1O

13 < Cofutea Arborescens Common Bladder Senna Ill

(. Ceunothus Amcricanus New Jersey Tea-Tree 113

e Campanula Rapunculoides Nettle-Leaved Campanula '..117

14.? Crepis Barbata Yellow Hawkweed 123

£ Convolvulus Tricolor Small Blue Convovulus 124

7135190

CONTENTS.

Hate. Page.

r Chelone Ob/igua Red-flowered Chelone 128

15 < Colchicum Autumnale Autumnal Crocus 130

(. Catanancht Cterulea Blue Catananche . . , 132

fi < Convallaria Majalis Lily of the Valley 134

0 1 Cerinthe Major Great Honey- Wort 136

_ C Chdidonium Glaucum Yellow-Horned Poppy 138

\ Cistus Ladaniferus Gum Cistus 139

|H f Crassula Coccinea Scarlet-flowered Crassula 144

\ Cytisus Laburnum Laburnum 146

C Cyclamen Persicum Persian Cyclamen 149

\ Crocus Vernus Spring Crocus 152

Dahlia Pinnata Purple Dahlia 156

Dahlia Crocata Yellow Dahlia ib.

r Daphne Cneorum Trailing Daphne 160

1 Dracocephalum Virginianum Virginian Dragon's Head 163

e f Delphinium Elatum Larkspur 167

| Dianthus Barbatut Sweet William 169

e C Dodecatheon Meadia Mead's Oodecatheon 185

[ Dictamnus Albus White Fraxinella 186

Q | Eckinops Sph&rocephalus Great Globe Thistle 189

' i Ejyngium Alpinum Alpine Eryngo 190

OA C Erica Grandiflora Great-flowered Heath 194

' { Epilobium Angustifolium Rose-Bay Willow-Herb 202

0 - c Fritillaria Imperialis Crown Imperial 204

0 1 Fumaria Cava Hollow-Rooted Fumitory 207

2^ f Genliana Acaulis Large-flowered Gentian 2O9

i Glycine Rubicunda Dingy-flowed Glycine 212

Helleborus Viridis Green Hellebore 215

20

2_

Hypericum Hircinum Fetid St. John's Wort 218

oft f Hemerocallis Fulva Town Lily 22 1

' (. Hibiscus Syriacus Althea Frutex 223

QQ f Ixia Chinerisis Chinese Ixia 227

1 Iberis Gibraltarica Gibraltar Candy Tuft 232

f Iris Germanica German Iris 235

30-? Iris Versicolor Various-coloured Iris ib.

(_ Iris Varieguta Variegated Iris ib.

.. . C Knl in'ui Glauca Glaucous Kalinin 245

I Linum Arbareum Tree Flax 247

'32 / ffelianthwt Multiflorm Perennial Sun-flower 252

i Hedysarum Obscurum. Creeping-Rooted Hedysarum 255

33 f Lavatera Trimestris Annual Lavatera 258

| Lathyrus Sativus Blue-flowered Lathy rus 203

t Lychnis Chalcedonica Scarlet Lychnis 266

34 ^ Leucojum Ve.rnu.rn Spring Snow-Flake 27 1

( Lysimachia Nummularia .......... Creeping Moneywort , , 274

CONTENTS.

Plats. Page.

- f Lobelia Carditialii Scarlet Lobelia, or Cardinal's flower . . . 276

i Lilium Candidum White Lily 279

f Mirabilh Jalapa Marvel of Peru 288

36 ) Mimosa Sensitiva Sensitive Plant 292

(.Monarda Didyma Scarlet Monarda 303

„_ f Nigel/a Damascena Love in a Mist. Devil in a Bush 306

| Narcissus Jonquil/a Jonquil 309

„„ y Nelumbium Speciosum Chinese Water-Lily 317

' £ No/ana Prostrata Trailing Nolana ib.

f Oenothera Fruticosa Shrubbery Oenothera 319

1 Organum Dictamnus Dittany of Crete ,, 323

40 ( Primula Veris Oxlip 307

' t Pteonia Tetiuifolia Fine-leaved Paeony 342

f Pancratium Maritimum Sea Pancratium 347

1 Soldanella Alpina Alpine Soldanella 350

r Papaver Orientate Eastern Poppy 352

I Pulmonaria Firgi/iica Virginian Lung- Wort 355

f Philadelphus Coronarius Common Philadelphus 353

I Passiflora Carulea Common Passion flower 360

r Philadelphus Coronarius Syringa, or Mock Orange 370

1 Polemonium Ctzru/eum Blue Greek Valerian .... V 373

( Phlox Paniculata Panicled Lychnidea 374

45 s Polygala Chamabuxus Box-leaved Milkwort . . . ; 373

I Physalis Alkekengi Winter Cherry 380

.a ( Rudbeckia Purpurea Purple Rudbeckia 335

| Rosa Liitea Single yellow Rose 388

C Rhododendron Ponticum Pontic Rhododendron 402

1 Robinia Hispida Rose Acacia 405

48 5 Symphytum Orientate Eastern Comfrey 41O

| Salvia Indica I Indian Sage ....412

.„ f Sanguinaria Canadensis Canada Puccoon 420

| Saxifraga Crassifolia Oval-leaved Saxifrage 43 1

50 5 Sy'H§a f'ulgaris Lilac 427

I Sarracena F/ava Yellow Sarracena 429

, . f Scabiosa Atropurpurea Sweet Scabious , . . 433

1 Scilla Campanulata Bell-flowered Squill 437

„ f Sedum Anacampseros Evergreen Orpine 440

' | Sophora Tetraptera Wing-Podded Sophora 446

. „ C Sempervivum Arachnoideum Cobweb Houseleek 450

I Strelitzia Regina, Canna-leaved Strelitzia 453

f Solidago Stricta Willow-leaved Golden Rod 455

54 < Senecio Elegans Double Purple Groundsel 460

(. Spartium Junceum Spanish Broom 463

CONTENTS.

Hate. Page.

, f Spiraa Lobata Lobe-leaved Meadow Sweet 466

I Sisyrinckium Iridioides Iris-leaved Sisyrinchium 4? 1

5Tradescantia virginica Virginian Spiderwort 474
Trillium Sessile Sessile Trillium 475

£ Thalictrum Aquilegifolium Feathered Columbine 476

57 Tropteolum Majus Greater Nasturtium 479

,ft f Valerian Rubra Red Valerian 481

(. Veronica Sibirica Siberian Speedwell 485

f Finca Rosea Madagascar Periwinkle 489

^ •£ Viburnum Tinus Laurustinus 492

_- f fVachendorfia Paniculata Panicled Wachendorfia 498

00 1 Vitf x Negundo Five-leaved Chaste Tree 500

TO THE BINDER.

Plate I to face the Title-page to Vol. I.
Plate LIII to face the Title-page to Vol. II.

PLATE I.

1. ACANTHUS MOLLIS.

SMOOTH BEAR'S BREECH.

THIS genus comprehends several hardy herbaceous plants of the
perennial flowering kind, which are in use for the purpose of orna-
ment in pleasure-grounds, &c. and also one of the evergreen shrubby
sort for the stove.

It is of the class and order Didynamia Angiospermia, and ranks in
the natural order of Personate.

The characters are: that the calyx is a perianthium, with leaflets
in three alternate pairs, unequal, and permanent: the corolla single-
petalled and unequal, having a short tube closed with a beard; no
upper lip; very large under lip, which is flat, straight, very broad,
three-lobed, obtuse, and of the length of the upper lip of the calyx :
the stamina have four filaments, subulate, shorter than the corolla,
the two upper rather longer, recurved and incurved at the top: the
antherae are oblong, compressed, obtuse, the lateral ones parallel,
and villous before: the pistillum has a conical germ, a filiform style
of the length of the stamina, and two acute lateral stigmas: the
pericarpium is a subovate pointed capsule, two-celled and two-
valved, with a contrary partition, alternate claws, curved and fas-
tened to the partition: the seed is ovate, gibbous and single, but
sometimes double.

The species most commonly cultivated are: 1. A.mollis, Smooth
Acanthus; 2. A. spinosus, Prickly Acanthus; 3. A.ilicifolius, Holly-
leaved Shrubby Acanthus.

The first, or Smooth Acanthus, according to Miller, has the stem
from two to three feet in height. The leaves are oblong, smooth on

2

both sides and shining, from a span to a foot in length, divided
deeply into opposite ovate lobes, which are bluntly toothed and
finely ciliate about the edges, placed on roundish petioles, with a
flat channel running along the upper surface. Both the leaves and
flower stems rise directly from the root : the former, by spreading
closely upon the ground in circular clusters, produce a good effect.
But though the leaves are said to be smooth, they are not without
white bristles on both sides, especially along the nerves. The flow-
ers are white, and come out from about the middle to the top of the
stalk. They make their appearance in July or August, continuing
in blow a month or six weeks, and then produce seed.

There is a variety of this plant in which the leaves are larger and
less sinuated, the upper side shining.

The second sort, or Prickly Acanthus, has the leaves deeply
jagged in very regular order; each segment is terminated by a sharp
spine, as are also the petioles and the calyx of the flowers, so that
the plant is troublesome to handle. In both these species the leaves
and stalks are annual.

The Holly-leaved Acanthus is an evergreen shrub, which rises
about four feet in height, dividing into many branches ; the leaves
being similar to those of the common holly both in size and shape,
and also armed with spines in the same manner. The flowers come
out singly in an upright raceme at the end of the stalk, are white,
and shaped like those of the Common Acanthus, but smaller.

The two first are thick, fleshy, fibrous-rooted plants, which spread
considerably, and penetrate the earth to a great depth. They are
found in their native state in Spain, Italy, and Portugal ; but grow
without difficulty in the open ground in this climate.

The last is a very tender plant, which in this climate requires
the constant heat of the stove to preserve it. It is a native of South
America, and also of both the East and West Indies. It is retained
in hot-houses for the purpose of variety.

Culture. — Both the Smooth and Prickly Acanthus are found to
succeed in any common soil without much attention to the nature of
the exposure, and are said by Miller to be lasting plants, which may

be propagated either by seeds or the parting of the roots. If by the
former method, the seed should be sown in a light dry soil towards
the end of March, either in slight drills or on the plain surface, and
immediately raked in. When the season proves favourable, the
plants appear in May, and all the after-culture they require is to
keep them clean from weeds, and, where they stand too close, to
thin them out, so as to leave them about six inches apart ; which is
room sufficient for them to grow in until the autumn, when they
should be transplanted into situations where they are designed to
remain. The first, as being the most tender, is advised to be planted
in a warm border near a wall, and which, as the plants do not mul-
tiply so fast by their roots, do not require more room than about
three feet ; but the second, as it spreads its roots to a great distance,
should have more than twice that space. From this last sort being
hardy, it may be proper to be planted between shrubs to fill up va-
cant spaces ; where it will grow without difficulty, provided the
ground be light and not over wet; and when in flower will thus
make an agreeable variety.

When they are propagated by their roots, the operation may
be performed either in spring or autumn: but the former should
only be removed in the spring; for, if transplanted in the au-
tumn, and the following winter should prove cold, it will run the
hazard of being destroyed. The roots in these cases should not
be parted too small, and the plants be at once placed out where
they are to remain. As these plants take very deep root, when
planted in wet ground, the roots are liable to rot in the winter.
They have frequently been traced more than four feet: they should
not therefore be wholly removed after they have been growing
long in a place; but the side shoots be annually taken off, otherwise
they will be apt to spread so far as to overpower the neighbouring
plants or shrubs. The remaining culture is only that of affording the
flowering stems due support when it becomes requisite, and carefully
clearing away the decayed stalks in the autumn.

When these plants arc once established in a piece of ground,
they are observed by Miller to be eradicated with great difficulty.

Both the Smooth and Prickly Acanthus are moslly kept in the
nurseries for the purpose of sale.

The Shrubby species of Acanthus may be propagated with the
greatest certainty by sowing seed that has been procured from abroad,
in pots; to be plunged in a bark-bed in the stove until the plants are
raised, when they are to be managed in the same manner as other
hot-house plants. Layers and cuttings likewise sometimes succeed,
when planted in pots and placed in the same situations.

2. ASCLEPIAS TUBEROSA,

ORANGE APOCYNUM.

THIS genus comprises various plants of the flowery, perennial,
herbaceous, and shrubby exotic sorts; and of the Swallow-wort and
Dog's-bane kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Digynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Contortce.

The characters of which are: that the calyx is a five-cleft, sharp,
very small, permanent perianthium. The corolla monopetalous, flat
or reflex, five-parted: the divisions ovate-acuminate, slightly bending
with the sun. The nectaries five, growing to the tube of the fila-
ments below the anthers, fleshy, or cowled; protruding from the
bottom a sharp horn, bending inwards. The stamina consist of
five filaments collected into a tube, swelling at the base: the anthers
oblong, upright, and two-celled, terminated by an inflex membrane
lying on the stigma, having a reversed wing on each side, growing
broader downwards with its edge contiguous to the next. The pol-
len is collected into ten corpuscles, inversely lanceolate, flat, hanging
down into the cells of the anther by short threads, frequently flex-
uose; which are annexed by pairs to five cartilaginous, twin tuber-
cles, each placed on the tip of the wings of the anthers, adhering to

the angles of the stigma, between the anthers. The pislillum con-
sists of two oblong acuminate germs; styles two, subulate: stigma
common to both, large, thick, five-cornered, covered at top by the
apexes of the anthers, umbilicate in the middle. The pericarpium
has two follicles, large, oblong, acuminate, swelling, one-celled,
one-valved. The seeds numerous, imbricate, crowned with down:
the receptacle is membranaceous and free.

The species are very numerous, but those most commonly in
cultivation are; 1. A. vincetoxicum, Common Swallow-wort, or
Tame-poison; 2. A. nigra, Black Swallow- wort; 3. A. Syriaca^, Sy-
rian Swallow-wort, or Dog's-bane; 4. A. purpurascens, Purple Vir-
ginian Swallow-wort, or Dog's-bane; 5. A. vtrticillata, Verticillate
Swallow-wort; 6. A. decumbens, Decumbent Swallow-wort, or Dog's-
bane; 7- A, tuberosa, Tuberous-rooted Swallow-wort, or Dog's-bane;
8. A varicgata, Variegated Swallow- wort; 9. A. arborescens, Arbo-
rescent Swallow- wort; 10. A. fruticosa, Shrubby or Willow-leaved
Swallow-wort; 11. A. undulata, Wave leaved Swallow- wort; 12.^4.
crispa, Curled-leaved Swallow-wort; 13. A. curassavica, Curassoa
Swallow-wort, or Bastard Ipecacuanha; 14, A. volubilis, Twining
Swallow-wort; 15. A. gigantia, Curled flowered Gigantic Swallow-
wort.

The first species has the root very large and much branched : it
is composed of many strong fibres, which are connected at the top,
like those of Asparagus. From this arise many stems, in number
proportioned to the size of the root, near two feet high, very slender
at the top, woody, round, hairy, and not branched. The leaves are
cordale-ovalc, acuminate, smooth, hardish, quite entire, glaucous-
green, the midrib and sometimes the edge of the leaves a little
hairy: the petioles short. Peduncles axillary, many-flowered, re-
sembling proliferous umbels. The calyx small, green, divided at the
end into five bristles. The corolla is commonly white: the follicles
ovate-acuminate: the seeds small, brown, and wrapped in white
cotton. It flowers in June, sometimes in May, and continues flower-
ing to August, and is a native of most parts of the continent of
Europe.

It is said to var}r, with yellow flowers; and there is a variety with
broader leaves.

The second species agrees with the above in the shape of its
roots, leaves, and flowers; but the stalks extend to a greater length,
and toward their upper part twist round any sticks or other plants
near them; and the flowers are black.

It is by no means so common as the foregoing, having been found
only in the south of France, the mountains about Nice, and in Spain.
It flowers at the same time with the other.

The third creeps greatly at the root, and sends up strong stems
upwards of four feet high; towards the top of them the flowers come
out on the side; these are of a worn-out purple colour, smelling sweet;
and sometimes they are succeeded here by large oval pods. It
flowers in July, and is a native of North America. The French in
Canada eat the tender shoots in spring as Asparagus. The flowers
are highly odoriferous.

The fourth species has many stems, as thick as the little finger,
at bottom quadrangular with blunted angles, and of a brownish green
colour; above round and green, a little hairy. The leaves are on
short petioles, from four to six inches long, and two or three broad;
the midrib purple. The flowers have the petals of a dusky herba-
ceous colour, the horns of the nectaries pale and gaping, not erect
but horizontal. It is a native of North America, and flowers from
July to September.

The fifth species rises with slender upright stalks, at the top of
which grow umbels of small white flowers, appearing in July, but
never succeeded by pods in this climate. The leaves are frequently
four together. The peduncles forming an umbel are opposite to
the leaves. It is a native of North America.

The sixth has declining stalks, which are hairy, and eighteen
inches in length. The leaves are narrow. The umbels grow at the
extremity of the branches,are compact, and the flowers of a bright
orange colour. It is a native of North America.

In the seventh species the stems are a foot high, hairy, round,
and dusky red. The leaves alternate, except on the upper part of

the stem. Below where it branches are generally two leaves, and at
the place of branching four: on the branches themselves the leaves
are again alternate. The flowers are of a bright orange colour. The
tuberous roots very large. It is a native of North America, and
flowers from the end of July to September, sometimes ripening seed
in this climate.

The eighth, according to Linnaeus, is allied to the third; but Dil-
lenius thinks that it approaches very near to the Amosna, but that
the stems are shorter, and commonly variegated with dusky purple
spots; the leaves broader and rounder, more excavated, less rigid,
not shining or hoary underneath, with the oblique veins deeper, so as
to be even grooved; the flowers larger, pale, dusky flesh-coloured,
sweet-smelling, the horns of the nectaries standing out and gaping
more.

According to Miller, it resembles the fourth sort, but the leaves
are rough, and the umbels of flowers more compact; they come out
on the side of the stalk, are of an herbaceous colour, and are
not succeeded by pods in this climate. It is a native of North
America.

In the ninth species the stem is shrubby, rough with hairs, up-
right, as thick as the finger. The leaves opposite, on very short pe-
tioles, ending rather obtusely, but with a minute point, and smooth.
The peduncles from the summit of the stem, umbelled, villose. The
corollas are white. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, and
flowers in December.

In the tenth the nectaries are compressed without a claw, instead
of which are two long reflex ears. The follicles are inflated, and set
with soft prickles. It is also a native of the Cape, and flowers from
June to September.

The eleventh is a native 6f the Cape of Good Hope, and flowers
here in July.

The twelfth has the stem pubescent, branching at bottom. The
leaves subsessile, repand. One umbel of yellow flowers terminates
the stem. Found at the Cape of Good Hope.

The thirteenth species has the stem from a foot to two or three

8

feet in height, upright, simple, or generally so, round, pubescent,
and milky. The leaves opposite and decussated, petioled, acute,
entire, and smooth on both sides. The flowers in umbels: umbellules
terminating, or opposite to the terminating leaflet in pairs, pedun-
cled. Involucre none, but only a few subulate leaflets. The pe-
duncle the length of the leaves: pedicels shorter, one-flowered. Ca-
lyx of five, lanceolate, reflex leaflets : corolla reflex. Nectaries five,
round the middle corpuscle, ovate, ear-cowled obliquely inwards,
with a little horn from the nectareous base, sabre-shaped, bent in-
wards. In the middle is a truncate corpuscle, hollowed at the tip,
bluntly five-cornered, covered with five scales at the sides, and gaping
with as many chinks. Scales hollowed within. Glands five, roundish,
black, to which are fixed above, within the scales, pairs of glandu-
liferous pedicels, in place of anthers; these glands are oblong, pel-
lucid, panduriform, and filled with prolific moisture. Germs two,
ovate, acuminate; styles two, subulate, hid within the column;
stigmas simple, and obtuse. Follicles oblong, acuminate, toothless,
ventricose, and smooth. It is a native of South America, the West-
Indian Islands, and China near Canton, and flowers from June to
September.

The fourteenth species is quite smooth, with shining branches.
The leaves petioled, ovate-subcordate, and veined. The umbels
quite simple, on peduncles the length of the petiole. The flowers
greenish. It is a native of Malabar, Ceylon, &c.

The fifteenth rises to six or seven feet in height. The leaves are
thick; the flowers white; the pods very large; the base of the pe-
tiole bearded above. The nectaries do not put forth awl-shaped
horns, but solid converging plates. It flowers from July to Sep-
tember.

Culture. — The method of propagating the different hardy kinds,
as the first eight species, is by parting the roots and planting them
out, either in the autumn as soon as the stems decay, or in the early
spring months before the new shoots are protruded. They require a
rather dry soil, as when there is too much moisture they are apt to
have their roots destroyed by it in the winter season. They are like-

wise capable of being raised from seed, when it can be procured, by
sowing it in beds or pots of light fresh earth in the spring months.
With the seventh and eighth species, the pots should be plunged in
a hot-bed, and as soon as the plants present themselves they should
be exposed gradually to the influence of the open air to strengthen
their growth, and when sufficiently vigorous, be either pricked out
on warm borders, or in the situations where they are to remain. In
the former method they must be transplanted the March following
into the places where they are to grow. In either mode occasional
shade and water must be provided, and in the winter the roots be
protected from the action of the frost by being covered with old tan,
litter, or mats. These two sorts may also be occasionally increased by
planting the offsets in the early spring.

They last many years when proper care is taken of them in the
winter; but do not bear frequent removing well, or flower so strongly
under such circumstances.

In the culture of the ninth and three following sorts the pro-
tection of a green-house is essentially necessary in the winter
season.

The ninth and tenth kinds may be increased either by seeds or
cuttings. In the first manner the seed should be sown in small pots
filled with a light earthy compost, placing them in a hot-bed; and
when the plants have attained a proper degree of size and strength
they must be pricked out into separate pots, a due degree of shade
and water being given till they have stricken fresh root, and after-
wards as occasion may require.

The eleventh, twelfth, and other Cape sorts, may be propagated
by sowing the seeds in the latter end of March or beginning of April
on a moderate hot-bed, covered with light mould, under glasses, or
even sometimes in the open air; and when the plants are become
sufficiently strong and a few inches in height, they may be placed
out into separate small pots filled with light fresh earth, being at first
properly shaded and supplied with moisture: after being fully rooted
they may be exposed in warm situations in assemblage with other

c

10

exolic plants till the beginning of the autumn, when they must re-
ceive the shelter of the green-house.

The principal attention which is afterwards necessary with plants
of this description is, that of properly potting them as they increase
in size, and carefully exposing them in the open air during the
summer months.

These sorts are likewise capable of being raised by setting the
cuttings of the shoots in the latter end of the summer in shady situa-
tions, and after they have stricken good roots carefully removing
them into pots, to be managed as the seedling plants.

The thirteenth and following kinds require to be kept constantly
in the stove of the hot-house. They may be increased by sowing
the seeds in the spring either on a hot-bed, or in pots, and plunging
them into the hot-bed; the plants, when sufficiently grown, being in
the first mode transplanted into separate pots of good earth, to be, as
in the latter method, plunged into the tan-bed in the stove of the
hot-house. Plants of the thirteenth species should be annually
raised, as they decline in the production of flowers after the first
year.

The first kinds may be employed in the fronts of the clumps and
borders of pleasure, or other grounds, where they have a good effect
in mixture with other plants of similar growth.

The second sorts afford an agreeable diversity in the green-house
during the winter, and in the compartments about the house in the
summer season.

Those of the last description present a pleasing variety among
other stove plants.

tf.2

.-nJ.-n A/////..

AjmrfrmmM <•<>,;•„„, -ni ^ .[„< /,„.>„ ,•//,<,„„/,., Ayni/,,,,,, ,„,„„/,„.„.>• ./,/,„ ,,„,„„•.,;.•

a** <•„,„,„,.„ fff,,,,,,,/ a „.,/,,/:, *('„„,„/,„„/'„/„„,/„„,. ' .1 „,<•,•„„>,//,,•/, f/,,, .?/,-,,

t< /

PLATE II.

1. AGROSTEMMA CORONARIA,

ROSE CAMPION.

THE plants of this genus are of the hardy herbaceous, annual,
and biennial-perennial kinds.

It belongs to the class and order of Decandria Pentagynia, and
ranks in the natural order of Caryophyllei.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed, coriaceous, or
leather-like, tubulous, five-toothed, permanent perianthium: th6 co-
rolla has five petals, with claws of the length of the tube of ihe
calyx; and border spreading, obtuse, and undivided: the stamina
are ten awl-shaped filaments, five alternately later than the other
five, inserted into each claw of the petals: the antherae simple: the
pistillum is an ovate germ, with filiform, erect styles, of the length
of the stamina, and simple stigmas: the pericarpium an oblong-
ovate, covered, one celled, five-valved capsule: the seeds are very
numerous, kidney-shaped, and dotted: the receptacles free, as many
as seeds; the interior ones gradually longer.

There are a number of different species, but those for cultivation,
as ornamental plants are, 1. A. coronaria, Rose Campion: 2. A.
Flos Jovis, Umbellate Rose Campion.

The first of these species, in its natural state, -has the corolla
white, with the middle red; and it has the habit of the species be-
low, but is harder, more pulpy, and more lomentose. The calyxes
are much harder, callous, and covered with a white pile, with hard
thick ribs, not green hairy lines as in that: the petals are much
broader, slightly emarginate: the auricles bifid: the flowers not

12

heaped into an umbel, but scattered on the branches of the slem on
very long peduncles. Native of Italy and the Valais.

There are three varieties of this plant: one with deep red, another
•with flesh-coloured, and a third with white flowers: and the Double
Rose Campion, with a large crimson flower, which is chiefly cultivated
as being an elegant and beautiful flower.

In the second, the stem is erect, dichotomous at the top, and
covered with a white nap. The leaves are conjugate, connate,
ovate-lanceolate, quite entire, erect, and pressed to the stem, being
all over nappy. The flowers from the top and forks, solitary. The
flower-stem rises near a foot or a foot and a half high, and the
flowers grow in umbels on the top of the stalk, and are of a bright
red colour. It flowers in July, and the seeds ripen in September.
It is a native of the mountains of Switzerland.

Culture. — In cultivating these plants all the single kinds may be
easily propagated by the seeds, which may be sown either in the
spring or autumn on a bed of common earth; and after the plants
have attained the height of about three inches, they should be
pricked out into another bed, at the distance of six or seven inches
from each other, water being immediately applied in not too large a
quantity, and afterwards occasionally repeated. In the autumn or
spring following the plants will be in a proper situation to be trans-
planted into the places where they are to remain for the purpose of
flowering in the ensuing summer months. And as the plants fre-
quently come up from the self-sown seeds with equal strength and
vigour, these may be transplanted in the same manner, and often
succeed fully as well.

As the double sorts afford no seed, they can only be propagated
by parting the roots; which, as they mostly afford abundance of
offsets, may be easily effected. This should be performed in the
autumn, as soon as the flowering is over, every head being parted
that can be slipped off with roots. These should then be planted out
in fresh ground that has not lately received any manure, at the
distance of six or seven inches from each other; water being applied
in a sparing manner until they have taken fresh root, after which it

13

must be wholly omitted, as much moisture is very prejudicial. In
the spring they should be put into the situations where they are to
remain for flowering.

A few plants may likewise be placed in pots of good fresh mould,
in order to be set out in the yards or other compartments about the
house.

The second sort admits of the same methods of cultivation, but
succeeds best in a rather moist soil, where the situation is somewhat
shady.

Both the species and all varieties are well suited for the pur-
poses of ornament, affording a very agreeable diversity in clumps
and borders.

2. ANCHUSA OFFICINALIS,

OFFICINAL BUGLOSS.

THIS genus comprises several plants, chiefly of the herbaceous
perennial tribe, of hardy growth, and of the Bugloss kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Monogynia, and
ranks in the natural order of Asperifolice.

The characters of which are: that the calyx is a five-parted,
oblong, round, acute, and permanent perianthium: the corolla is
monopetalous and funnel-shaped : tube cylindrical, of the length of
the calyx; limb semiquinquefid, form erect, expanding, and obtuse;
throat closed with five small scales; convex, prominent, oblong, and
converging: the stamina have very short filaments in the throat of
the corolla: anthers oblong, incumbent, and covered: the pistillum
has four germs: the style filiform, of the length of the stamina;
stigma obtuse and emarginate; no pericarpium, but the calyx en-
larged and erect, contains the seeds in its bosom: the seeds are four,

oblongish, obtuse, and gibbose..

The species that are most deserving of cultivation are: 1. A.

14

officinalis, Garden Alkanet, or Bugloss; 2. A. undulata, Waved Al-
kanct; 3. A. Virginica, Virginian Yellow Alkanet; 4. A. sempervi-
rens, Evergreen Alkanet.

The first has the stems from a foot to eighteen inches in height
and more, the thickness of a finger, slightly angular, hairy and
rough. The leaves slightly decurrent, seven inches long, above an
inch broad, hairy and rough. The spikes conjugate, terminating
the stem; the flowers sessile, in a double row: the caljx hirsute:
the corollas purple, near half an inch in diameter. At first opening
they are red, but afterwards become purple. Sometimes they are
white. It flowers in June, July, and August; and the seeds ripen
in a month. It is a native of Italy, Spain, &c.

There are several varieties of it; as, Common Bugloss with blue
flowers, with white flowers, with red flowers.

The second species is in height three feet, with many strong la-
teral branches, produced from the main stem near the ground. The
leaves stiff and rough, six or seven inches long, and about half an
inch broad at the top, closely embracing the branches at the base,
where they are two inches broad ; indented and waved on their
edges; the upper surface beset with hairs, and very rough to the
touch. The spikes of flowers axillary, a foot or more in length, and
reflex. The corollas fine blue. It is a native of Spain, &c.

The third seldom rises a foot in height where the soil is good;
and where it is poor not more than half that height. Its flowers grow
in loose spikes upon a smooth stalk. It is perennial, flowers eailjr,
and is a native of North America.

The fourth species has the stems at the sides of the crown of the
root, hispid. The leaves ovate, marked with lines, petiolate, and
remote. The peduncles axillary; with two bractes, opposite, sessile,
lanceolate-ovate, many-flowered : the corollas blue, with a short
tube, rather salver-shaped than funnel-shaped: the calyx thick set
with long, white, bristly hairs: the segments rather longer than the
tube of the corolla: ihe germs imbedded in a hollow, glandular re-
ceptacle, one or two generally abortive: the seeds rough, of a bony
hardness. It is found native in Spain and Italy.

15

Culture. — All the sorts may he propagated by the roots, care
being taken to plant them on such soils as are pretty dry. They
are likewise capable of being raised by sowing the seeds in the au-
tumnal season upon beds of sandy earth, and in the following spring
removing the plants that arc sufficiently strong, and setting them out
in beds two feet apart, water being occasionally given. They also
all come up well from the self-sown seed. They may be made use
of for the purpose of ornament, where a great variety of easy culti-
vated plants are wanted, though they possess but little beauty.

3. AQUILEGIA CANADENISIS.

CANADIAN COLUMBINE.

•

THIS genus contains plants of the hardy herbaceous perennial
flowering tribe, and Columbine kind.

It belongs to the class and order Polyandtia Pentagynia, and
ranks in the natural order of Multisiliqua.

The characters of which are: that there is no calyx: the corolla
consists of five lanceolate-ovate, flat, equal- spreading petals: the
nectaries five, equal, alternate with the petals; each horned, and
gradually broader upwards, with an oblique mouth ascending out-
wardly, and annexed inwardly to the receptacle, produced below
into a long attenuated tube with an obtuse top. The stamina con-
sist of numerous filaments, subulate; the outer ones shorter, and
oblong erect antherae the height of the nectaries: the pistillum con-
sists of five ovate, oblong germs ; ending in subulate styles longer
than the stamina, and erect simple stigmas; the chaffs ten, wrinkled}
short, separate, and involving the germs: the pcricarpium consists
of five erect, distinct, cylindrical capsules, gaping from top inward,
containing numerous ovate, shining seeds, annexed to the gaping
suture.

16

The species are: 1. A. vulgaris, Common Columbine; 2. A. al-
pina, Mountain Columbine; 3. A. canadensis, Canadian Dwarf Co-
lumbine.

In the first the stem is three feet high, erect, branching, leafy,
and somewhat angular. The leaves smooth, glaucous underneath;
the lower ones petiolate, biternate; the leaflets roundish, trilobate,
gashed and notched; the upper ones digitate, the lobes oval and
quite entire: the radical petioles very long. The flowers are pro-
duced from the lops of the naked branches, and hang down; they
have generally six pistils and eight nectaries. It is a native of most
parts of Europe, and perennial, flowering in June.

There are several varieties, the flowers varying greatly by culture,
becoming double either by multiplying the petals or the nectaries.
And of all these varieties, there are subordinate variations, both in
the degree of doubleness, as with two or more rows of petals, two or
three rows of nectaries, curiously inserted one into the other; and in
the colours, as blue, white, red, purple, flesh-coloured, ash-coloured,
chesnut-colourcd, and striped or variegated blue and purple, blue
and white, red and while, &c.

The second species has the root biennial. The leaves bilernate,
tender, and smaller than in the common sort; the leaflets multifid;
the lobes sublinear and blunt; with the appearance and tenderness
of the Canadian Columbine. It is a native of the Alps, &c. and
flowers in May and June.

The third has likewise a perennial root. The stems are very
slender, and reddish. The leaves in the lower ones biternate, irregu-
larly divided, the extreme lobes blunt, the upper ones simply ter-
nate, toothed or quite entire; the uppermost simple, lanceolate, and
acuminate. The corollas yellow within, and red on the outside. It
is a native of Virginia, &c. and flowers in April.

Culture. — The culture in these plants may be effected, either by
sowing the seeds, or parting the old roots; but the first is the best
practice, as the old roots are apt to decline and degenerate after they
have blown a few seasons. The seed may be put in either in the
autumn or spring season; but the former is the belter, as seed which

IT

has remained long out of the ground seldom grows well. A bed of
fresh light earth is the best for the purpose. In the following spring
the plants should be kept clear from weeds, and occasionally wa-
tered when the season is dry ; being transplanted into other beds
of the same sort, during the summer or autumn, according to their
growth, at the distance of eight or ten inches every way; water be-
ing given when necessary. The plants mostly blow in the following
summer, but seldom in a strong manner. The best flowering roots
should therefore be taken up in the autumn, and planted out in such
situations in the garden and pleasure-grounds as they are designed to
remain in. In order to prevent the roots from degenerating by the
reception of the farina of other flowers, the flower-stems should be
cut down immediately after they have blown. And to keep up a
proper succession of fine flowers, some plants should be raised every
two years from seed.

In saving the seed of the variegated kinds, great care should be
taken that no plain flowers be left among them.

The different varieties of these plants are capable of being in-
creased by parting the roots of the young plants, such as those of
three years old, in the autumn or spring.

The only general culture these plants require, is that of keeping
them free from weeds, and cutting the decayed stems down in the
autumnal season.

The last species often flowers sooner by a month than those of
the other kinds.

All the varieties of the first, however much they may seem to
differ in form, colour, size* structure, and variegation, are capable of
being produced from seed of the same plant.

They are all adapted to afford variety in pleasure grounds and
gardens; and the Canada sort is esteemed for the early appearance
of its flowers.

18

4. ACT^EA RACEMOSA

AMERICAN HERB CHRISTOPHER.

THIS genus comprehends plants of the Herb Christopher or
Baneberry kind, which are hardy herbaceous perennials, of tall
growth.

It belongs to the class and order Polyandria Monogynia, and
ranks in the natural order of Multisiliqute.

The characters are: that the calyx is a perianthium of four
leaves, with roundish, obtuse, concave, and caducous leaflets: the
corolla has four petals, acuminate at both ends, longer than the
calyx, and caducous: the stamina consist of numerous, usually
about thirty, papillary filaments, broader at top: the anthera are
roundish, twin, and erect: the pistillum has a superior ovate ger-
men, no style, and a thickish, obliquely-depressed stigma: the peri-
carpium is an oval-globose, smooth, one-furrowed, and one-celled
berry; and the seeds are many, semi-orbicular, and lying over each
other in two rows.

The species that chiefly deserve notice for the purpose of culti-
vation are: 1. A. spicata, Common-spiked, Black-berried Herb
Christopher ; 2. A. racemosa, Clustered, Long-spiked, American
Herb Christopher.

The first sort grows two feet and a half high, the footstalks of the
leaves rising from the root; these divide into three smaller footstalks,
each of which divides again into three, and these have each three
lobes, so that each leaf is composed of twenty-seven lobes or small
leaves. And the flower-stem which rises from the root has leaves of
the same form, but smaller. On the top of the stalk appear the

19

flowers, which grow in ramose spikes, and are of a pure white; these
come out in May, and are succeeded by black shining berries abouk
the size of peas, which ripen in autumn.

There is a variety of this plant with white berries, and another in
which they are of a red colour.

The second kind has large compound leaves, which rise imme-
diately from the root, and are branched after the same manner
with the first. The flower-stems frequently rise to the height of
four or five feet or more. The flowers are white, in a long spike,
reflex at the top. It flowers in June, or the beginning of July,
but does not perfect seed in this climate. It is a native of North
America, where it is often distinguished by the title of Black Snake-
root.

Culture. — The propagation of these plants may be easily effected
by sowing the seed on a shady border of common earth in the au-
tumn, as soon as they are taken from the plants, as when the sowing
is deferred till the spring they are liable to remain in the soil until
the same time in the following year before they come up, and much
time is lost. From the irregular manner in which the plants mostly
appear, the mould of the beds should be as little as possible disturbed,
Jest they be destroyed. When fully grown in the succeeding au-
tumn, they may be transplanted into the situations where they are
to remain, which should be rather shady.

The seeds of the second species are mostly sent annually from
America, and should be put into the ground as soon as possible after
they arrive.

As these plants rise to a considerable height, and are ornamented
with leaves on the lower part of the stems, and with handsome spikes
of flowers on the upper parts, they are well suited for adorning the
common compartments and clumps of pleasure-grounds, especially
where there is a degree of shade without the inconveniences of large
trees; and also in the intervals between large shrubs in conspicuous
situations, where, from their hardy nature, they will only require the
same treatment as them.

20

As these plants are perennial in root, but annual in the leaf
and stem, these last require to be cut off and cleaned away every
autumn.

The berries of these plants are believed to have a poisonous pro-
perty, a single berry being said to be capable of instantly destroying
fowls and other birds.

.,,-„., „,-„.,•

.//,//,>/•/

PLATE III.

1. AGAPANTHUS UMBP:LLATUS.

AFRICAN AGAPANTHUS.

THIS genus comprehends the African Lily.

It belongs to the class and order of Hexandria Monogynia, and
ranks in the natural order of Liliacece.

The characters of which are: that the calyx is a spathe common,
gaping at the side: the corolla is one-petalled, funnel-shaped, and
regular; the tube cornered, as if composed of six claws; the border
six-parted, with the parts oblong and spreading: the stamina are six
filaments inserted into the throat, shorter than the corolla, declinate:
the antherae are kidney-shaped and incumbent: the pistillum is a
superior germ, oblong, three-cornered; the style filiform, of the
length of the stamina, and declinate ; the stigma simple or trifid : the
pericarpium is an oblong capsule, three-sided, three-celled, three-
valved: valves navicular, with contrary dissepiment : the seeds nume-
rous, oblong, compressed, and enlarged with a membrane.

There is only one species, the A. umbeUntus, African Blue, or
Asphodel Lily.

It has the root composed of many thick fleshy fibres, diverging
from the same head, striking deep i nto the ground, and putting out
many smaller fibres, which are of a white colour and fleshy. From
the same head arises a cluster of leaves surrounding each other at
the base, so as to form a kind of herbaceous stalk about three inches
in height, from which the leaves spread only two ways, appearing
flat in the other two. The leaves are thick, succulent, about a foot
long, and near an inch broad, compressed, and of a dark green co-

22

lour. Between ihese comes out the flower-stalk, which is from two
to three feet in height, round, and as large as a man's little finger,
naked to the top, where it supports a large head or umbel of blue
flowers, inclosed in a sheath, which splits into two parts, and is bent
backward. Each flower stands on a pedicel about an inch long.
The petals are blunt, and waved on their edges; the umbel being
large, the flowers numerous, and of a bright blue colour, making a
fine appearance.

They appear about the end of August, or the beginning of Sep-
tember, and frequently continue in full beauty till the spring.

It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope.

Culture. — This plant may be easily propagated by means of off-
sets taken from the parent plant. The operation of parting them is
to be performed at the season when the process of vegetation is in
the most languid state, which in this plant is generally about the
latter end of June. In performing the work the old plants are to be
turned out of their pots, and the mould cautiously cleared away from
them, that the fibres of the offsets may be belter ascertained. The
offsets are then to be separated in such a manner as that their heads
may not be injured. When they adhere very closely a knife may be
employed for the purpose, being careful not to wound the bulb of
cither the old or new plant. After this has been accomplished the
bulbs are to be planted out separately, in pots of good garden mould,
and placed in shady situations that admit the morning sun. A little
water should be given once or twice a wrek when the season is dry,
care being taken not to endanger the rotting of the roots by applying
it in too large a proportion. In four or five weeks, when the new
planted bulbs have put out fresh roots, they should be removed into
other situations that are more fully exposed to the influence of the
sun, a little more water being cautiously applied in order to strengthen
their flowering. The flower-stems mostly appear in the beginning of
September, and towards the end of it the flowers begin to open. At
this period, if the season be not quite favourable, the plants must be
brought under shelter, in order to protect them from the effects of
frost or too much wet, care being taken to admit the air as freely as

possible, as without this the flowers become pale, weak, ;mdt>f a bad
colour. About the end of October it is necessary to remove them to
the greenhouse, and place them in such situations as that they may
have the advantage of free air without being shaded by other plants.
During the winter season, when the weather is mild, a little water
may be given occasionally; but in case of frost it must be wholly
omitted, the plants being kept as dry as possible.

The only management that plants of this sort demand is that of
protection from the effects of frost and too much moisture; it is of
course only necessary to shelter them in the house in the winter
months, without the aid of artificial heat, and place them out in the
open air in summer.

2. ASPHODELUS LUTEUS.

YELLOW ASPHODEL.

THIS genus contains plants of the herbaceous perennial and an-
nual flowery kinds, having fleshy fibrous roots. The King's Spear.

It belongs to the class and order Hexandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Coronarice.

The characters of which are : that it has no calyx : the corolla is
one-petalled, six-parted; the divisions lanceolate, flat, and spread-
ing: the nectary consists of six very small valves, converging into a
globe, inserted into the base of the corolla: the stamina have six fila-
ments, subulate, inserted into the valves of the nectary, bowed; alter-
nately shorter: the anthers are oblong, incumbent, and rising: the
pistillum is a roundish germ, within the nectary: the style subulate,
in the same situation with the stamens: stigma truncate: the peri-
carpium is a globular capsule, fleshy, three-lobed, and three-celled:
the seeds several, triangular, and gibbous on one side.

24

The species are, 1. A. luteus, Yellow Asphodel, or King's Spear;
S. A. ramosus, Branched Greater White Asphodel, or King's Spear r
3. A. fistulosus, Hollow or Onion-leaved Minor Asphodel, or King's
Spear.

The roots of the first are composed of many thick, fleshy, yellow
tubers, joined into a head at the top; whence arise strong, round,
single stalks, near three feet high, covered their whole length with
long three-cornered, boat-shaped leaves, of a sea-green colour: the
upper part of the stalk is adorned half way with yellow star-shaped
flowers, which begin to open at bottom, so that on the same spike
there is often a succession of flowers during a full month from the
lime of its beginning to flower, which is in June, or towards the end
of May. It is a native of Sicily.

The second species has likewise roots composed of many thick
fleshy fibres, to each of which is fastened an oblong tuber, as large
as a small potato; the leaves are long and flexible, having acute
edges; they grow in irregular clusters from the crown of the root;
among these come out the stalks, which rise more than three feet
high, sending out several side branches, which are naked; the upper
parts of these are adorned with many star-shaped flowers, which are
white with a purple line running longitudinally along the outside of
each segment. They grow in long spikes, flowering successively
from the bottom upwards. They appear the beginning of June, and
the seeds ripen in autumn. It is a native of the south of Europe.

There is a variety, according to Miller, which is unbranched, with
white flowers.

The third species is an annual plant. The roots are composed of
many fleshy yellow fibres. The leaves are spread out from the crown
of the root, close to the ground, in a large cluster; they are convex
on their under side, but flat above, and hollow. The flower-stalks
rise immediately from the root, and grow about two feet high, divid-
ing upwards into three or four branches, which are adorned witli
white starry flowers, having purple lines on the outside: these come
out in July and August, and their seeds ripen in October, soon after
which the plants decay. It is native of the south of France.

25

Culture. — These are plants that require little trouble in their cul-
tivation, and which succeed in almost any soil or situalion. They
are capable of being propagated by seeds and by parting the roots.

In the first method the seeds should be sown as soon as they are
perfectly ripened in the autumn, upon a bed of light fresh earth in a
warm aspect. The plants will rise in the early spring months, and
after being kept clean during the summer, may be transplanted into
fresh beds in the succeeding autumn or spring, at the distance of six
inches from each other, and in the following autumn be planted out
in the situations where they are to remain. But it is probably a bet-
ter practice to remove the plants from the seed-bed into the places
where they are to continue, as in this way they grow with more vigour.
The third sort can only be raised from seeds, which should be sown,
in the autumn; and the plants, when they have put out three or four
leaves, be removed into the places where they are to grow.

In the latter mode the slips or parted roots may be planted out,
either on beds or in the places where they are to grow, in the autumn
or early spring. In the former case the plants are usually allowed a
summer's growth before they are removed. In either way the tops
of the roots should be covered three or four inches with mold. They
usually flower in the following summer.

The first species multiplies rapidly by roots, but the second more
sparingly, and does not bear transplanting so well, as it is rendered
more weak in its flowering.

The variety with white flowers is less hardy than either of these
species.

In severe winters it is useful to protect the roots by the applica-
tion of tan or stable-dung; and the stems should be annually cleared
away when they begin to decay in the autumn.

These plants afford considerable variety, when properly inter-
mixed wjth others of the flowering hardy kinds in the borders and
other parts of pleasure-grounds, producing a good effect from their
continuing long in blow.

PLATE IV.

1. ANEMONE HORTENSIS,

STAR ANEMONE.

THIS genus comprehends several plants of the tuberous-rooted
flowery ornamental kind; being perennial in their roots, but annual
in their stems and flowers.

It belongs to the class and order Potyandria Polygynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Multisiliqua.

The characters are: that it has no calyx; that the corolla has
petals in two or three rows, three in a row, somewhat oblong : the
stamina have numerous filaments, capillary, half the length of the
corolla: the anthers twin and erect: the pistillum has numerous
germs in a head, the styles acuminate, and the stigmas obtuse: no
pericarpium : the receptacle globular or oblong, hollowed, and dot-
ted: the seeds very many, acuminate, retaining the style.

The species are very numerous; but those that most deserve the
cultivator's attention in the Anemone kind are: 1. A. coronaria, Nar-
row-leaved Garden Anemone; 2. A.hortensis, Broad-leaved Garden
Anemone; 3. A. nemorosa, Wood Anemone; 4. A.apennina, Moun-
tain-blue Wood Anemone; 5. A. ranunculoides, Yellow-wood Ane-
mone.

In the first species the flower-stems rise between the leaves im-
mediately from the roots, two, three, or more from the same root, to
the height of eight, ten, or twelve inches, having a leafy appendage
<jr invohierum a little above the middle. The radical leaves are
deeply divided into numerous segments, which are subdivided by
threes into many narrow divisions. At the top each stem is adorned
with a flower, which in the double sorts is large and very ornamental.

l:>inlf,l h* ]'..,' t;,{». i !•</.<• 1.,-,,.1,'n 1',,1-lillifJ Ju(y

, J in 'in, /i, lt(>rt/- titts

fat IsKfar.rkj Flfft Strffl

, J//>/n-il im >/i>r
• l//un;i

V ^ ^, * J * ' * * ' */' *' * ' *

27

It is a native of the Levant, where it grows single, but has been ren-
dered double by cultivation.

The varieties are very numerous: in the single sorts, the Watchet
or Pale Blue; the Common Purple; the Scarlet, and many interme-
diate varieties. In the double kinds, the Common Double Red and
Scarlet; the Parti-coloured Crimson; the Crimson Velvet; the'Great
Double Blush; the White; the Lesser Blush; the Purple; the Blue;
the Rose-coloured; the Carnation; the Purple Velvet; the Purple
Velvet of three colours; the Double Brimstone; the Green, &c.

In the second sort the stems rise to the same height. According
to Haller, the root-leaves are of two kinds; one very deeply gashed,
so that they have the appearance of being five-fingered, but are in
reality three-parted, the side-lobes being two-parted to the very base;
all the lobes are narrow and sharp: the side ones deeply bifid, the
middle ones trifid or quadrifid, the extreme ones sharply lanceolate:
the other kind broad, deeply three-lobed, blunt, bluntly and shortly
serrate at the tip, with an awn standing out. The leaf on the stem,
or involucre, is ternate, the leaflets ovate-lanceolate. The peduncle
is solitary and one-flowered, as in the first: the petals three times
three (in the natural single flowers,) long, elliptic, marked with lines,
the outer ones subhirsute on the outside, white at the base with green
lines. The roots in this as well as the first consist of small tubers.

There are several varieties of this both with single and double
flowers: the single and double Yellow: the Purple Starre Anemone,
darker and paler; Violet Purple; Purple striped; Carnation; Grede-
line, between a peach-colour and a violet; Cochenille, of a fine red-
dish violet or purple; Cardinal, of a rich crimson red; Bloud-red, of
a deeper, but not so lively a red; Crimson; Stamell, near unto a
scarlet; Incarnadine, of a fine delayed red or flesh-colour; Spanish
Incarnate, of a lively flesh-colour, shadowed with yellow; Blush, of
a fair whitish red; Nutmegge, of a dark whitish colour, striped with
veins of a blush-colour; Monk's-gray, pale whitish tending to a gray;
Great Orengc Tawnie; Lesser Orenge Tawnie: in the double, the
great double Anemone of Constantinople, or Spanish Marigold; great
double Orenge Tawnie; double Anemone of Cyprus;, double Persian

27

It is a native of the Levant, where it grows single, but has been ren-
dered double by cultivation.

The varieties are very numerous: in the single sorts, the Watchet
or Pale Blue; the Common Purple; the Scarlet, and many interme-
diate varieties. In the double kinds, the Common Double Red and
Scarlet; the Parti-coloured Crimson ; the Crimson Velvet; the 'Great
Double Blush; the White; the Lesser Blush; the Purple; the Blue;
the Rose-coloured; the Carnation; the Purple Velvet; the Purple
Velvet of three colours; the Double Brimstone; the Green, Sec.

In the second sort the stems rise to the same height. According
to Haller, the root-leaves are of two kinds; one very deeply gashed,
so that they have the appearance of being five-fingered, but are in
reality three-parted, the side-lobes being two-parted to the very base;
all the lobes are narrow and sharp: the side ones deeply bifid, the
middle ones trifid or quadrifid, the extreme ones sharply lanceolate:
the other kind broad, deeply three-lobed, blunt, bluntly and shortly
serrate at the tip, with an awn standing out. The leaf on the stem,
or involucre, is ternate, the leaflets ovate-lanceolate. The peduncle
is solitary and one-flowered, as in the first: the petals three times
three (in the natural single flowers,) long, elliptic, marked with lines,
the outer ones subhirsute on the outside, white at the base with green
lines. The roots in this as well as the first consist of small tubers.

There are several varieties of this both with single and double
flowers: the single and double Yellow: the Purple Starre Anemone,
darker and paler; Violet Purple; Purple striped; Carnation; Grede-
line, between a peach-colour and a violet; Cochenille, of a fine red-
dish violet or purple; Cardinal, of a rich crimson red; Bloud-red, of
a deeper, but not so lively a red; Crimson; Stamell, near unto a
scarlet; Incarnadine, of a fine delayed red or flesh-colour; Spanish
Incarnate, of a lively flesh-colour, shadowed with yellow; Blush, of
a fair whitish red; Nutmegge, of a dark whitish colour, striped with
veins of a blush-colour; Monk's-gray, pale whitish tending to a gray;
Great Orengc Tawnie; Lesser Orenge Tawnie: in the double, the
great double Anemone of Constantinople, or Spanish Marigold; great
double Orenge Tawnie; double Anemone of Cyprus;, double Persian

28

.Anemone; the common great double Variable Anemone; common
double and variegated Scarlet; Red and Purple; variegated of these
colours.

The best Star-Anemones are said to come from Brittany, where
they raise yearly many fine sorts.

In the third species the root is perennial and creeping. The
height of the whole plant from five to ten inches: the stem single,
round, and pubescent; bearing one leaf, and one flower. The leaf
is doubly ternate; each part being petioled; the petiole is flat and
broad, particularly at the base; each part, or leaf (for some consider
it as three leaves) is trifid; each leaflet being gash-serrate, and hairy
underneath, especially on the nerves. The peduncle is from an inch
*o two inches in length, is only a continuation of the stem, and springs
from the centre of the leaf. The flower consists of six or seven ob-
long-ovate petals, sometimes ending bluntly, sometimes emarginate,
and the Editor of Miller's Dictionary has observed them not unfre-
quently even gashed or lacerate. The usual colour is white, but
they are often tinged with purple on the outside, particularly the
three outer ones; and sometimes they are entirely purple on both
sides. The joint of the stem, and the backs of the leaves are also apt
to be tinged with red.

The varieties are: with single flowers, with double white flowers,
with single purple flowers, with double purple flowers, and with red-
dish purple flowers. /

In the fourth species the root is perennial and tuberous; the stem
round, purplish, and about a span high: the root-leaves on long
petioles, lernate, and leaflets usually three-parted; the segments va-
riously cut and divided, somewhat pointed, hairy on both sides; one
three-parted leaf, or three leaves together on the stem, like the others,
but on short, sheathing petioles. From the centre of these arises the
peduncle, about a hand high, round and purplish, except near the
flower, where it is green. The stem, leaves, and peduncle, are com-
monly slightly hairy: the flowers are upright, of a pale blue colour,
and sweet smell; the petals oblong, from twelve to fifteen, and dis-
posed in three rows. It flowers in April.

29

The varielics arc: with single blue flowers, \vilh double blue
flowers, with single violet-coloured flowers, with double violet-

3 O •

coloured flowers.

The fifth differs from the above in having a yellow corolla, two
petals alternately outer, and two inner, and one having one side
within and the other side without the next petal; whereas that has
three outer and three inner petals: it differs also in the peduncles
being accompanied with two leaflets, the latter of which is furnished
with three at the ba<e. It flowers a little earlier lihan the other. It
has sometimes two flowers on a stem, though often but one, the pe-
duncles villose and short, sa that the flower scarcely rises above
the leaves: the petals are five, and roundish; the stamens about
fifty. It grows wild in Sweden, &c.

In the Pulsatilla, or Pasque-flower sort, the species are: I. A.
piilsatilla, Pasque-flower; 2. A. patens, Woolly- leaved Pulsatilla, or
Anemone; 3. A. vernalis, Early Spring Pulsatilla, or Anemone.

In the first species the peduncles are erect and round, from four
to seven or eight inches in height, villose, one-flowered; lengthening
after the flowering is past. The involucre multifid, with the divisions
linear and villose. It sits close to the flower, but when that is fallen
it is found almost in the middle of, the peduncle. The corolla spe-
cious, and purple in colour; the petals lanceolate, and villose with-
out; the seeds ovate, tailed, hairy, and scarcely adhering to the
receptacle: the leaves rough and finely cut, with three or four pairs
of pinnas and pinnules. It grows naturally in Sweden, and flowers-
in April.

The varieties are; with single blue flowers, with double blue
flowers, with single and double while flowers, with single and double
red flowers, and with violet-coloured flowers.

The second has the root perennial ; the root-leaves are ternate-
digitate; leaflets sessile, laciniate and acuminate, the middle leaflet
triparlite, the side ones bipartite; the scape one-flowered, shorter
than the leaves; the involucre remote and villose; the corolla while
and villose underneath; the stamens yellow. It is a native of Si-
beria.

so

The third species has the flower red without, white within; it
blows earlier than the Pasque-flower; the leaves approach those of
Meadow-Rue; the stem is half a foot high, with a very tomentose,
yellow, shining involucre in the middle, finely cut. When the flower
is young, it is white with a blush of purple on the outside, where it
is hairy: these hairs afterwards become yellow. The corolla consists
of six convergent ovate-lanceolate petals: the stamens are very nu-
merous. It grows in the woods in Sweden, &c.

In the Hepatica kind the only species is the A. Hcpatica, or
Hepatica.

In this the leaves of the year before remain, which are heart-
shaped, three-lobed, obtuse, and smooth, beneath being veined in
net- work: the petioles are cylindric, long, and rising: the bud has
generally four outer scales, ovate and membranaceous; three inner
ones, concealing the leaves and flowers; the peduncles three, cylin-
dric, hairy, and one-flowered. The flower lies a year complete in
all its parts within the bud. The corolla has six petals in two rows
of three each, lanceolate, and spreading: the stamens are about
twenty-five: the seeds oblong-ovate, involved in a silky substance;
but many of them abortive. It is found wild in Sweden, &c. It
flowers early.

The varieties in cultivation are numerous: the single and double
blue, single and double red or peach-coloured, single and double
white, single and double variegated red and white, single and
double violet-coloured, with striped leaves.

Culture in the Garden kinds. — All the species and varieties of the
garden and wood Anemones are capable of being propagated by off-
sets from, or dividing their roots. By sowing the seed, new varieties
may also be obtained.

In order to procure the offsets, and dig over and prepare the beds,
the best sorts should bo annually taken up immediately on their
leaves beginning to decay, as in the early part of June for the more
forward sorts. They must then be divided, or have the otFset knobs
taken off. This work should always be performed in a dry season,
the root-bulbs, after the earth has been removed, being deposited on

31

a mat, in an airy dry place, where there is not much sun, being
spread out in a thin manner. When they are become quite dry, the
remainder of the earth should be rubbed off them, and they may be
put up in bags or boxes, and placed in a situation where they can-
not be injured by vermin. The roots should not be too much parted
where they are intended to flower strongly, and each part should be
furnished with a good eye. Where the taking up has been delayed
till the roots begin to make new shoots, it will be too late to remove
them that season.

In planting the roots or sets thus procured, or which have been
purchased from the seedsmen, such situalions should be chosen for
blowing them in as are free from much moisture, and where the ex-
posure is open to the influence of the sun and air, and free from the
shade of trees. They will succeed and flower in tolerable perfection,
in any soil that is sufficiently light and friable in the mould; but in
order to have them blow in the greatest perfection, beds should be
prepared with earthy mixtures, made by taking off the surface of
such lands as have been long in the state of sward, to the depth of
eight or ten inches, where the earth is of the light sandy or hazel
mould kind, throwing it up for some time that it may rot and be-
come perfectly mellow; when rotten cow-dung, in the proportion of
one-third, should be incorporated with it, by having them thrown up
together into a heap, and frequently turned over afterwards; the
stones and clods being carefully raked out and reduced; but the
earth should not be sifted, as it is apt by such means to become too
stiff and compact. Some advise the addition of drift or sea-sand, in
the quantity of about one-fourth.

With this earth beds must be formed for the reception of the
roots: these should be marked out to the breadth of about three feet
and an half, with length sufficient for the quantity of roots, having
alleys between them of from a foot to eighteen inches. The pre-
pared mould is then to be dug or rilled in to the depth of twelve or
sixteen inches, leaving the surfaces of the beds from three to six
inches above the common level of the ground, according to the wet-

O * O

ness of the soil, giving them a little convexity when there is much

32

\

moisture. Some recommend the putting of a layer of well-rotted

cow-dung, about five inches in thickness, below the compost materials.
The surface of the beds should be raked even before the roots are
put in. In planting, six rows should be put in each bed, the roots
being set at the distance of six inches from each other in the rows,
and to the depth of two or three inches. When this has been done,
the surface should be made smooth by raking it over lightly.

The time of planting should vary according to that which it is
intended they should blow at. The best season where early flower-
ing is intended is in the latter end of September or the beginning of
the following month; for a middle flowering, about the middle of
October; and for late flowering, the latter end of February. In this
mode of planting a succession of flowers may be provided from April
till the middle of June. Those roots that are planted the earliest are
in general the strongest, and afford the best flowers, as well as the
greatest increase of off-sets. It is always advisable to keep a few
roots out of the ground till the spring season, for the purpose of a
succession of flowers, and lest the early planted ones should be in-
jured by the severity of the winter, which is sometimes the case
where they are not covered to protect them from frost. These spring-
planted roots flower a fortnight or three weeks after those which
were planted in autumn, and many times blow equally as fair, espe-
cially if it prove a moist spring,, and care be taken to refresh them
gently with water.

But the increase of these roots will not be near so great as in those
of the first planting, provided they are not hurt in winter; and it is
for this reason that those who deal in these roots are forward in plant-
ing; as, although it may sometimes happen, by sharp pinching frosts
in the spring, that their flowers are not so double and fair as those
planted a little later, yet, if they can preserve the green leaves of
the plants from being injured, the roots greatly increase in bulk. But
in gardens where these flowers are preserved with care there is alwaj's
provision made to cover them from the injuries of the weather, by
arching the beds over with hoops or frames of wood, and covering
them with garden rnals or cloths in frosty nights, especially in the

33

spring of the year, when their buds begin to appear: otherwise, if
the best and most double flowers be planted, the black frosts and
cutting winds in March will often cause them to blow single, by de-
stroying the thrum that is in the middle of the flower; — a circum-
stance which has often occasioned persons who have bought the
roots to think they were cheated, when it was wholly owing to their
neglect of covering them.

But, besides this mode, llieso roots ma}' be planted in borders,
clumps, and other places, with much success and effect, in mixture
with other plants; in which method three, four, or more roots should
be planted together in patches of the breadth of five or six inches,
being properly varied in distance and situation. And whether planted
in beds or the borders a showery season should be chosen for the
purpose, as in dry weather they are apt to become diseased, — proper
care being taken to manage the distribution of the colours in such a
way as to produce an agreeable variety. They may likewise be
planted in pots, where the varieties are curious and valuable, three
or more roots being put into each; and by being protected by frames,
a green-house or hot-house during the winter season, they may be
brought forward so as to flower very early and in great perfection.

In the wood sorts the propagation may be effected in the same
manner as in the garden kinds; but the sooner the roots are taken
up and divided after the decay of the leaves the better. The wild
Anemones should be taken up when the leaves decline, and be
planted out in proper situations.

In raising new varieties of these plants from seed, some of the
best and most leafy single, or what are usually termed Poppy Ane-
mones, should be provided, and planted out early that they may
groAv vigorously and afford good seed, which should be carefully col-
lected a few weeks after their flowering is finished. Some, however,
procure the seed from the shops. The best time of sowing is proba-
bly in August; but some advise the spring, as in March or the fol-
lowing month. This may be performed in boxes, pots, or broad
earthen pans, where a small supply of roots only is wanted; but
where the demand is great, it is best sown on beds prepared for the

p

34

purpose. The proper soil or earth for this use is that of the light
sandy kind. The seed should he sown as evenly as possible, but
rather thick, and be covered by sifting light mould over it to the
depth of about a quarter of au inch. The only attention necessary
afterwards is that of occasionally shading the plants from the effects
of the sun in hot weather, and giving them a gentle watering now
and then. In about six weeks the plants will show themselves, when
they should be kept perfectly free from weeds till the leaves begin
to decay, when a covering of light sifted mould should be again ap-
plied, and another in the autumn may sometimes be required.
During the winter they should be well protected from the frosts. In
the second summer many of the plants will flower, and the best may be
marked by a stick; but none should be destroyed till the third year.
At this period the roots will begin to be too thick, and at the decay
of the leaves must of course be taken up, which is best done by pass-
ing the mould through a fine sieve. And as when sown in beds
many roots will be unavoidably left, they should be levelled, and
suffered to remain till the following year. The roots that have
been separated should be preserved, as before directed, for future
planting.

These arc all highly ornamental plants, capable of being cm-
ployed with much effect in pleasure-grounds: many of them are
hardy, flower early, and produce great variety in such situations.
The \vood sorts are very useful in adorning wilderness quarters. The
double sorts, when in beds, afford much beauty and variety.

In the pul sat ill a kinds the propagation may be accomplished
either by the seed or dividing the roots. In the first method the
seeds should be sown in boxes or pots filled with very light sandy
earth, and not covered too deep with mould, which will prevent
their rising, as they require no more than just to be covered. The
boxes should be placed where they may have the advantage of the
morning sun, but be screened from it in the heat of the day; and
when the season is dry the earth be refreshed occasionally with
water. The best lime for sowing is in July or August, soon after the
seed is ripened; as by keeping its vegetative power is apt to be de-

35

stroyed. The boxes or pots should remain in such shad}' situations
until the beginning of October, when they may be moved so as to
enjoy the full sun during the winter season. In March, when the
plants begin to appear, they should be again removed so as to have
only the forenoon sun; for if they arc too much exposed to heat the
young plants are soon destroyed. They should be refreshed occa-
sionally with water in dry weather, and be carefully kept clean from
weeds.

When the leaves are entirely decayed, the roots should be taken
up in the manner directed above; and as there will be many small
roots left, the earth should either be returned into the boxes again, or
spread upon a bed of light earth, to see what plants may rise the
succeeding year. The roots after bding thus taken up should be
immediately replanted in beds of light fresh sandy earth, about three
or four inches asunder; covering them about three inches thick with
the same light earlh. The spring following most of the plants will
produce flowers, but not so large or fair as in the succeeding years.
As the roots of these plants are fleshy, and generally run down deep,
they will not bear to be kept long out of the ground; therefore,
when they are removed, it should be done early in the autumn, that
they may take fresh root before the frost sets in.

In this mode of propagation the plants thrive best in loamy soil;
as in very light dry ground they are apt to be destroyed by too
much heat.

These are plants that afford variety in the borders of pleasure-
grounds, especially the first species and its varieties, which are hardy,
succeeding in almost any situation.

In the hepatica kind the propagation may be effected in the single
sorts either by the seed or the parting of the roots; but in the double
it can only be done by the latter method. The seed of the single
flowers frequently, however, produces double ones. New varieties
are likewise raised in the former manner.

In the first method the most proper season for sowing the seeds
is in the beginning of August, either in pots or boxes of light earth,
which should be placed so as to have only the morning sun until

36

October, when they should be removed into the full sun to remain
during the winter season: but in March, when the young plants be-
gin to appear, they must be removed again to a shady situation,
and in dry weather be frequently watered; when about the beginning
of August they will be fit to be transplanted: at which lime prepare
a border of good fresh loamy earth, with an eastern aspect; inta
which remove the plants, placing them about six inches distance
each way, closing the earth pretty well to their roots, to prevent the
worms from drawing them out of the ground. In the spring follow-
ing they begin to show their flowers; but it is three years before
they flower strong, till which time their goodness cannot be ascer-
tained: when if any double flowers, or such as are of a different
colour from the common sorts, be found, they should be taken up
and planted in the borders, where they should continue at least two-
years before ihey are taken up or parted ; as it is remarkable in these
plants, that where they are often removed and parted they are very
apt to die; but when they are permitted to remain some years un-
disturbed, they grow rapidly, and become large roots. In propagat-
ing them by roots they should not therefore be often parted, or into
too small parts.

Double-flowered plants, as they never produce seeds, are only
capable of being propagated by parting their roots, which should be
done in March, when they are in. flower, care being taken not to
separate them into very small heads. They should not be parted
oflener than every third or fourth year, as they never thrive or blow
well where this is the case.

These are plants that display much beauty, affording flowers very
early in the beginning of the year. The double sorts are the most
ornamental, as the flowers in them arc much larger, and continue in
blow much longer. These should therefore be placed in the most
conspicuous situations in the borders or clumps of pleasure-grounds;
but the single kinds deserve places for the sake of variety.

3?

2. ALBUCA MINOR-
LESSER ALBUCA.

THIS genus furnishes different bulbous-rooted herbaceous peren-
nial plants of the flowery ornamental kind.

It belongs to the class and order of Hexandria Monogynia, and
ranks in the natural order of Liliacece.

The characters of which are:; that it has no calyx: the corolla
has six oblong-oval permanent petals, the three outer spreading, and
the three inner converging: the stamina have filaments shorter than
the corolla; three opposite to the inner petals, linear-subulate, com-
plicate a little above the base, then flat, three opposite to the outer
petals, thicker; antherne on the former oblong, fixed to the inflex
tip of the filament, below the middle upright; on the latter, similar,
but effete, or none: the pistillum has an oblong triangular germ:
style three-sided : stigma a triangular, three-celled, three-valved
capsule: the seeds numerous, flat, lying over each other, and widen-
ing outwards*

The species are numerous; but those mostly for the purposes of
ornament are: 1. A. altissima, Tall Albuca; 2. A. major, Great Al-
buca; 3. A. minor, Small Albuca; 4. A. coarctata, Channel-leaved
Albuca; 5. A. spiralis, Spiral leaved Albuca.

In the first species the leaves are so deeply channelled as to be
almost rolled into a cylinder; two feet long, and almost three inches
broad at the base. The scape a little shorter than the leaves, the
thickness of a finger. The raceme two feet long or more. The
peduncles bent downwards in the season of flowering, afterwards
spreading and becoming finally erect ; they are three inches in
length. The bracteae green, except at the edge, where they are of a
clear white, an inch long. The flowers are of a white colour; and

38

the petals more than an inch in length; the ouler ones sharp and
thickened at the tip, but the inner blunt, bent in, and having a twin
gland, composed of two globes, at the end. The fertile filaments
are waved on the edge, with the anthcnu curved inwards beneath
the glands of the petals: the barren filaments are triangular, fur-
rowed on the outside, a little longer than the others, and have no
anthera. The germ is subpedicelled. The style obversely pyrami-
dal, the length of the germ, covered with glandulous scales: the
angles terminate in subulate horns, covered also with scales; the
centre being elongated into a pyramidal stigma. It flowers in April
and May.

In the second the scape is a foot high, upright, roundish, very
minutely streaked, smooth, and ash-coloured, with a glaucous bloom
on it. The leaves are sharp, smooth, and streaked, a foot long. The
bracteae are sheath-form, lanceolate, concave, with a long linear-
subulate lip, red, nerved, smooth, straight, and solitary, at the base
of the peduncles. The raceme terminating, Jong, of a crimson co-
lour, and smooth : the flowers alternate, peduncled, slightly nod-
ding; there being fewer at bottom. The peduncles round, smooth,
one-flowered, longer than the bracteae, and spreading. The petals
linear, longitudinally nerved, marcescent; the three ouler broader, a
little concave, red, blunt at the end, bent in with a small marginal
scale; tiie three inner narrower, upright, pale red, with a broad, thin,
membranaceous, whitish rim on each side, and an ovate, mernbra-
naceous, inflex scale at the tip. The filaments erect, the length of
tlie corolla, linear, membranaceous, whitish, joined at the base,
inserted into the receptacle; they are alternately free, and fastened
below by a broader base to the inner petals. Anlherre from incum-
bent upright; on the loose filaments barren; on the three others
whitish with yellow pollen, linear, blunt at each end, emarginate, a
little curved inwards, convex at the back, plano-concave in front,
t\vin-furro\ved. The germ fleshy, pyramidal-cylindric, blunt, crim-
son, smooth, with three calluses at the tip, on a short peduncle,
ending in several small blunt teeth pressed close to it. The style
very thick, somewhat flatted, with two of ihe angles nearer to each

39

oilier, a little attenuated at the base, pubescent, red, shorter than
the germ. The stigma blunt, of a yellowish red colour, pubescent
at the edge. Capsule oval, smooth, transversely nerved, compressed,
with two rims along the back. The seeds are orbiculate. Jt flowers
in May.

In the third the leaves are a foot long and more, half an inch
broad at the base. The scape half a foot high, scarcely a line in
diameter. The raceme six inches in length, or even longer. The
peduncles an inch and a half long. The bractea^ are green, with
clear white edges, half an inch long, quickly withering. The flow-
ers yellow. The petals less than an inch in length; the outer ones
thickened at the tip ; the inner having a white, inflcx, kidney-
shaped gland. Barren filaments, linear, with a filiform inflex tip,
and no anthera?. The style obversely pyramidal, the length of the
germ, covered with glandulous scales. The stigma pyramidal, pro-
minent between the inner converging petals. It flowers in May and
June.

The fourth species has the leaves linear-subulate, deeply chan-
nelled, two feet long and upAvards, scarcely half an inch wide at
the base. The scape a little shorter than the leaves, nnd not so
thick as a goose quill. The raceme close, half a foot in length. The
peduncles spreading, a little more than an inch in length. The
bracteee are almost the length of the peduncle. The flowers yellow.
Outer petals oblong, thickened at the tip, above an inch in length;
the inner ones oval, a little shorter than the outer ones. Barren fila-
ments, somewhat shorter than the fertile ones, convex without, chan-
nelled within: the an theme sagittate and effete. The style. prism-
shaped, the length of the germ, and terminated by a stigma from the
angles of the style rounded at the' tip. ' It flowers in May.

In the fifth the root-leaves are few, linear-filiform, upright at bot-
tom, then spiral, and when the plant is more mature, flexuose,
villose-scabrous, shorter than the scape, which is simple, filiform,
flexuose, nodding at the top, streaked, villose-scabrous, of a finger's
length, seldom a span long after flowering, one-flowered, seldom

40

two-flowered. The bractea lanceolate, acuminate, shorter than the
peduncle. There are three filaments without antheree.

They are all natives of the Cape.

Culture. — The best method of propagating these plants, is by
means of offsets from the roots, which should be taken after the
plants have flowered in the summer months. These are then to be
planted out in pots filled with good light mould, and placed under
the protection of hot-bed frames during the winter season. In this
way they mostly succeed and produce flowers. But it is a better
practice, where the convenience of a border can be had in the front
of the greenhouse or stove, to plant them in the natural ground in
these situations, as in this method they both thrive better, and flower
with more vigour than when kept in pots.

The third sort is asserted by Miller to be capable of being raised
from seeds, when they can be procured from abroad, as they seldom
or ever ripen any in this climate.

The second species is also said to be of so hardy a nature, as
sometimes to succeed when planted out on a border of light earth,
in the open ground. All the species are ornamental, and afford
variety in the greenhouse or stove.

J'I/H/,;/ A- .IVY EJwtinb I.rnJi-nl'ulilifhrJ Jan.llMfi bv t-JC,',i >:.•/,• t F/,;-/ . I'/r,;-/ .Kn.miwJ h F, !.'/»/, m

Arbutus ti >«•//,> _f Alvfium <\,r.r,////,f

T

ree

it //<>W Al V/.VII III.

PLATE V.

1. ARBUTUS UNEDO.

STRAWBERRY TREE.

THIS genus contains plants of the evergreen, shrubby and orna-
mental kind.

It belongs to the class and order Decandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Bicornes.

The characters are: that the calyx is a five-parted, obtuse, very
small permanent perianthium: the corolla is monopetalous, ovate,
and flattish at the base, diaphanous, with a quinquefid mouth: the
divisions obtuse, revolute and small: the stamina consist often subu-
late swelling filaments, very slender at the base, affixed to the edge
of the base of corolla, and half the length of it: the antherse slightly
bifid and nodding: the pistillum is a subglobular germ, on a recep-
tacle marked with ten dots: the style cylindric, the length of the
corolla: the stigma thickish and obtuse: the pericarpium a roundish
five-celled berry : the seeds small and bony.

The species of most importance are: 1. A. Unedo, Common Ar-
butus, or Strawberry Tree ; 2. A. Andrachne, Oriental Strawberry
Tree ; 3. A. Uva Ursi, Trailing Arbutus, or Bearberry.

The first species, Common Arbutus, or Strawberry Tree, rises to
the height of twenty or thirty feet in its native situation, but rarely
with an upright stem. But with us it is of much humbler growth.
It usually puts out branches very near the ground. The leaves keep
on all the winter, and are thrust off in the spring by new ones, so
that it is always clothed with leaves. The berries have many seeds
in them, and are roughened with the tubercles of the seeds.

There are several varieties; as with large oval fruit, with round

G

42

fruit, with double flowers, with scarlet flowers; there are also the
curled-leaved or cut-leaved, the broad-leaved, and the narrow -leaved.

The second species much resembles the first, but the bark is not
rough; some of the leaves have no serratures, and the panicle is up-
right and viscid, which in that is smooth. It grows in its native
state to a middle-sized tree, with irregular branches. The leaves are
smooth, large, and somewhat like those of the Bay Tree, but not
quite so long: the flowers are like those of the Common Arbutus,
but growing thinly on the branches: the fruit oval, of the same co-
lour and consistence with the common sort; but the seeds of this are
flat, while in that they are pointed and angular. It grows naturally
in the East.

]n the third species the branches trail upon the ground two or
three feet round the root or more. The leaves are alternate, bluntly
oval or oblong wedge-shaped, with a net-work of veins underneath,
and corresponding wrinkles above, firm and evergreen, like those of
Box : the flowers grow at the exlremities of the branches in small
clusters, each supported by a short red foot-stalk: they are of an
oval-conical figure, flesh-coloured, or white with a red mouth, and
divided into five obtuse reflex segments at the rim : the berries are
round with a depressed umbilicus, smooth and glossy, red when ripe,
and of the size of a holly- berry, replete with an austere mealy pulp,
in which are five cells containing five angular seeds. It is a shrub
very abundant in many parts or' the continent, as Sweden, &c.

Culture. — The most usual method of raising these beautiful ever-
greens is by sowing the seeds; but they are sometimes capable of
being raised by cuttings and layers.

In the first of these methods with the first species, the seeds should
be collected when perfectly ripe in November, or the following
month, and preserved in dry sand till the period of sowing, which
may either be in December or the early spring season. The seed
should be sown in pots, and lightly covered with mould, then plunged
into an old tan hot-bed, and covered by glasses. In this mode the
plants will be up in April, when they should be often but sparingly
watered, and kept free from weeds.

43

As the hot season proceeds, the plants should be shaded during
the he at ofthe days; but in warm weather open all night to receive
the dew, and only covered in the middle of the day. In this mode
the plants become strong the first summer. In the beginning of
October they may be shaken out of the pots, and their roots care-
fully separated, planting them singly in small pots filled with light
earth; then plunging the pots into an old bark-bed under a common
frame, carefully shading them from tlie sun in the middle ofthe day,
and giving them water as they require: in this bed the pots should
remain during the winter, exposing them to the open air whenever
the weather is favourable ; but in frosty weather they should be cc-
vered, so as to protect them. In the spring following they may be
removed to a gentle hot-bed, vvhich requires no other covering but
mats. This enables them to make strong shoots early in the sum-
mer, by which they become in a belter condition to bear the cold of
the succeeding winter. In this bed they should continue during the
summer, and be well protected in the following winter.

After the plants are become two or three feet in height, shake
them out of the pots, and plant them in the open ground in the
places where they are to remain, which should be done in April,
that they may have taken good root before the winter, which is apt
to injure them when newly planted out: and as all the earth about
their roots is thus preserved, they will succeed beller.

The plants are tolerably hardy, and seldom hurt, except in ex-
treme hard winters, which often destroy the young tender branches,
but rarely the roots.

They delight in a generous but not loo moist soil, as when planted
in dry ground they seldom produce much fruit: the flowers coming
forth in autumn, when the winter proves severe, they are generally
destroyed; consequently, to obtain fruit, they should be placed in
warm situations, and where the ground is not naturally moist ; a
good quantity of loam and rotten neat's dung should be laid about
their roots, and in dry springs they should be plentifully wa-
tered.

The most proper season for transplanting is September, at which

44

time the blossoms arc beginning to appear; and when dry at that
season, and they are kept moist, they very soon take root; but to-
wards November their roots should be well covered to keep out the
frost. In performing this business the balls of earth round their
roots should be preserved.

In raising the second species the seeds must be procured from
abroad, and the plants be left longer in the pots, as three or four
years, or until they are become perfectly woody; and when put
out, warm situations be chosen for the purpose, where the soil is
dry, as the plants do not succeed well where the land is too
moist.

The third species should be raised in pots filled with bog earth,
which should be set out in moist watery situations.

In propagating them by the second method, or that of cuttings*
they should be made from the young shoots, and be planted in pots
in the spring or summer months, plunging them into a good hot-bed
of tan or dung till they have stricken root.

In the layer mode of propagation the young shoots should be
chosen, as they otherwise seldom take root in less than two years.

In grafting them, stocks of any of the varieties may be had re-
course to.

It continuing the double-blossomed and scarlet varieties, some of
these last methods must always be employed.

These are some of the most ornamental plants of the evergreen
kind for shrubberies and pleasure-grounds that we possess. The
first sort and varieties sometimes rise to a considerable height, as
ten or fifteen feet. They are now found in most plantations, and in
the months of October and November, which is the season when
they are in flower, and the fruit of the former year is ripe, as it is a
whole year in growing to perfection; they are very ornamental.
When there is plenty both of fruit and flowers upon the trees, they
indeed make a handsome appearance, as most other plants are past
their beauty. The trees which have large oval fruit make the greatest
figure; the flowers of this being larger and oblong. The variety with
double flowers is a curiosity; but the flowers, having only two rows

45

of petals, make no great appearance, nor do the trees produce fruit
in any quantity; the other is therefore preferable. That with red
flowers makes a pretty variety, when intermixed with the other, for
the outsides of shrubberies, as they are of a fine red colour at their
first appearance, and afterwards change to purple before they fall
oflf. The fruit in this is the same as in the common sort.

As the leaves of the Andrachne are larger than in the other sorts,
they have always a better effect as evergreens.

2. ALYSSUM SAXATILA.

YELLOW ALYSSUM.

THIS genus comprises several species of under shrubby, herba-
ceous, perennial plants of the Atysson or Madwort kind, that are
chiefly flowery and ornamental.

It belongs to the class and order Tetradynamia Siliculosa, and
ranks in the natural order of Siliquosce.

The characters of which are: that the calyx is a four-leaved, ob-
long perianthium, the leaflets ovate, oblong, obtuse, convergent, and
deciduous: the corolla four-petalled and cruciform: the petals flat,
shorter than the calyx, very spreading, having claws of the length of
the calyx: the stamina have six filaments of the length of the calyx,
two opposite, a little shorter, marked with a toothlet: antherae from
erect spreading: the pistillum has a sub-ovate germ, the style sim-
ple, of the length of the stamina, longer than the germ, and the
stigma obtuse: the pericarpium is a subglobose, emarginate silicle}
or broad and short pod, with a .style of the length of the silicic, two-
celled, the partitions elliptic, and hemispherical; the seeds are fixed
lo filiform receptacles issuing forth at the end of the silicic, few and
orbicular.

There are many species, but those chiefly cultivated are: .1 A. spi-

46

nosum, Thorny or Prickly Alysson; 2. A. halimifolium, Sweet or Sea
Purslane- leaved Alysson; 3. A. saxatile, Yellow Rock Alysson; 4. A.
incamim, Hoary Erect Alysson; 5. A. calycinum, Calycine Alysson;
(). A. canipestrc, Field Alysson ; 7- A. creticum, Cretan Yellow Alysson ;
8. A. deltoideum, Deltoid-leaved Alysson; 9- A.montanum, Mountain
Dark-yellow Alysson.

The first species has woody branches, which rise about two feet
high, and are armed with small spines. The leaves are hoary, lan-
ceolate, and thinly placed on the stalks without any order. The
flowers grow in small clusters at the extremities of the branches.
The petals are white and entire, and the filaments toothless. It is a
native of Italy.

The second species spreads itself upon the ground, and never
rises to any height. The leaves are narrow, spear-shaped, pointed,
and entire. At the extremities of its branches it produces very
pretty tufts of small while-coloured flowers, of which the plant is
seldom destitute for six or seven months together. In it the stamina
are simple, and the silicles roundish and entire. It is a native of the
southern countries of Europe.

The third is also a low plant, with a fleshy stalk, which seldom
rises more than one foot high, but divides into many smaller branches,
which grow near the ground, so that a single plant spreads to a con-
siderable distance. The leaves are spear-shaped, soft waved and
entire: the flowers produced in loose panicles at the extremity of
every branch, and are of a bright yellow-colour. They mostly ap-
pear about the end of April, or beginning of May ; and, if the season
be moderate, continue three weeks or more in beauty. It is a small,
showy, hardy plant, and not disposed to overrun others. It fre-
quently flowers a second time in autumn.

The fourth species grows to the height of two feet, having woody
stalks, which divide into several branches towards the top. The
leaves are spear-shaped, hoary, and entire. At the extremity of
every shoot the flowers are produced in round bunches; and are
small and of a while colour. The silicic is entire, oval, and full of
seeds. It grows naturally in the South of France.

47

The fifth is nearly of similar growth in the stem, and the leaves
have much resemblance; but the four longer filaments are toothed in
the middle within, and the two shorter ones put out from their base
a lance-shaped scale, the length of the germ. The petals are very
small, scarce apparently emarginate, yellow, but growing white
with age. Silicle slightly emarginate, with two seeds in each cell. It
is found wild in Austria.

The sixth is very like the last in stem, leaves, and petals, but is
more decumbent, and has lance-ovate leaves. The filaments have
no teeth, but the two solitary ones have a bristle on each side,
not growing to the filament, but inserted into the receptacle. Sili-
cles ovate, scarcely compressed, more downy. It is found in
France, &c.

The seventh species grows more erect, having a shrubby stalk,
which sends out a few lateral branches towards the top, with oblong
hoary leaves. The flowers grow in small clusters at the extremities
of the branches. It seldom continues longer than two years in Eng-
land , and in a warm, dry situation, will live in the open air. It is
found in Spain, &c.

In the eighth, the stems are woody, filiform, diffused, and hairy,
the older ones having the bases of the petioles toothleted, and are
flexuose. The leaves are lanceolate, with a strong angle or two ou
each side, as it were deltoid, green, with a few hairs. The raccmo
is simple, few-flowered: the flowers resemble those of the Stock Gilli-
flower, and are of a purple colour; the calyx is oblong, closed, and
gibbous at the base. It has been found in the Levant.

In the ninth species, the branches are trailing: the leaves oblong,
hoary, rough to the touch, and alternate. The flowers are produced
in small clusters at the extremities of the branches, and are of a
dark yellow colour. Four of the filaments are bifid at the top; the
two others have a toothlet at the base. It grows naturally upon
rocks in Burgundy, and some other parts of France, &c.

Culture.— The propagation of these plants may be effected in
different ways. It may be accomplished in all the sorts by means of
seeds; and in most of the kinds by slips and cuttings from the

48

shoots. In the first method, the seeds should be sown upon a border
of rather poor, dry, light earth, about the beginning of April, being
lightly raked in. When sown on rich soils the plants seldom survive
the winter in this climate; but if they be put in on such as are of a
dry, rocky, or gravelly nature, and of a bad poor quality, they not
only withstand the cold better, but continue much longer, as they
are less succulent, and of course less affected by frosts in the winter
season.

In this mode of sowing, the plants will be ready to be transplanted
in the beginning of the following autumn. The business should be
performed when the weather is not too moist.

As the second kind rarely continues more than two or three
years in this climate, it must be often sown to preserve it; bu^
Avhere the seeds are suffered to fall and remain upon the ground, the
plants often rise without any trouble or difficulty.

In the third sort the seeds mostly ripen in July; but it is only
from the }roung plants that they can be expected, as the old ones, or
those which are raised from slips or cuttings, rarely produce any in
this climate.

The fourth kind mostly flowers from June to September, and the
seeds ripen soon after; which, if they be permitted to scatter, the
plants will come up, and require little care or trouble afterwards.

The fifth and sixth sorts should always be sown where they are to
remain; and if they be thinned and kept clean from weeds, they will
flower in July, and perfect their seeds in autumn.

But the seeds in the seventh sort should be sown in August, soon
after they are ripe ; and where a few of the plants are potted in Octo-
ber, and sheltered under a frame in winter, they will flower the fol-
lowing June, by which means good seeds may be obtained the same
year; as those plants, which arise early in the year, grow luxuriantly
in summer, but do not often ripen seeds, or live through the winter
season.

In the second and third methods, or those by slips and cuttings,
the sets are best put in on dry borders about the latter end of April or
beginning of May, the mould being applied closely round them.

49

•

They should afterwards be shaded in the heat of the day, and wa-
tered occasionally till they have stricken root.

The eighth sort, as it rarely produces seed in this climate, may
be best propagated from its trailing branches, which, if planted in
April, will take root and become good plants by the following au-
tumn, when two or three of them may be placed in a common frame
for shelter in winter, in order to preserve the species; as in hard
winters, those which are exposed are sometimes destroyed.

This is properly a rock plant, being hardy, and forming with
very little care a neat tuft of flowers, and is not apt to encroach on
its neighbours. It is valuable as an ornamental plant from its be-
ginning to flower in March, and continuing through the summer.
All these plants may be employed in borders for the purpose of
affording variety, and some of them in the way of adorning rock
works.

it

PLATE VI.

1. ANTHERICUM LILIASTRUM,

SAVOY ANTHERICUM.

THIS genus includes plants of the herbaceous flowery Spider-wort
kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Alexandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Coronarice.

The characters are: that there is no calyx: the corolla consists
of six oblong, obtuse, very spreading petals: the stamina are subu-
late, erect filaments: the antherae small, incumbent, and four-fur-
rowed: the pistillum is a germ obscurely three-cornered: the style
simple, and of the length of the stamina: the stigma obtuse, and
three-cornered: the pericarpium an ovate, smooth, three-furrowed,
three-celled, and three-valved capsule : the seeds numerous and an-
gular.

The species are numerous, but those that most deserve cultiva-
tion are: 1. A revolutum, Curled-flowered Anthericum; 2. A. ramo-
sum, Branching Anthericum; 3. A. datum, Tall Anthericum; 4. A.
liliago, Grass-leaved Anthericum; 5. A. liliastrum, Savoy Antheri-
cum, or Spider-wort; 6.frutescens, Shrubby Anthericum; 7- A. aloo-
ides, Aloe-leaved Anthericum; 8. A. asphodeloides, Mock Asphodel,
or Glaucous-leaved Anthericum.

In the first the roots are fleshy, and composed of tubers joined at
the crown, like those of the Asphodel: the stalk rises near two feet
high, and branches out on each side; each branch being termi-
nated by a loose spike of flowers, which are white, and the petals
are turned backward to their peduncle. And according to Murray,

P16.

AntfifTicu /// / / //•/.// / // ///

. 1/t l'i> V d_H

.\///<trvi'f-i' frf/>f,'.tt,r/rrtfff
f /-/re '/it <in . l>nitrv/lis

51

the root-leaves are numerous, only one-third of the height of the
scape, subulate, channelled at the base, then keeled and flat,
striated, an inch and half broad, and spreading: the scape four feet
high, almost naked, round, smooth and oblique: the bractes five,
gibbous at the base, pressed close, subulate, the lower ones larger
like the leaves, the upper ones scaly and shrivelling: the corymb
terminating, compressed, having six round, long, alternate branches,
knotted where the flowers spring forth: the flowers alternate, soli-
tary, or two, sometimes three together, on small gray pedicels, thicker
at the top, each supported by a little subulate bracte: the corolla
inferior: the petals lanceolate-ovate, reflex, obtuse, concave at the
tip, white, except towards the end on the outside, where they are
brownish green : the filaments a little shorter than the corolla: an-
thers erect, oblong, revolute as they wither: the root similar to that
of the Hcemanthus puniceus. It is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope.

In the second species the root is round, and the stalks rise about
the same height as the former, sending out many lateral branches in
like manner, which are terminated by loose spikes of flowers: the
leaves are hard and grassy, none on the scape, which is loosely pa-
nicled, with one-flowered peduncles: the corollas white: the petals
flat, and not turning back as in the former sort: the three outer petals
narrower than the others, lanceolate and sessile: the three inner oval
and petioled. In each angle of the germ a small melliferous pore.
It is a native of Sweden, &c. The flowers watch from seven in the
morning to three or four in the afternoon.

The third has the roots composed of many tubers, each about the
size of a little finger at top, and diminishing gradually to the size of
a straw : the leaves from seven or eight, to nine or ten inches in
length, and an inch and half broad in the middle, lessening gra-
dually to both ends; they are smooth and glaucous: the flower-stem
about two feet high, dividing into several branches, having a few
narrow leaves, generally one at every division of the branch: the
flowers form a loose spike, and are white. This plant has been

52

lately recovered from seeds which were sent from the Cape to Eng-
land and Holland. It usually blows in August and September.

. In the fourth species the roots are numerous, round, and collected
into a tuber crowned with bristles; the leaves from the root many,
firm, a fool long, carinated and grassy: the scape erect, eighteen
inches high, firm: the spike loose, ten-flowered, and the peduncles
simple: the flower two inches wide; petals in two ranks: the inner
widest, petiolate and pure white: the outer have a green line run-
ning along beneath. It is a native of Italy, £c.

The fifth species has the root fascicled, with fleshy fibres. It has
the corolla of the while Lily: the leaves grassy, soft, broader than
two lines, the radical ones very long: the scape a foot or eighteen
inches high : the spike thin-set with spreading flowers, on simple
peduncles: the stipules coloured, ovate-lanceolate: the corolla above
an inch in diameter, gradually widening; petals tender and white;
ovate, thin, lanceolate, with a reflex point, which is thicker and has
a green dot: they are marked with lines, and sweet-scented: the sta-
mens almost as long as the petals, with weak filaments. In France
it is called St. Bruno's Lily.

There are two varieties of this, one with a flower-stalk more than
a foot and half high, the other with the stems much the same: the
flowers are much larger in the former, and there is a greater number
upon each stalk than in the latter. It is a native of Switzerland and
Savoy.

The sixth species differs from the seventh by rising into a stem
and branches, by having the leaves greener, longer, and narrower,
with a firmer pulp, and a viscid juice flowing copiously from them
when cut, of a greenish yellow colour: the root is fibrous, and not
only the stem, but even the branches put out fibres, which hang
down, and when they reach the ground strike root. It is a native of
the Cape of Good Hope, and was formerly known by the name of
Onion-leaved Aloe.

The seventh has broad, flat, pulpy leaves, resembling those of
some sorts of Aloe, and was formerly, on that account called Aloe

53

with flowers of Spiderwort. The leaves spread open, are broader and
more trans) ucid, soft and pulpy, than the above, pouring out a limpid
juice: the root, is tuberous: the flowers are produced on loose spikes,
like the former, but are shorter; they are yellow, and appear at
different seasons. This species grows close to the ground, never
rising with any stalk. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope.

The eighth has the leaves scarcely striated, but rough at the
edge; more gibbous at the back towards one side; they are long,
narrow and pulpy, almost taper, but flatted on their upper side: the
flowers are yellow, and grow on long loose spikes as the former;
these appear at different seasons; those of the spring and summer
are succeeded by seeds in great plenty, which ripen. It is a native
of the Cape.

Culture. — These perennials are in general capable of being pro^-
pagated by the roots, offsets and suckers; but as some of the spe-
cies do not supply them in sufficiency, they may be raised from the
seeds.

In the first method the best season for the purpose is in the latter
end of summer and beginning of the autumn, in beds of light vege-
table earth in warm open situations, free from the shade and drop-
pings of trees. An eastern aspect, where the plants are properly
shaded from the sun in the mid-day, is preferable for some of the
sorts, as they keep longer in blow and beauty.

This is likewise the proper period of transplanting, as when the
business is performed in the spring the plants seldom flower the same
year. This should not be done oflener than once in about three
years, where increase is intended; and in the execution of the work
the roots should not be too much divided, as when that is the case
they do not flower well.

In the second method, or that by sowing the seeds, the best season
is probably the spring, though they may be sown in the autumn. A
bed of good light vegetable mould is the best for the purpose, and
the situation should be sheltered and warm. The plants soon ap-
pear, and when their leaves begin to decay in the autumn they
should be taken up carefully, and transplanted out into another bed

54

of the same sort of earth, at the distance of from nine inches to a
foot from each other. When the winter season is severe they should
be protected from the frost by a thin covering of tan or some other
substance. In this situation they should continue for about twelve
months, when they will in general be sufficiently strong for flower-
ing. In the following autumn they must of course be taken up with-
out injuring the fibres of the roots, and be planted out in the clumps,
borders, or other places where they are to remain. As they are apt
to be destroyed by frost in the winter season, care should be taken
to protect them as much as possible.

The Cape sorts are capable of being raised by seeds; but this is
seldom necessary, as they multiply greatly by offsets and suckers;
which may be taken off at the period mentioned above, and planted
out in pots of good bog earth, a very small portion of water being
given, as much is apt to rot and destroy the roots. As these are
tender plants they require the constant protection of a green-house
stove or frames during the winter season. In these situations they
should be managed with great attention and care.

2. AMARYLLIS FORMOSISSIMA.

JACOBEAN AMARYLLIS.

THIS genus comprehends several species of the Lily-Daffodil kind
of plants ; all of which are of the bulbous-rooted tribe, and mostly
ornamental.

It belongs to the class and order Hexandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Liliacece.

The characters are : that the calyx is a spathe, oblong, obtuse,
compressed, emarginate, gaping on the flat side, and withering: the
corolla has six petals, lanceolate: the nectary has six very short

55

scales, without the base of the filaments: the stamina have six awl-
shaped filaments, with oblong, incumbent, rising antherae: the pis-
tillum has a roundish, furrowed, inferior germ, the style filiform, al-
most of the length and in the situation of the stamina: the stigma
trifid and slender: the pericarpium is a subovate, three-celled cap-
sule, and the seeds are several. The inflection of the petals, sta-
mina, and pistillum, is very various in the different species of this
genus; and the corolla in most of the species is rather hexapetaloid
than six-petalled.

The species are very numerous, but those principally cultivated
are: 1. A. lutea, Yellow Amaryllis, or Autumnal Narcissus; 2. A.
atamasco, Atamasco Lily ; 3. A. formosissima, Jacobaea Lily ; 4. A. re-
gince, Mexican Lily; 5. A. purpurea, Purple-flowered Amaryllis;
6. A. belladonna, Belladonna Lily; 7- A. vittata, Superb or Ribband
Amaryllis; 8. A. longifolia, Long-leaved Amaryllis; 9- A. orientalist
Broad-leaved African Amaryllis; 10. A. sarniensis, Guernsey Lily;
11. A. zeylanica, Ceylon Lily; 12. A. latifolia, Broad-leaved Ama-
ryllis.

In the first species, or Yellow Amaryllis, the flower-stems seldom
rise above three or four inches in height: the flowers are shaped
somewhat like those of the Large Yellow Crocus, one coming up
from each sheath: the leaves are green, and come up at the same
time, like the Saffron ; and after the flowers are past, they increase
all the winter. The roots are shaped like those of the Narcissus. It
flowers in September, and is a native of the South of France.

The second species, or Alamasco Lily, has the flowers at their
first appearance of a fine carnation colour on the outside, but which
fade till they arc almost while. They are nearly as large as those of
the Small Orange Lily, but do not grow above six or eight inches in
height. They appear about the end of May or beginning of June,
and sometimes in August. Jt is a native of Virginia.

In the third, or Jacobaea Lily,. the flower-stems are produced from
the sides of the bulbs, so that after the flower produced on one side
is decayed, another stalk arises from the other side of the bulb; but
there is usually no more than one flower produced on the same

56'

stalk. The flowers are large, and of a very deep red; the under pe-
tals are very large, and the whole flower stands nodding on one side
of the stalk, making a most beautiful appearance. It is a native of
South America.

The fourth, or Mexican Lily, has the bulb of a green colour; the
scape round, and sub-compressed. The corolla scarlet, with a bot-
tom of a whitish green: the three outer petals reversed at the tip,
the three inner fringed at the base, the style red. The flower-stems
seldom rise more than one foot in height; each stem supports two,
three, or four flowers, rarely more; they are large, and of a bright
copper-colour, inclining to red : the spathe, which covers the buds
before they open, divides into two parts to the bottom, standing on
each side the umbel of flowers, joined to the peduncles. It flowers
constantly in the spring, when it is placed in a very warm stove; and
is in beauty in February; those which are in a moderate temperature
of air, flowering in March or April.

In the fifth the corolla is large, and of a blood-red, or purple-
colour, and there are three or four large bell-shaped, rather erect
flowers corning from each sheath. It is a native of the Cape of
Good Hope.

The sixth, or Belladonna Lily, differs from the fourth species in
having the edges of the petals waved, and not reversed at the tip.
The scape is purple, sustaining from five to seven flowers, in shape
like the Common Red Lily, and nearly as large, but of a soft purple
colour, inclining to white on the inside toward the bottom, and hav-
ing an agreeable scent. It usually flowers about the end of Septem-
ber, or the beginning of October, in this climate; and if the roots
are strong, the stems will rise upwards of two feet high. If the season
is favourable, or the flowers be screened from frosts, violent winds
and heavy rains, they continue in beauty a month or longer; and are
very ornamental plants at a season when there is a great scarcity of
flowers. It is a native of the West Indies.

In the seventh, the petals uniting at bottom form a fleshy
tube, but the edges of the outer ones are free at the base. It has
been named vittata, from its ribband-like appearance, being striped

o?

with red on a white ground. The stem rises to the height of three
feet or more, and produces from two to five beautiful flowers. It
usually blossoms in April or May, but may be forwarded by artificial
heat.

In the eighth species, the flower-stem rarely rises more than three
or four inches in height, but supports a great number of flowers, of a
deep purple colour, appearing in December. The bulbs are large,
and the leaves long and narrow. It flowers here in July, and is a
native of the Cape of Good Hope.

In the ninth, or Broad-leaved African Amaryllis, the bulbs are
large and almost round; the leaves long, broad, and rounded at their
extremities, spreading two ways on the surface of the ground, and
do not come up till after the flower-stem appears, which is generally
in November; and after the flowers are past, the leaves increase till
spring, and in May they begin to decay, so that from the middle of
June to October the plant is void of leaves. It grows naturally at
the Cape of Good Hope.

In the tenths pecies, or Guernsey Lily, the bulb is an oblong sphe-
roid, flatted most at the lower end, six or seven inches round where
thickest: the leaves are of a dark willow green colour, shining, from
half an inch to three quarters of an inch in breadth, a little blunt
at the end, from two to four in number, rarely five. The scape is
flattened, twelve or fourteen inches in height, and more. Thespathe
splits, and fails back in two unequal pieces of a reddish colour and
triangular figure. The pedicels are from an inch to almost two
inches in length. The number of flowers commonly from eight to
twelve, the circumference of each being about seven inches. The
corolla, when in its prime, has the colour of a fine gold tissue wrought
on a rose-coloured ground; and when it begins to fade, it is a pink:
if beheld in a full-shine, it seems to be studded with diamonds, but
by candle-light the specks or spangles look more like fine gold dust:
when the petals begin to wither, they assume a deep crimson colour.
The flowers begin to come out at the end of August, and the head
is usually three weeks in gradually expanding itself. This beauti-

i

58

tul plant is a native of Japan, and has been long naturalized in
Guernsey.

The eleventh species has the stature of the Crinum American-urn.
The leaves are fleshy, scabrous with a toothleled edge. The spathe
bivalve, besides some interior scales or fragments. The germs are
sessile. The tube of the corolla of the same colour with the scape,
which is rufous. The border white, with lanceolate, recurved pe-
tals, with a red keel underneath. The filaments and style are of a
blood-red colour, and the pericarps viviparous.

The twelfth has roots like the Crinum mentioned below: the
leaves narrower at their base, and stained with purple on their un-
der side; the scapes purple, and growing to the same height as those
of the Crinum Asiaticum ; the flowers of the same shape, but the tube
purple, and the segments having a purple stripe running through
them: the stamina are also purple; it is however more beautiful
than that plant. This is a native of the East Indies.

Culture. — In all the different sorts, the propagation is performed
by the small bulbs or offsets that are removed from the sides of the
old roots every year at the time they are transplanted. Some of the
sorts, as the first and second, are often capable of being raised on dry
warm borders; but most of the others stand in need of artificial heat
to raise them in the most perfect manner.

They all delight in a loose, sandy, dry soil, that contains a good
proportion of vegetable mould; and require but little water, except
where the roots are in a high state of growth, and sending forth their
flower-stems; when they should have it frequently in small quantities.
When applied under other circumstances, it is apt to rot and destroy
the bulbs.

All the more tender sorts should be put in pots, and placed in
stoves, where they must be constantly kept; as much air as possible
being admitted to them during the hot summer months. Some of
them are, however, capable of bearing the open air at this season:
but in this method of management they neither grow so well, or
flower so regularly, as in the stove mode of treatment.

59

The most suitable season for transplanting the roots of all the
different species, is at the time when their leaves are wholly de-
slroyed, as about the latter end of July, or the beginning of the fol-
lowing month, before they begin to send forth new root-fibres, as
after that has taken place they are liable to be greatly injured by
being removed from their situations.

The first kind, or Yellow Autumnal Amaryllis, is a hardy plant,
and may be increased with great facility by offsets from the roots.
The best season for transplanting the root-bulbs of this sort is
any time from May to the end of July, when their leaves are de-
cayed: but after that period it will be too late to remove them, as
they mostly begin to push out fresh root-fibres about the middle of
August or sooner, if the season be moist and warm, frequently flow-
ering the beginning of September; so that, if the business of trans-
planting be performed so late as this, it will spoil their flowering.
This plant is capable of growing in any soil or situation ; but it
thrives to the best advantage in those of the above kind, when suffi-
ciently fresh and light, and in open situations, that are not under
the dripping of trees, or too near walls, or other tall fences that
produce much shade. Miller observes that it is commonly known
to gardeners by the name of Yellow Autumnal Narcissus; and
usually sold by them with Calchicums for autumnal ornaments to
gardens; for which purpose it is a pvetly plant, as it will frequently
keep flowering from the beginning of September to the middle of
November, in case the frost is not so severe as to destroy the flowers;
for though there is but one flower in each cover, a succession of
flowers is produced from the same root, especially when they are
suffered to remain three or four years without being removed.

A dry warm border is the best exposure for this sort.

The second species, or Atamasco Lily, is also so hardy as to thrive
in the open air in this climate, when the root-bulbs are planted out
in a warm situation and on a dry soil: it is likewise best propagated
by offsets from the root-bulbs of the old plants. As very severe frost
is liable to destroy the bulbs in some cases, a few should always be

60

planted in pots, in order that they may be protected in the winter
season.

The third sort, or Jacobaea Lily, is of the more tender kind, but
is now become common in the gardens of the curious in this coun-
try. The root-bulbs send forth plenty of offsets, especially when
they are kept in a moderate warmth in the winter season : for the
roots of this kind will live in a good greenhouse, or they may be pre-
served through the winter under a common hot-bed frame; but in
this way they do not flower so often, or send out so many offsets, as
when they are placed in a moderate stove in that season. This sort
produces its flowers two or three times in the year: it is not however
regular to any season; but the flowers are mostly produced from
March to the beginning of September, when the roots are in a vigo-
rous state of growth. It is best propagated by offsets from the old
root-bulbs, which may be taken oft" every year: the most proper
time to part and shift the roots in this kind is in August, as by this
means they may take good root before the winter sets in. In doing
this, care should be taken not to break off the fibres from their roots.
They should be planted out separately in pots of a middling size,
and be kept in a moderate degree of warmth in the stove, as by that
means they produce their flowers in greater plenty, and the roots
make a greater increase, than where they are managed in a more
hardy manner.

The fourth sort, or Mexican Lily, is not so hardy as either the
above or the Belladonna Lily; it must of course be placed in a
stove of much greater warmth; and if the pots are plunged into a
hot-bed of tanner's bark, the roots will thrive belter, and the flowers
be stronger.

It is increased by offsets from the old root, in the same manner
as the other sorts, and usually flowers in the beginning of the spring,
when it produces a fine appearance in the stove with others of simi-
lar growths.

The fifth species, or Purple-flowered Amaryllis, is likewise of the
tender kind, and is capable of being propagated in the same man-
ner as the above. It also succeeds the best, and flowers to the

61

greatest advantage and effect, when constantly kept in the stove in
a similar degree of temperature with that of the above species.

The sixth kind, or Belladonna Lily, is more hardy. It has been
cultivated, according to the editor of Miller's Dictionary, with great
success in the following manner: — A border was prepared close to a
wall which had a south-west aspect, about six feet in width, in this
manner. All the earth to the depth of three feet was removed, and
some very rotten dung put in the bottom six inches thick, upon
which light garden mould was applied, about twenty inches in depth.
After making this level, the roots were placed at six inches distance
every way, being then covered over with light sandy earth, to the
height of the border; by which means the upper parts of the roots
are five or six inches buried. In the winter season the border was
covered all over with rotten tanner's bark, to the depth of three
inches, in order to prevent the frost from penetrating the ground.
And when it proved very severe, some mats or straw were laid over
the leaves to protect the plants from being destroyed. In this ma_
nagement the roots have greatly increased, and the plants have con-
stantly flowered every year; some of them having put out two or
three stems which grew near three feet in height, producing many
flowers in each umbel, which made a fine appearance during the
month of October. It is added, that the green leaves come up soon
after, and abide all the winter and spring until June, at which time
they decay. Soon after this period the roots should therefore be
transplanted; for, if they are suffered to stand till July, they will
have sent forth new root-fibres, in Avhich stale it would greatly in-
jure the roots if they were disturbed. If some of the roots be planted
in a warm border close to a south wall, and in a dry soil, they mostly
thrive well, especially if they be covered in severe weather; and
these roots generally flower much stronger than those which, are kept
in pots, and multiply faster than under other circumstances.

The seventh species is more tender than the above, as it rarely
puts forth offsets from the roots. But as it produces ripe seeds in
sufficient quantity, it may be propagated in that way without much
difficulty. These should be sown in pots of good mould in the spring

6'2

season, and immediately afterwards plunged into a bark bed of mo-
derate temperature, a little Water being occasionally given till the
plants appear, and become of sufficient growth to be transplanted
out into separate pots, which should be performed in a careful man-
ner, and a little water given immediately afterwards, the pots being
directly placed in the stove, where they are to be constantly kept, as
in the above kinds.

The eighth sort is likewise tender. It requires to be treated in
the same manner as the Jacobasa Lily. It is found to increase pretty
fast by offsets. When properly managed, it usually flowers in the
winter season, especially if the pots be placed in a stove of mode-
rate temperature; and as at this period there are but few flowers in
the open air, it is more valuable on that account as an ornamental
plant for the stove.

The ninth species is still more lender: it must of course be
placed, during the winter season, in a stove where there is a mode-
rate share of warmth; but it should not have so much water as the
Jacobsea Lily. It may be raised from offsets.

The tenth species, or Guernsey Lily, is supposed to have come
originally from Japan; but has been long cultivated in the gardens
of Guernsey and Jersey ; in both of which it Seems to thrive and
succeed as well as if it were in its native soil. From those islands
its roots are annually sent to the curious in different parts of Europe.
The root bulbs are generally sent to us in June and July; but
the sooner the bulbs are taken out of the ground, after their leaves
decay, the belter they are; for though the roots, which are taken up
when their flower-stems begin to appear, may flower, their flowers are
not so large, or their rools so good afterwards, as those which are
removed before they have sent out fresh root-fibres.

On obtaining the rools, they should be planted in pots filled with
fresh, light, sandy earth, well mixed with a little very rotten dung,
to the depth of two or three inches, and then placed in a warm situa-
lion; or whal is beller, in a moderate-stove heat, ihe earlh being
refreshed wilh water occasionally; but they should not have too
much, as it would rot their roots, especially before the stems rise.

65

About the middle of September, the more vigorous roots will begin
to show the buds of their flower-stems, which are commonly of a red
colour; therefore these pots should be removed into a situation where
they may have the full benefit of the sun, and be sheltered from wet,
and strong winds; but by no means too near a wall, or under glasses,
which would draw them up weak, and render them less beautiful in
their blow. At this season they should be gently refreshed with water
occasionally, when the weather is warm and dry.

As soon as the flowers begin to open, the pots should be removed
from the open air, to prevent the flowers from being injured by too
much moisture; but they must not be kept too close, or be placed
in situations too warm, as that would occasion their colour to be
less lively, and hasten their decay. The flowers of this plant often
continue in beauty, when managed in the above manner, a full
month : and though they have no scent, from the richness of their
colour, they are justly esteemed as flowery ornamental plants.

AVhen the flowers are decayed, the leaves begin to shoot forth in
length, and, if sheltered from severe cold, continue growing all the
winter season; but they must have as much free air as possible in
mild weather, and be covered only in severe rains or frosts; for
which purpose a common hot-bed frame is the best, as the glasses
may be taken off constantly every day in dry open weather, which
will encourage the leaves to grow strong and broad; whereas, when
they are placed in a greenhouse, or not exposed to the open air, they
are apt to grow long and slender, and have a pale weak aspect, by
which the roots become weak, seldom producing good flowers.

The roots should be transplanted every fourth or fifth year, about
the latter end of June or beginning of July, into fresh earth; but not
oftener removed, as that would retard their flowering.

The offsets may also be taken off, and planted out into different
pots; which, in three years time, mostly produce flowers. Conse-
quently, after a person is once stocked with these roots, he may in-
crease them, so as to have a constant supply of blowing roots, wiih-
out being at the trouble or expense of sending to the above places
annually for them; and the roots, thus preserved, will flower stronger

C4

than those which are brought from thence, as the inhabitants of
those islands are not very curious in cultivating them ; — their usual
method, according to Miller, being to plant them at a great distance
in beds of common earth, where they let them remain for many
years; in the course of which they produce such a number of offsets
that one single cluster has frequently contained above a hundred
roots; by which means those which grow on the inside are so much
compressed by the outer roots, that they are perfectly flattened : and
from the number of roots growing in each cluster, they are all ren-
dered weak, and unfit to produce such large steins of flowers as those
which have grown singly and are of a spherical form. As when a per-
son is possessed of a great number of these roots, it will be troublesome
to preserve them in pots, a bed should be prepared in the following
manner, in some well sheltered part of the garden. In doing this,
a third part of fresh virgin earth, from a pasture ground, which is
light, should be provided, with an equal portion of sea-sand, to
which should be added rotten dung and sifted lime rubbish, of each
an equal quantity. With this earth, when well mixed and incorpo-
rated, a bed should be made about two feet thick, raising it about
four or five inches above the surface of the ground, where the situa-
tion is dry; but where the ground is wet, it should be raised eight
or nine inches higher. In this bed, about the beginning of July, as
before directed, plant the roots about six or eight inches asunder
each way; and in the winter, when the frost begins, cover the bed
with a frame, or arch it over, and cover it with mats and straw, to
prevent their leaves from being pinched by cold. In the spring, the
covering should be entirely removed, and the bed kept constantly
clean from weeds during the summer, stirring the surface of the
earth now and then; and annually, when the leaves are decayed, sift
a little fresh earth over them, to encourage the growth of the roots.

The roots may remain in these beds until they are of sufficient
strength to produce flowers, at which time they may be taken up
and planted in pots, as before directed, or be suffered to remain in
the same beds to flower. These plants do not flower again the suc-
ceeding year, as in many other sorts of bulbous-rooted plants; but

65

where the bulbs contain two buds in their centres, as is often the
case, they frequently flower twice in the course of about three years;
after which the same individual root-bulb does not flower again in
several years; but this is performed by the offsets, which are taken
from it at different times

The eleventh species, or Ceylon Lily, is of a tender nature, and
must be treated in the same manner as the Mexican Lily. It is not
common in the gardens in this country, as it is a plant which in-
creases but slowly by offsets from the roots. It usually flowers in
June and July; and sometimes the same plant will produce flowers
again in autumn if the pots be plunged into a bed of tanners' bark;
but the flowers are seldom of long duration or great beauty.

The twelfth species is also of the tender kind, but may be in-
creased by offsets from the roots, or by the bulbs which succeed the
flowers. It should be treated in the, same manner as is directed for
the Crimims; the proper culture of which may be seen under that
head.

All these bulbous-rooted plants, as being both curious and orna-
mental, deserve to be cultivated; those of the more tender kinds
affording much variety in the stove or greenhouse; while the more
hardy sorts produce a pleasing effect in the fronts of beds or borders
in the garden or pleasure-grounds.

PLATE VII.

1. ASTER AMELLUS,

ITALIAN ASTER.

THIS genus comprehends different fibrous-rooted flowery plants
of the annual and perennial herbaceous and shrubby kinds. The
Starworts.

It belongs to the class and order Syngenesia Polyganria Superflua,
and ranks in the natural order of Compositi Radiati.

The characters are: that the calyx is common imbricate; the
inner scales prominent a little at the end, the lower ones spreading:
the corolla compound radiate: corollules hermaphrodite numerous
in the disk: the females ligulate, and more than ten in the ray. Pro-
per, of the hermaphrodite, funnel-shaped, with a five-cleft spreading
border; of the female ligulate, lanceolate, three- toothed, at length
rolling back: the stamina hermaphrodite, five filaments, capillary, and
very short: the anther cylindric and tubulous: the pistillum is her-
maphrodite: one oblong germ: the style filiform, the length of the
stamens: stigma bifid, spreading: females, germ and style the same:
stigmas two, oblong, and revolute: no pericarpium : the calyx scarcely
changed: the seeds solitary, oblong, and ovate: down capillary: the
receptacle is naked and flattish.

The species principally cultivated are, 1. A. Chinensis, China As-
ter, or Chinese Starwort; 2. A. Tradescanti, Tradescant's or Virginia
Starwort; 3. A. Amelias, Amellus, or Italian Starwort; 4. A. Alpinus,
Alpine or Great Mountain Starwort; 5. A. Nov<z- Anglice, New- Eng-
land Starwort; 6. A . grandiflorus, Great Blue Pyramidal Aster, or
Catesby's Starwort; 7. A.puniceus, Red-stalked American Starwort;
8. A. undulatus, Waved Starwort; 9. A. linifoliits, Flax-leaved Star-

•

67

wort; 10. A. tenuifolius, Fine-leaved Stanvort; 11. -4. Ericoides, Heath-
leaved Stanvort; 12. A. dumqsus, Bushy Slarwort; 13. A. concolor,
Single-stalked Starwort; 14. A. divaricatus, Divaricate Stanvort;
15. A. Novi-Belgii, New-Holland Starwort; 16. A. paniculatus, Pa-
nicled Starwort; 1?. A. fruticosus, Shrubby Starwort. In this nu-
merous genus there are several other species equally deserving the
attention of the cultivator.

The first is an elegant annual plant, rising in height from eighteen
inches to two feet; the stem is erect, stiff, furrowed, and as thick as
the little finger, putting out long bending branches from top to bot-
tom. The leaves next the ground and at the origin of the branches
are large, and resemble those of common Chenopodium : those on the
branches are much smaller, and the upper ones narrow and verj* en-
tire: the flowers are the largest and handsomest of any of the species
in this genus: the disk yellow, at first flat, then convex ; the floscules
of the ray are broad and long, scarcely notched at the end.

There are varieties of this plant with single white flowers, single
blue flowers, single purple flowers, single red flowers : with double
while flowers, double blue flowers, double red flowers, and with va-
riegated blue and white flowers.

The second species has radical leaves three or four inches long,
like those of the willow, from green inclining to brown, with small
scattered serratures. Among these come out round, smooth, woody,
brownish stems, clothed with similar leaves, only shorter; they are
elegantly divided into many slender, hard branches, two or three feet
high, adorned with abundance of very small white flowers during the
months of September and October. According to some, the disk is
purple. The ray of the corolla is first white, and afterwards purplish.
It is a native of Virginia.

The third sort has the stems growing in large clusters from the
root, each of them branching at the top into eight or ten peduncles,
€ach terminated by a single large flower, having blue rays, with a
yellow disk. It flowers in August or September, and in mild seasons
will often continue till the middle of November. It grows naturally
in Italy.

68

There are varieties with white flowers and with wrinkled leaves.
The fourth species seldom rise more than nine, commonly from
four to six inches high, in its native situation, and when transplanted
into gardens, from nine to ten, but rarely above sixteen. At the
top of each stalk is one large blue flower, somewhat like that of
the Italian Starwort. It flowers in June, and is a native of the
Alps, &c.

There are varieties with white rays and with blue rays.
The fifth species has many stems, five feet high, brown, termi-
nated by large purple violet flowers, growing in a loose panicle, and
expanding in August. The peduncles are so short as scarcely to
appear among the flowers. It is a native of New England.

The sixth has many stems, three and even four feet high, stiff",
reddish, hairy, and branching pyramid ically. The branches have
small lanceolate leaves, growing alternate, hairy and rough to the
touch, the size of those of common Hyssop, and each terminated by
one large blue flower, coming out at the end of October. It is a
native of Virginia.

The seventh sort has several strong stems, upwards of two feet
high, of a purple colour; but the flowers are on single peduncles,
forming a corymb at top, and of a pale blue colour: they appear
about the end of September. It is a native of North America; va-
ries in height from eight to three feet, having the stems either dark
purple or reddish green.

There is a variety, in which the flowers are purple inclining to
red, and surrounded by a few narrow leaves. This is from Phila-
delphia, and flowers in November.

The eighth species has the leaves broad and heart-shaped at
bottom ; the stems between two and three feet high, with small side
branches, upon which the flowers come out in loose spikes; they are
of a pale blue colour, inclining to white. It flowers in August. It
is a native of North America.

The ninth has the leaves lanceolate, gradually narrowing to the
end: peduncles with very small subulate scales: the stems strong?
from two to three feet high, putting out many side branches near half

69

their length, terminated by one blue flower, which appears in August
and September.

In the tenth species the stems are five feet high, slender, angular,
smooth, but not branching much; the leaves alternate, not very
rough; the flowers terminal, solitary, small, and white; the peduncles
have very small subulate leaflets scattered over them.

The eleventh has the stems slender, three feet high, with slender
side branches most of their length, so as to form a thick bush; they
are terminated by single flowers.

The twelfth species has the stems upright, two feet high, full of
branches, which are filiform ; the stem-leaves being narrow-lance-
olate; on the branches linear: the peduncles filiform, striated, one-
flowered, with very narrow leaflets on them; the flowers small, with
an erect, imbricate, loose calyx; the ray copious, and white; the
disk yellow, with fewer flowers.

The thirteenth species rises four feet high ; the flowers are pale
blue, appearing about Michaelmas. The whole plant is tomentose,
especially the leaves and calyxes. The raceme simple, with very
short peduncles. It is a native of Virginia.

The fifteenth species has the stem obscurely furrowed, of a pale
red, not very erect, but irregularly flexuose, corymbosely branched,
the branches divaricate and much divided; the leaves of the same
form, sometimes having a single serrature, the edge scabrous, if the
finger be drawn toward the base, the surface rough with invisible
hairs; the flowers rather solitary, somewhat small, on long, scaly,
yellow peduncles; scales of the calyx distant, in five rows; disk of
the corolla yellow; ray pale blue, revolute; the height near four
feet, having broad leaves at the bottom, which diminish gradually to
the top. The flowers appear at the latter end of August. It is a
native of Virginia.

The sixteenth rises to the height of four feet, the stems putting
out side branches towards the top, which grow erect, forming a loose
spike of large blue flowers, expanding about the end of October. It
is a native of North America.

The seventeenth species has the stems three feet high, with side

70

woody branches having clusters of narrow leaves like those of the
Larch-tree; the flowers are produced from the side of the branches,
upon long slender peduncles singly; they are of a pale blue colour,
and appear the beginning of March. It is a native of the Cape.

Culture. — The hardy kinds of these plants easily succeed in
almost any soil or situation. The first sort, and varieties being an-
nual plants, are propagated by sowing the seeds of the different kinds
from the beginning of March to May, on a very moderate hot-bed,
just to bring up the plants, the air being admitted as much as possi-
ble when the weather is suitable, in order to promote the vigorous
growth of the plants; when they are sufficiently strong they should
be planted out either into beds of good earth at six inches distance
each way, or into the places where they are to remain, in the borders
or other parts: the latter is probably the better practice, as they grow
more strongly. In the bed method they are usually transplanted
after a few weeks, with large balls of earth to their roots, into the
situations where they are to flower, the mould being made fine about
them. A few of the fine double varieties may also be put in pots.
Moist weather is the most suitable for this business, but in other cir-
cumstances a little water should be given immediately after the earth
has been closed round their roots, as well as in future when it may
be necessary.

But when the sowing is not made at an early period, the best
practice is to let it be done in the situations where the plants are to
grow, which should be rather warm and dry, the mould being made
fine by a rake in the spots where they are to be put in, as in this
way their growth is less checked than when transplanted.

In either method of sowing, care should be taken that the seed
be only covered in a very light manner, and that the mould be made
very fine.

The only further culture which they require, is that of keeping
the plants perfectly free from weeds, and well supported in the time
of flowering.

The whole of the hardy American sorts as well as the Italian
species may be readily increased by parting the roots. In the

71

former it is best performed in the autumn, the parted roots being
immediately planted out in the places where they are designed to
flower.

The latter or Italian sort should have the roots parted and re-
planted as soon as the flowers begin to decline, as, when the busi-
ness is deferred till late in the autumn or the spring, the plants
neither grow so strong nor flower so completely. The roots in this
kind should not be taken up oftener than once in three or four years,
where a full display of flowers is the principal object.

This sort has not been so much attended to since the introduc-
tion of the American species; but from the plants creeping less by
the roots, and requiring less support in the stems, they are equally
deserving of regard for the purpose of cultivation.

As this sort is not, however, capable of increasing fast by dividing
the roots, it may be readily multiplied by planting cuttings from the
young shoots in the later spring months, in situations where the mould
is light and fine, being well shaded from the effects of the sun till they
are perfectly established in the soil.

The last or shrubby sort must be propagated by setting the cut-
tings of the young shoots, in pots of light earth, in the spring or
summer months, which should be plunged in a hot-bed to promote
their striking root. They may then be placed out in the open air
during the summer season, but in the autumn and winter they re-
quire the protection of a green-house.

The first sort, or China Asters, are elegant plants for the purpose
of variety, in the clumps and common borders of gardens, or plea-
sure grounds. In saving the seeds, they should be selected from the
best coloured flowers of the most perfect plants, in October, when
they are fully ripened, and be gathered when quite dry.

The perennial sorts have likewise a showy appearance, in large
clumps and borders, when judiciously distributed among other hardy
shrubs and herbaceous plants; some of the species continuing to
flower to a late period in the autumnal season.

The shrubby kind affords variety among other green-house plants,
both in the summer and winter season.

I. AMARANTHUS HYPOCHONDRIACUS.
PRINCE'S FEATHER.

THIS genus comprises many plants of the Prince's Feather kind.
They are universally herbaceous annuals, several of them being highly
beautiful and curious. They are likewise sometimes distinguished
by the titles of Flower Gentle, Love-lies-bleeding, &c.
. It belongs to the class and order Moncecia Pentandria, and ranks
in the natural order of Miscellanea.

The characters are : that those species which have male flowers
on the same plants with the females have a calyx, which is a five
or three-leaved perianthium, upright, coloured, and permanent; the
leaflets lanceolate, and acute: no corolla: the stamina have five or
three capillary filaments, from upright patulous, of the length of the
calyx, the anlherae oblong and versatile. Of those which have female
flowers in the same raceme with the males, the calyx is a perianlhium
the same with the former: no corolla: the pistillum has an ovate
germ; the styles three, short and subulate: stigmas simple and per-
manent: the pericarpium is an ovate capsule, somewhat compressed,
as is also the calyx on which it is placed, coloured, and of the same
size; three-beaked, one-celled, cut open transversely: the seed is
single, globular, compressed, and large.

The species that demand attention for the purpose of cultivation
are very numerous, but those most generally cultivated are: I. A.
melancholicus, Two-coloured Amaranthus; 2. A. tricolor, Three-co-
loured Amaranthus; 3. A. sangninei/s, Spreading or Bloody Ama-
ranthus; 4. A. caudutus, Pendulous Amaranthus, or Love-lies-bleed-
ing; 5. A. mavitnus, Tree Amaranthus; 6. A.cruentus, Various-leaved
Amaranthus; 7- A. hypochondriacus, Prince's-feather Amaranthus.

73

The first, or Two-coloured Amaranlhus, has the stem upright,
half a foot high, dark purple, smooth, streaked, and simple: the
leaves are blunt, wrinkled, waved, emarginale, mucronate, with a
short white point; the lower ones rufous liver-coloured on the upper
surface, bright purple on the lower, with elevated veins: the upper
ones green, with red tips: the petioles channelled, bright purple,
smooth, edged at top with the decreasing leaf: the lower ones nearly
the length of the leaves: the glotnerules subsessile, dark purple, on
a very short undivided peduncle: the calyxes five-leaved: the leaf-
lets oblong, purple, membranaceous, ending in a dark red point.
Professor Martyn observes that this species varies in the colour of
the leaves; as in the open air they are of a dirty purple on their
upper surface, and in the younger ones green; while in the stove the
whole plant is of a fine purple colour. It is, however, easily dis-
tinguished in all slates by its colour, its leaves, and the lateness of
its flowering, which is after all the others are past. It is a native
of Guiana and the East Indies. Mr. Miller remarks that it grows
to the same height with the Tricolor, and in the manner of its growth
greatly resembles it; but that the leaves have only two colours, an
obscure purple and a bright crimson, so blended as to set off each
other, making a fine appearance when the plants are vigorous.

The second species, or Three-coloured Amaranthus, has the stem
a foot and half or two feet in height, obscurely angular, smooth, and
upright: the leaves blue with a red point, smooth, and waved: the
younger ones red with yellow tips: those in a more mature state
coralled at the base, violet in the middle, and green at the end: the
old ones green with a violet base: the petioles very long, smooth,
green, channelled, and bordered: the glomerules geminate, green,
axillary: the calyxes three-leaved: the leaflets oblong, acuminate,
membranaceous, with a green nerve. It varies in the colour of the
leaves, which are less painted in the open air than in the stove. It
has been long cultivated for the beauty of its vanegated leaves, in
which the colours are elegantly mixed. When the plant is in full
vigour these are large, and closely set from the bottom to the top of

the stalk: the branches also form a sort of pyramid; so that there is

L

74

scarce!}' a more handsome plant when it is in full lustre. It flowers
from June to September. And it is a native of Guiana.

. The third, or Bloody-leaved Amaranlhus, has the stem upright,
four feet high, firm, red, round, and streaked: the leaves somewhat
convex, or rather so contracted as to have the form of a boat, and
pointed; the older ones rather blunt: the upper surface is a mixture
of red and green, the lower more or less purple: the petioles are
tinged with purple, channelled, roughish; winged at top with the
leaf: the racemes very red: the branches smooth, the lower one
spreading: the calyxes five-leaved: leaflets oblong, blunt, mem-
branaceous, and red: the bracieoe subdulato-setaceous, red, longer
than the flowers, closely surrounding the gloinerules.

The fourth species, or Pendulous Amaranthus, has the stem ge-
nerally two feet high, green, obscurely angular, grooved and streaked,
smooth, covered at top with thin, whitish, scattered hairs: the upper
part nods on account of the great length of the racemes: the leaves
are smooth, bright green, blunt, emarginate, with an incurved trans-
parent point: the petioles much shorter than the leaf: the racemes
terminating, elegantly purple, very long, cylindrical, composed of
flowers very closely glomerate: the calyxes five-leaved: the leaflets
oblong, red, acuminate, membranaceous: the bractene oblong, point-
ed, and scattered.

The fifth, or Tree Amaranthus, rises to the height of seven or
eight feet, sending off numerous horizontal branches at every ten or
twelve inches: the leaves are rough, green, and luxuriant: the spikes
are seldom half the length of those of the other sorts, but are
much thicker. It is said to degenerate gradually into the smaller
kind. The seeds, which at first are white, also become red. Jt
flowers in August and September. And it is a native of Persia, &c.

In the sixth species, the stem is a foot and a half or two feet in
height, grooved, green with red streaks, smooth, and slightly pubes-
cent among the flowers: the leaves are green, spotted with brown
above, red beneath, bhintish with a reddish short point: the petioles
red, channelled, and smooth: the racemes red and green, with
branchlets spreading and nodding a little: the calyx- five-leaved: the

leaflets oblong, pointed, whitc-mcmbranaceous, with a red nerve, and
a point of the same colour.

It varies of a shining red colour, — with a red stalk with pale
leaves, — with a green stalk with variegated leaves, &c. As first cul-
tivated in this climate, according to professor Marlyn, the stem was
wholly red and smooth; the petioles, ribs, and nerves of the leaves
underneath purple; the spikes purple, m'.ich spreading, and a little
nodding. They were of course very beautiful, and made a gay ap-
pearance for the two first years: but afterwards the seeds degene-
rated, and the plants had little beauty; which is the same with some
other species of this genus. It is a native of the East Indies.

In the seventh species, the stem is erect, a foot and a half or two
feet in height, smooth, except under the leaves, where it is a little
scabrous, reddish, roundish, streaked, and grooved: the leaves are
red and green, acute, with elevated veins: the petioles are channel-
led, and of a reddish colour: the racemes are naked, red, lateral,
short, and placed about the stem without order: the calyxes are five-
leaved: the leaflets oblong, acute, membranaceous, and red.

It varies with leaves more or less red, — with very red and paler
racemes, with a green and red,— with a rough and smooth stalk. It
flowers from July to September. And it is a native of Virginia.

Culture. — The propagation in most of these species is not effected
without considerable trouble, as they require ihe aid of artificial heat,
in order to bring them forward in (he greatest perfection. There are
a few, however, that may be raised in the open ground without the
assistance of heat applied in the above manner.

The two first, as being the most tender, demand much greater
attention and more artificial heat in producing them, than those of
the third, fourth, and fiflh kinds. And the sixth and seventh species
are capable of being raised with still less heat than those of the above
sorts, though not in the fullest perfection without a slight degree
of it.

In all the different species the business is accomplished by sow-
ing the seeds annually in the early spring months, as about the latter
end of March or beginning of April, on beds of good earth, either

76

over heat or in the natural ground, according to the nature of the
plants. The earlier the sowing can be performed, the belter growth
the plants will attain in the summer season.

In raising the two first sorts in the greatest lustre and perfection,
the aid of two or three different hot-beds is necessary; which should
be covered with frames and glasses, so as to slide with ease and con-
venience. The first of these hot-beds should be small, and made in
the ordinary way, for the purpose of receiving the seed, and which
may likewise serve for that of other annuals of the tender kind of
similar growth. They should be earthed over the top within the
frames, to the depth of five or six inches, with good light dry mould.
In this the seed should be sown in small shallow drills, and covered
over very lightly with fine sifted mould : the glasses are then to be
placed over. In these situations the plants should be suffered to re-
main till they have attained the height of two or three inches, air
being admitted in fine days, and the glasses covered at nights with
garden mats. When the plants are in this situation, a second hot-
bed is to be prepared in the same manner, into which the young
plants are to be pricked out to the distance of about four inches from
each other, moderate waterings being occasionally given, and the
plants well shaded from the sun till they have taken fresh root. Air
should now be admitted more freely when the weather is fine, by
raising one end of the glasses, and the night coverings be carefully
applied. After the plants have remained in these beds a month or
six weeks, and are become tolerably strong in their growth, so as to
require more space, the final hot-beds should be made ready. These
ought to be of much larger dimensions. When the frames are placed
over them, earth to the depth of four or five inches should be laid
over; and the plants, after being taken up with balls of earth about
their roots, planted in pots of about the twenty-fourth size, water
being immediately applied in a sparing manner, and the pots plunged
in the earth of the beds, the frames being raised occasionally, as the
plants advance in growth. The lights are to be constantly kept on,
but air freely admitted by raising the ends daily, and water applied
every day or two. Towards the end of June the plants will have

17

risen to nearly their full size; when they may be placed out in the
open air, where they are fully seen when the weather is fine and
settled, each of them being supported by a handsome stick.

In their after culture, they require to be kept constantly in the
pots, and to have water freely applied almost every day when the
season is hot.

In order to procure the seed of these kinds in perfection, it is the
best method to put a few of the best plants in a deep frame towards
the latter end of the summer, that they may, by being more per-
fectly sheltered by the glasses, be rendered more fully ripe.

In the culture of the third and fourth sorts, as they are more
hardy, one or two moderate hot-beds at most will be fully sufficient
for raising the plants. In these cases, the seeds should be sown upon
a moderate hot-bed towards the end of March ; and when the plants
come up they should have a considerable share of air admitted to
them in mild weather, in order to prevent their drawing up in too
weak a state : and when they are become large enough to be trans-
planted out, another moderate hot-bed should be provided, into
which they should be removed, placing them at six inches distance
in every direction, care being taken to water them as well as to shade
them from the sun in hot weather, until they have taken new root:
after which the air should be freely admitted to them at all times
when the season is favourable. Their waterings should likewise be
frequent, but not given in too great quantity at a time. As the plants
advance in growth, and the warmth of the season increases, they
should have a greater proportion of air, that by degrees they may be
hardened so as to bear the open exposure. In the beginning of June
the plants may be taken up with large balls of earth about their
roots, and planted some into pots, and others in the borders or other
parts of the pleasure-grounds, shading them carefully until they have
taken good root: after which they should be frequently watered in
hot dry weather, especially those in the pots; as every evening or
oflener.

As the Tree Amaranlhus does not thrive well in pots, it should
be planted in a rich light soil, and be allowed plenty of room, and a

78

full supply of water, as often as may be neccessary. In these cir-
cumstances it frequently attains a considerable size, especially in dry
seasons.

The two last species are capable of being raised upon warm dry
borders with tolerable facility; but they neither attain the full growth,
afford such large flower-spikes, or appear in such early perfection, as
when managed in the manner of the above.

In preserving the seed of the last five sorts, some of the largest
and finest spikes should be collected, as they ripen towards the latter
end of September, and exposed to the full sun in some dry airy situ-
ation until they become perfectly dry, when the seeds may be rub-
bed out and put by in a dry warm place.

Persons who are curious in raising these annual plants in great
perfection, find it convenient to have a glass case erected, with up-
right sloping glasses on every side, having a pit in the bottom for
tan, in which the pots are plunged. If this be raised eight or nine
feet to the ridge, and the upright glasses are five feet, there will be
room and light enough to raise these as well as many other plants of
a similar growth to great perfection: and, by such a contrivance,
many of those tender annual plants, which rarely perfect seeds in
this climate under other circumstances, may be brought forward so
as to ripen their seeds in a perfect manner.

All these plants are highly ornamental, the more tender sorts be-
ing mostly distributed in mixture with others of the showy kinds in
places immediately about the house; while those that are more
hardy afford much ornament and variety in the borders, clumps, and
other situations in gardens or pleasure-grounds. They should have
rather open exposures, and be distributed towards the fronts,
cially those of the low growing kinds.

11.8.

tntfe/ri< >,t
fv ry//r /////,/ Deasfane

Jf/fff t »/,,,,

Anfirr/utiiitti t>n tint ,;•/,>„
" Jr&rpu Totutfuue

PLATE VIII.

1. APOCYNUM ANDROS^MIFOLIUM,

FI.Y-CATCHING DOG's-BANE.

THIS genus contains hardy, herbaceous, perennial and shrubby
tender exotics, of the flowering kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Digynia, and ranks
in the natural order Contortce.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed, five-parted,
acute, short, and permanent perianthium: the corolla is monopeta-
lous, bell-shaped, arid semiquinquefid: the divisions revolute: the
nectary consists of five glandular oval capsules surrounding the
germ: the stamina consist of very short filaments: the anlherge ob-
long, erect, acute, bifid at the base, converging: the pislillum con-
sisting of two ovate germs: the styles short: the stigmas roundish,
bifid at the top, muricale, glued to the anthers: the pericarpium
consists of two long, acuminate, one-valved, one-celled follicles:
containing many very small seeds, crowned with long down; the
receptacle subulate, very long, rough, and free.

The species are: 1. A. androscemifolium, Tutsan-leaved Dog's-
bane; 2. A. canabinum, Hemp Dogs-bane; 3. A. hypericifolium, St.
John's Wort-leaved Dogs-bane; 4. A. vcnetuni, Venetian Spear-
leaved Dogs-bane; 5. A.frutescens, Shrubby Dog-bane; 6. A. reti-
culatum, Net-leaved Climbing Dogs-bane.

The first has the stems about three feet in height, and upright.
The leaves are opposite ; and these and the stems abound with a
milky juice, which flows out when they are broken. The corollas
are while, with the nectaries of a purplish cast. But, according to
some, they are pale red with a tinge of purple, the flowers being

SO

pendulous. It is a native of Virginia, and flowers from July to Sep-
tember. It is perennial.

The second species has the roots perennial, and creeping. The
steins are brown, and about two feet in height. The leaves are
smooth, in pairs, abounding wilh a milky juice, like the Former.
Towards the upper part of the stem, the flowers come out from the
wings of the leaves, in small bunches, and are of an herbaceous while
colour, and small. It is admitted for the sake of variety. It flowers
as above; and is a native of the same place. The stems afford a
hempy substance.

In the third the root is likewise perennial, and creeping. The
stems annual, upright, round, branched, a foot and half in height,
and filled with a white pith. The leaves opposite, sharpish, quite
entire, subsessile; the upper ones on the extreme twigs pelioled, not
revolute. The peduncles umbelled, and terminating. The flowers
small, and inodorous. The leaflets of the calyx are oblong, con-
cave, erect, and green. The corolla white, and longer than the ca-
lyx. Between the filaments there is a roundish, green gland. The
whole plant is smooth, and abounds with a milky juice. It is a na-
tive of North America, and flowers in June and July.

The fourth species has the root perennial, and creeping. The
stems about two feet high. The leaves opposite and smooth. The
flowers grow erect, at the top of the steins in small umbels, and are
much larger than in the former sorts. It is a native of the islands in
the Adriatic sea, and flowers in July and August.

There are varieties with purple, and with white flowers.

In the fifth the stem is woody, five or six feet in height, dividing
into several branches. Leaves opposite, pelioled, smooth, quite entire.
The peduncles from the axils, opposite; being oppositely branched.
The corolla salver-shaped. The flowers are in loose bunches, small,
and of a purple colour; but never succeeded by pods in this coun-
try. It is a native of the East Indies, &c.

The sixth species has a twining stem, by which it rises to a con-
siderable height. The leaves are dark green, very shining, wilh a

81

beautiful net of milky veins. It is a native of the East In-
dies, &c.

Culture. — The four first species are capable of being easily pro-
pagated, by dividing their creeping roots either in the early spring
months, before they protrude their stems, or in the autumn. The
soil most proper for them is that of the light dry kind, as, where
there is much moislure, they are apt to be destroyed in the winter
season by their roots becoming rotten. In the second species the
roots sometimes spread in a troublesome manner.

The fourth species requires a very dry, warm exposure; as it is
less hardy than the former. It is best to remove it when necessary
in the early spring, when it is about to send forth its stems.

The two last species are best propagated by layers or cuttings
from their young shoots, which should be made during the summer
season, being dried in the stove some days before they are planted
out. They are likewise capable of being raised by seed, when it can
be procured, as they seldom afford any in this climate. In either
metho|j, pots of light sandy earth should be employed. In the for-
mer, the layers or cuttings, after being planted out in them, should
be placed in a mild hot-bed; and in the latter, after the seeds are
sdwn, the pots should be plunged into a tan-bed. When the plants
are up they must be watered sparingly, and kept constantly in the
tan, being changed into larger pots as they advance in growth, great
care being taken not to over-pot them, as they thrive best where their
roots are a little confined. Under, good management, they mostly
flower in the second year.

The first kinds are sufficiently hardy to bear the exposure of the
open air; but the latter sorts require the constant protection of the
stove. The former are well adapted for producing variety in the
clumps and borders of walks in pleasure-grounds; and the latter for
ornament in the stove, where, from their beautiful ever-green leaves,
they have a fine appearance.

M

82

2. ANTIRRHINUM PURPUREUM.

PURPLE TOADFLAX.

THIS genus includes various plants of the herbaceous flowery
tribe, commonly known by the titles of Snap-Dragon, Calf's-Snout,
and Toad-Flax, or Frogs-Mouth.

It belongs to the class and order Didynamia Angiospermia, and
ranks in the natural order of Persoiiatce.

The characters are: that the calyx is a five-parted permanent
perianthium : the divisions oblong, the two lowermost gaping: the
corolla is monopetalous and ringent: the tube oblong, swelling, and
opening above with a mouth having two lips, the upper one two-
parted and reflex on each side, the under one trifid and obtuse: the
palate convex, usually closed by a prominency between the lips,
produced from the under lip, the throat being concave beneath, hav-
ing a prominent nectarium at the base of the corolla, produced
downwards and prominent: the stamina consist of two short and two
long filaments, enclosed under the upper lip; the antherae converg-
ing: the pistillum a roundish germ, style simple, of the length and
in the situation of the stamens: the sligrna obtuse: the pericarpium
a roundish capsule, obtuse, two-celled, of different form and aper-
tuie in the different species: the seeds numerous: the receptacles
uniform, solitary, and affixed to the partition.

The species of most importance for cultivation are: 1. A. linaria,
Common Yellow Toad-Flax ; 2. A. cymbalaria, Ivy-leaved Toad-
Flax ; 3. A. triphyllum, Three-leaved Toad- Flax; 4. A. purpurcum,
Purple Toad-Flax; 5. A. monspessulamim, Montpellier Toad-Flax ;
6. A. spar t turn, Branching Toad-Flax ; 7- A. triste, Dark-flowered
Toad-Flax; 8. A. pelisserianutn, Violet-coloured Toad-Flax; 9- A.
multicaule, Many-slalked Toad-Flax; 10. A. alpinum, Alpine Toad-
Flax ; 11. A. dalmaticum, Dalmatian Shrubby Toad-Flax; J2. A. gc-

83

nistcefolium, Broom-leaved Toad-Flax; 13. A. tnajus, Great Toad-
Flax, or Snap-Dragon; 14. A. bellidifolium, Daisy-leaved Toad-Flax,
or Snap-Dragon.

The first species has a hard woody creeping perennial root: the
stems several, from one to two feet in height, full of leaves, round
and smooth: the leaves pointed, smooth, and of a blueish colour,
growing without order: the flowers yellow with the palate orange,
villose, in a thick terminal spike: the nectary long and awl-shaped:
the upper segment of the calyx a little longer than the rest: the two
lower ones gaping, widest: the capsule cylindric, splitting at the top
into several equal divisions. It grows by road -sides, and flowers
from June to August. By culture the flowers become larger and
finer.

The second species has a fibrous perennial root, inserting itself so
into the crevices of walls and rocks as scarcely to be eradicated: the
stalks are numerous, growing in a tuft, creeping at bottom, branched,
round, purplish and stringy: the leaves roundish, shining, somewhat
fleshy, some opposite, others alternate, frequently purplish: lobes
of the lower ones blunt, upper acute, the smallest only three-lobed:
the petioles long and grooved above: the peduncles from the axils,
one-flowered, round, a little longer than the petioles: the tube of
the corolla short: the upper lip purple, with two deeper veins; seg-
ments of the lower whitish: the palate yellow: the mouth or entrance
into the lube villous and saffron-coloured: the nectary purple and
conical, the length of the calyx: the germ purple: the capsule
wrinkled, opening at top into several segments: the seeds are black,
roundish and wrinkled like the nut of the walnut. The whole plant
is smooth, but has a disagreeable smell.

There is a variety with a white flower.

The third is an annual plant, which rises with an upright branch-
ing stalk near a foot and half high, with oval, smooth, gray leaves,
placed often by threes, and sometimes by pairs, opposite at the
joints; the flowers grow in short spikes at the top of the stalks;
they are shaped like those of the common sort, but have not such

84

long tubes; they are yellow, with saffron-coloured chaps. It flowers
in July and August, and the seeds ripen in autumn. It grows na-
turally in Sicily.

There are varieties of this with a purple standard and spur; and
with purple flowers.

In the fourth species the root is perennial: the stem two feet,
high, round and smooth: the leaves smooth, and marked with three
nerves underneath, spreading, alternate: the lower verticillate: the
racemes are terminal, simple, erect, long, with pedicels longer than
the flower: the calyx minute: the corolla all purple, paler without,
with the palate pubescent at the edge; spur the length of the corolla,
bending outwards: the capsule subglobular: the seeds three-sided-
angular, or a little compressed: the angles acute, margined, smooth,
and vernacularly wrinkled between them ; the colour of smoke. It
is a native of Italy.

The fifth has a perennial root, from which arise many branching
stalks near two feet high, with very narrow leaves growing in clus-
ters, and of a grayish colour. The flowers are produced in loose
spikes at the end of the branches; they are of a pale blue, and have
a sweet smell. These appear in June; and there is often a succes-
sion of flowers on the plants till winter: the bractes are lanceolate,
one at the base of each peduncle: the corolla pale blue, with darker
spots; spur nearly as long as the body of the corolla: the calyx very
small, and the segments acute.

In the sixth species the stem is a foot high, quite smooth, pani-
cled, erect, but not very stiff, with wand-like branches. Primordial
leaves, before the stalk shoots up, ternate, oblong; the rest alternate,
awl-shaped, channelled, smooth, fleshy, and straight; the flowers are
racemose: the calyxes smooth, or rather somewhat villose: the co-
rollas yellow: the palate smooth, with a tinge of red in the reluse
elevation of it.

The seventh has several smooth stems, eight or nine inches long,
usually decumbent: the leaves rather fleshy, convex and glaucous:
the calyx and bractes only pubescent: the corolla very dark purple,

85

wilh the spur streaked: it often varies of an ash, yellow, or lighter
purple. By Curtis it is said to be of a fine rich brown inclining
to purple: the capsule is shaped like the human skull. It is a na-
tive of Spain, and flowers during most of the summer months.

The eighth species has an annual root: the stem six or eight
inches high, erect, round, very smooth, branching a little: the leaves
very remote, rather fleshy and smooth: the radical or lower ones
three or four together: the flowers in a head or corymb, and small:
the calyx erect, not close, but wilh distant divisions: the corolla pur-
ple, with a white palate marked with obscure veins, purple: the
upper lip longest; spur straight, as long or longer than the corolla.
It is a native of France, &c.

The ninth is an annual plant, from whose root proceed many
stalks, which are lax and rushy, very slender, and about a foot in
height; on the lower part they have five very narrow, linear, obtuse
leaves at each joint; but upwards they are sometimes by pairs, and
sometimes single: the stalks are divided into many small branches,
with little yellow flowers coming out singly at a distance from each
other, which appear in July, and ripen their seeds in August. It is
a native of Sicily.

There are two varieties of this plant, one with a deep yellow-
coloured flower, the other with a sulphur-coloured flower.

In the tenth species the root is perennial : the stems slender,
branching at bottom, growing thicker towards the top, from two to
seven inches long, ascending, round and smooth : the leaves quite
entire, without veins, and thick; the lowest smaller, and in fours:
the upper ones solitary, or two opposite, or sometimes three: the
flowers in a close raceme at the ends of the stalks; they are very
elegant, of a fine violet purple colour, with a rich gold colour in the
middle, and are in blow most part of the summer. It is a native of
the Alps.

The eleventh species rises with a strong woody stalk, three feet
high, having smooth, spear-shaped leaves, placed alternately, and
sitting close to the stalk. The flowers are produced at the end of
the branches in short loose spikes; these are of a deep yellow co-

86

lour, much larger than those of the common sort, and stand upon
short foot-stalks. It flowers in July, but the seeds rarely ripen in
this climate, which makes the plants scarce. It is a native of
Crete, &c.

The twelfth is a biennal or perennial plant, which rises with an
upright, branching stalk from three to four feet high, having spear-
shaped, alternate leaves, ending in acute points, and of a grayish
colour. The flowers are produced at the end of the branches, id
loose panicles: they are of a bright yellow colour. It is a native of
Siberia, &c. -

In the thirteenth the root is biennial : the stem from a foot or
eighteen inches to two and even three feet in height, upright, round,
solid, smooth at bottom, but pubescent higher up: the leaves are
lanceolate or ovate, blunt, the lower mostly opposite, the upper
inclined to be alternate: the flowers in a spike, pointing one way,
large and handsome, on a very short, hairy peduncle, supported by a
short, concave, acuminate bracte: the nectary obtuse, scarcely pro-
minent: the capsule obliquely opening at top, unequal at the base;
vulgarly compared in shape to a calf's head: the tops of the stalks
and the calyxes are usually viscid. It is a native of the south of
Europe, and flowers in June and July.

There are a great many varieties, as with red, 3'ellow, purple and
white flowers, red with white or yellow mouths, white and red, yel-
low and red, yellow and white, purple and white, purple with yellow
mouths, with scarlet dotted with gold colour, with double flowers,
and variegated leaves.

The fourteenth species is a biennial, or at most a triennial plant,
which frequently perishes soon after the seeds are ripened. The
stem is erect, two feet high, branching, terminated with a long thin
spike: the stern-leaves small and three-parted, sometimes live-parted,
very different from the broad, serrate, radical ones: the bracles one-
flowered, linear, long, sometimes (rifid: the flowers very small, on
short peduncles, in a very long raceme, containing frequently an
hundred flowers: the segments of the calyx almost capillary: the
corolla blue, nodding, quinquefid, two of the divisions erect, three

87

nodding; throat open without any palate; spur short, bent back :
the anthers reflex, dark blue. It is a native of Spain, &c.

Culture.— In most of the plants of the Toad-Flax kind the pro-
pagation may be readily effected by sowing ihe seeds either in the
autumn or the spring, in situations where they are to remain, and
where the soil is light and not enriched by manure. The seeds of
the third, sixth, and eleventh species are best put into the ground in
the spring; and those of the fourth, fifth, eighth, and ninth in the au-
tumn. The first species may be increased by the trailing stalks
which put out roots from the joints. It will succeed in any soil or
situation. The fourth and fifth species may likewise be propagated
by parting the roots. The seventh and tenth may be raised by cut-
tings, which should be planted out in a shady situation in the sum-
mer season, and when they have taken good root they may be
removed into pots of light earth of the poorer sort. The striped
varieties must also be propagated by cuttings, in the same way as
the above.

The plants raised by cuttings should be sheltered during the win-
ter months, fresh air being admitted freely in mild weather. When
protected under a hot-bed frame they succeed better than in the green-
house, as in the latter situation the plants are apt to be drawn up
weak.

The plants raised from seed should be removed into pots of light
sandy earth, especially in the eleventh species, till they have taken
fresh root, being then exposed in assemblage with other hardy exotic
plants till October, when they should be placed in a hot-bed frame
to be protected from frost. Some may likewise be planted out in
warm situations on rubbish or poor sandy soils, where they will fre-
quently stand in mild winters, as in such situations they resist cold
the best.

In the Snap dragon kind the propagation may be accomplished
cither by the seed or by cuttings. When the former method is prac-
tised, the seeds in the thirteenth species should be sown in the
spring, as in April or May, in the places where they are to remain,
where they will produce flowers in the following spring. But in the

88

fourteenth species the seed should be sown in the autumn on borders
or other places, where they are to remain. They must be thinned in
the following spring, and they mostly flower in the second. If the
former of these sorts be designed to grow on rocky barren situations,
the seeds should be sown in March, Avhere they are to remain.

Where the latter mode is employed, the cuttings should be made
in the summer, season, and planted out in a proper shade till they
have stricken root.

These are most of them plants adapted to the purpose of orna-
ment, either in rocky barren situations, or in the borders, clumps or
other parts of gardens and pleasure-grounds. The first species is
particularly suited for covering rock work, and the thirteenth also
grows well in such situations, and it, as well as most of the other
species, is adapted for the purpose of affording variety in the larger
borders or other compartments. They last the longest in dry poor
rocky situations.

LanJen Flitltflif.! .\iul 1JJ,WS ty frKeantlfv Flftt.tlrttl

^

Me.rmut

-

• *•«»••»•

PLATE IX.

1. ARGEMONE MEXICANA

MEXICAN ARGEMONE.

Tins genus comprehends a planl of the annual kind : The Prickly
Poppy.

It belongs to the class and order Polyandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of RhaeadecK.

The characters of which are: that the calyx is a three-leaved,
roundish perianth: the leaflets roundish with a point, concave and
caducous: the corolla consists of six roundish petals, from erect
spreading, larger than the calyx: the stamina consist of numerous
filiform filaments, the length of the calyx: the anthers are oblong
and erect: the pislillum is an ovate, five-angled germ: there is no
style: the stigma thickish, obtuse, reflex, quinquefid and permanent:
the pericarpium is an ovate, five-angled, one-celled, half-valved cap-
sule: the seeds numerous and very small: the receptacles linear,
fastened to the angles of the pericarpium, but not gaping: the half-
valved capsule distinguishes this from the Papaver.

There is only one species cultivated in the garden: A. Mexicana.

It is an annual plant, rising to the height of two or three feet, with
stems armed with prickles: leaves sinuate or jagged, soft, shining,
stem-clasping, the points of the jags ending in sharp yellow spines;
on the upper side there are milky veins, as in Our Lady's Thistle; on
the under, small prickles along the midrib and veins: the flowers are
solitary at the ends of the stem and branches: the corolla is yellow,
with from four to six petals: the calyx consists of two or three prickly
leaves; the stigma is capitate, small, with five notches: the capsule

I

N

90

superior, having five or six ribs from tob to bottom, and between the
ribs armed Avith bristle-shaped spines; at the top is the flatted stig-
ma: the seeds are very numerous, round, black, rough, with a com-
pressed scar on one side: the valves of the capsule vary in number,
as Avell as the petals, from four to six. It is a native of Mexico, and
flowers in July and August.

Culture. — As this is an annual plant, it may be easily raised by
sowing the seeds thinly in spots of light earth in the places where
the plants are to remain. As the plants shed their seeds, they mostly
continue for several years after they have been once introduced.

2. AZALIA NUDIFLORA COCCINEA.

SCARLET AZALIA.

THIS genus contains plants of the hardy deciduous flowering
shrubby kinds. The Upright American Honeysuckle.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Bicornes.

The characters of which are: that the calyx is a five-parted,
acute, erect, small, coloured, permanent perianthium: the corolla is
monopelalous, bell-shaped, semiquinquefid; the sides of the divi-
sions bent in: the stamina consist of five filiform filaments, inserted
into the receptacle and free: the anthers are simple: the pistillum
is a roundish germ : the style filiform, the length of the corolla, and
permanent: the stigma is obtuse: the pericarpium is a roundish cap-
sule, five-celled and five-valved: the seeds many and roundish.

The species chiefly cultivated are: 1. A. nudiftora, Naked-flowered
Azalia; 2. A. viscosa, Viscid-flowered Azalia.

The first in its native situation often rises to the height of fifteen
feet, but here is never more than half that height. It sends out seve-
ral stems from the root. The leaves are oblong, smooth, alternate

91

and pelioled. The peduncles are axillary, long and naked, sup-
porting a cluster of red flowers, which arc tubulous, swelling at
their base like those of the hyacinth, and contracted at their neck ;
they are divided at the top into five equal segments, which spread
open. The five stamens and style are much longer than the petals,
and stand erect. It is a native of Virginia.

There are varieties of this plant with scarlet flowers; with pale
red flowers; with curly white flowers; with red and white flowers;
and with variegated flowers.

The second is a low shrub, rising with several slender stems near
four feet high: the leaves come out in clusters at the ends of the
shoots without order: they are spear-shaped, and narrow at their
base; their edges are set with very short teeth, which are rough: the
flowers come forth in clusters between the leaves at the extremities
of the branches; they are white, with a mixture of dirty yellow on
the outside: the tube is an inch long, and at the top they are pretty
deeply cut into five segments; the two upper are reflex, the two side
ones bent inward, and the lower one is turned downward: the sta-
mens are a little longer than the petals, and support oblong saffron-
coloured anthers. The style is much longer than the stamens, and
is crowned by an obtuse stigma. These flowers have much the ap-
pearance of those of Honey-suckle, and are as agreeably scented ;
more so than the foregoing sort. They appear the middle of July, but
are not succeeded by seeds in this climate. It is a native of North
America.

This plant has varieties, with white striped flowers; with narrow
petalled flowers; and with clustered flowers.

Culture. — These plants may be raised without much difficulty, in
rather moist soils where the situation is shady. As they never pro-
duce seeds in this climate, they must be increased by layers from the
young shoots, or by offsets from the roots. The best season for
either of these methods is the early part of the autumn, when they
should be set out where they are to grow, or be planted in rows in
the nursery manner. It is useful to protect the roots during the win-

92

ter, by covering the ground about them with old tan, or other simi-
lar substances.

Where the seeds can be procured, plants may be raised by sow-
ing them either in pots or on warm borders; in the former method,
forcing their growth by plunging them in mild hot-beds.

These shrubby plants are suited for affording variety in shrubbe_
ries and other places, both on account of their fragrant smell and
the beauty of their flowers.

Ptio.

/, i /'/,:•/ .'I'tTftt

Butomtu ittti/it//,
fT&wenna Rush

' /•)• .\r,/ /•'.,/», II, I.I
I >!<///<

/..'t/./.-n J'K/'/I///<-,/ .)anll.\Y<>

t/i/ir<

1 >/i/tt( r/fi/ rt/iir<t //.i

./•i// /<<//•«/ Trumpet flewer

h'. n.n.ir,J t>rt'. ..

. J

PLATE X.

1. BIGNONIA RADICANS.

ASH-LEAVED TRUMPET FLOWER.

THIS genus comprehends several plants of the shrubby and tree
exotic kinds. The Trumpet Flower, or Scarlet Jasmine.

It belongs to the class and order Didynamia Angiospermia, and
ranks in the natural order of Personate.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed, erect, cup-
form, five- cleft perianthium: the corolla monopetalous, campanu-
late; tube very small, the length of the calyx: throat very long, ven-
tricose beneath, oblong-cam panulate: border five-parted, the two
upper divisions reflex, lower patulous: the stamina consist of four
subulate filaments, shorter than the corolla; two longer than the
other two: the anthers reflex, oblong, as it were double: the pistil-
lum is an oblong germ, the style filiform, having the situation and
form of the stamens: the stigma is capitate: the pericarpium is a
two-celled, two-valved silique: partition membranaceous, parallel
and thickened at the sutures: the seeds are very many, imbricate,
compressed, and membrane- winged on both sides.

The species chiefly cultivated for ornamental purposes are: 1. B.
catalpa, Catalpa and Tree Bignonia. 2. B. sempervirens, Evergreen
Carolina Eignonia, or Yellow Jasmine. 3. B. unguis, Cut-claw Big-
nonia. 4. B. radicans, Rooting Ash-leaved Scarlet Bignonia.

The first is a deciduous tree, rising with an upright stem, covered
with a smooth brown bark, to the height of thirty or forty feet in ils
native situation, but not nearly so high in this climate: it sends out
many strong lateral branches, having very large, heart-shaped, or

94

ovate, leaves on them, placed opposite at every joint. The flowers
are produced in large branching panicles towards the end of the
branches; they are of a dirty white colour, with a few purple spots*
and faint stripes of yellow on their inside: the lube of the corolla is
much shorter, and the upper part more spreading than in the fourth
sort: the segments also are deeper cut, and waved on their edges.
The flowers are succeeded by longer taper pods in its native situa-
tion; but these have not as yet been produced in this climate. It is
a native of South Carolina, and flowers in August.

The second species rises with slender stalks, which twist them-
selves round the neighbouring plants, and mount to a considerable
height: the leaves come out single and opposite to each other at
every joint: they remain green through the year. The flowers come
out from the wings of the leaves at every joint, sometimes but two, at
other times four at each joint; these stand erect, are trumpet-shaped,
yellow, and have a very sweet scent; and, in the countries where
they grow naturally, are succeeded by short taper pods filled with
small winged seeds. It is a native of South Carolina.

The third rises with slender stems which require support. The
leaves are small, ovate, entire, and placed opposite at every joint; at
the same places come out the tendrils, by which the plants fasten
themselves to whatever grows near them : the flowers are axillary,
and . pe ';e those of the Foxglove- They are not succeeded by
pods in this climate. It is a native of the West-Indies.

The fourth species has rough stems, which send out many trailing
branches, putting out roots at their joints, and thereby fastening
themselves to the trees in their natural places of growth, and climb-
ing to a great height: when it is planted against walls, it strikes into
the mortar of the joints so strongly as to support the branches, and
will rise to the height of forty or fifty feet. The leaves are opposite
at every joint, composed of four pairs of leaflets, terminated by an
odd one; they are serrate, and end in a long sharp point. The flow-
ers are produced at the ends of the shoots of the same year, in large
bunches ; they have long swelling tubes, shaped somewhat like ia

93

trumpet, whence the plant has the appellation of Trumpet Flower.
The corolla is of an orange colour, and opens at the beginning of
August. It is a native of Carolina.

There is a variety of this with small flowers.

Several other species of this genus are equally deserving of cul-
tivation.

Culture. — These plants are capable of being raised either from
seeds, layers, or cuttings of the stronger shoots, according to the
species.

In the first, the best methods are those of sowing the seeds, ob-
tained from abroad, in pots of light fresh earth, in the early spring
season, plunging them immediately in a moderate hot-bed of tan or
dung: when the young plants appear, they should be placed in warm
sheltered exposures till the autumn, when they require the protection
of frames and glasses, or of a good green-house, free air being ad-
mitted when the weather will permit. After the plants have attained
sufficient growth in these situations, they may be removed from the
pots, planted out in warm situations where they are to remain, or in
the nursery, protection being given them in the winter season when
it proves severe.

Some however prefer raising plants of this sort by setting the
cuttings of the young shoots in the early spring, in pots of the same
earth, plunging them in moderate hot-beds till they \\»~^ sf: '^en
full root, water and shade being occasionally given th.ai, gradually
as the summer advances enuring them to the full air, in order to
harden them. On the approach of autumn, they should be taken
under shelter of some sort when the weather is severe. In the spring
following they may, if necessary, be planted out where they are to
stand, or be put in the nursery ground.

These plants succeed best in such soils as are rich, and rather
inclined to moisture.

All the other species may likewise be raised from, seeds, by being
managed in the same manner as the preceding one; but a more ready
method is by layers, made from the young shoots in the autumn or
spring 'seasons; which may be taken oft" and planted out, either

96

where they are to remain, or in the nursery-ground, after they have
had a twelvemonth's growth. They are also capable of being in-
creased by cuttings of the more strong shoots, plan led out and ma-
naged in the same way as in the first sort.

In all the kinds, the plants raised from seeds are much longer be-
fore they produce flowers, than when they are propagated by layers
or cuttings of the flowering plants.

The chief culture, after the plants are fully established, is that of
cutting out all the small weak shoots of the preceding year, in the
winter season, and shortening the stronger ones to the length of about
two feet, in order to induce flowering shoots to be sent out for the
ensuing summer. These plants are all of long duration, when care-
fully managed.

The first species, though late in putting out its leaves and flowers,
is a highly ornamental shrubby tree, that may be introduced with
propriety and great effect in the back but more conspicuous parts
of large borders, or the middle of large clumps and other planted
parls of shrubberies and grounds. When in full foliage it has
a fine appearance, affording an agreeable diversity in such
situations.

It is likewise well suited for planting out singly on the more spa-
cious lawns or other open parts, where the situations are not too
much exposed, as when permitted to take its natural growth it pro-
duces a good effect.

The second species is more tender, requiring the protection of
mats or other coverings in winter, in the time of frosts, and the ap-
plication of tan or litter about the roots. It succeeds best, and has
the finest appearance, when planted against a warm wall, where it
has room to climb and spread.

The third and fourth species are much more hardy, though they
should have some protection when frosts occur in the winter. They
are very ornamjental when planted against high walk or buildings,
especially the latter, as it will fix on the crevices, and extend itself
over a vast surface. If trained up against high trees, it also produces
a fine appearance when in flower.

97

2. BUTOMUS UMBELLATUS.

FLOWERING RUSH.

THIS genus contains a plant of the flowery perennial aquatic
kind. The Flowering Rush, or Water Gladiole.

It belongs to the class and order Enneandria Hexagynia, and
ranks in the natural order of Tripetaloidea.

The characters are: that the calyx is a simple, three-leaved, short
involucre: the corolla consists of six petals, roundish, concave, wi-
thering; three outer alternate, smaller, more acute: the stamina con-
sist of nine subulate filaments: the anthers are bilamellate: the pistil-
lum has six germs, oblong, acuminate, ending in styles: the stigmas
are simple: the pericarpium consists of six capsules, oblong, gra-
dually attenuated, erect, one-valved, gaping on the inside: the seeds
are very many, oblong-cylindric, obtuse at both ends, fixed to the
wall of the capsules.

There is only one species: B. umbellatus, Umbellated Butomus,
or Flowering Rush.

It has a thick, oblong, fibry, perennial root: the leaves are ensi-
form, long, triangular, smooth, quite entire, spongy, at bottom
sheathing, at top flat and twisted: the scape upright, round, smooth,
from one to three or five and six feet high: the flowers to thirty, each
on a single round peduncle, from an inch to about a finger's length*
forming an upright umbel, surrounded at bottom by an involucre of
three withering membranous sheaths; besides a smaller stipule to each
peduncle: corolla handsome, near an inch in breadth; commonly of
a bright or pale flesh-colour, purple or rose-colour. It is a native
of most parts of Europe, and Flowers in June and July.

There are varieties with white flowers; with -jed flowers; with
deep purple flowers.

98

f

Culture. — The propagation in this plant is effected either by seed
or the roots. In the first mode the seed may be sown thick, in any
watery or boggy place, in the autumn, and left to nature. In the
second method the roots should be removed any time after flowering,
and such as admitof.it, divided, planting them at once in the places
allotted them, where they flower annually for a great length of
time.

These plants are very ornamental on the sides of waters, or in
soft boggy situations, in pleasure grounds.

Pill

f,/ Ir, , W R,lir,in{r

't'.t r-tt /•

'.r (?v h K.;,r.,f.-v 77,-sf, fhtft £n;

/'n///>rff>r/ii/f/f ft /// n /// Jb/ihtnt <n/>i f,//n »t

c

t // ft/

PLATE XL

1. BUPLEURUM FRUTICOSUM.

SHRUBBY HARE'S-EAR.

THIS genus comprises plants of the evergreen shrubby kind.
Hare's Ear, or ./Ethiopian Hartwort.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Digynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Umbellate.

The characters are : that the calyx is an universal umbel, with
fewer than ten rays; partial with scarcely ten rays, erect-expanding:
involucre universal many-leaved; partial five-leaved, larger: leaflets
expanding, ovate, acute: the perianthium proper obscure: the co-
rolla is universal uniform: floscules all fertile: proper, of five, in-
voluted, entire, very short petals: the stamina consist of five simple
filaments: the anthers roundish: the pistillum is an inferior germ:
the styles two, reflected, and small: the stigmas very small : there is
no pericarpium: fruit roundish, compressed, striated, splitting in
two: the seeds two, ovate-oblong, convex and striated on one side,
flat on the other.

The species for the purpose of ornamental culture are: l.B.fru-
ticosum, Shrubby Hare's Ear, or ^Ethiopian Hartwort; 2. JB. difforme,
Various-leaved Hare's Ear; 3. B.frutescens, Grass-leaved Shrubby
Hare's Ear.

The first is an evergreen shrub rising to the height of five or six
feet, and dividing into many branches so as to form a large regular
bush. The. stem is covered with a purplish bark; the branches are
well furnished with oblong, smooth, shining, stiff leaves, of a sea-
green colour, placed alternately, four inches long, and one broad in
the middle; at the ends of these the flowers are produced in umbels:

100

they are yellow at first, but fade away to a brown : they come out
in July and August, but seldom perfect seeds in this climate. It is
a native of the South of France.

The second species rises with a shrubby stalk to the height of five
or six feet, sending out some side branches, which in the spring have
on their lower parts leaves composed of many small flat leaflets,
finely cut like those of coriander, and of a sea-green colour; these
leaves soon fall off, and the upper part of the branches is closely
covered with long rush-like leaves having four angles, coming out in
clusters from each joint. The flowers grow in spreading umbels
at the extremities of the branches; are small, of an herbaceous
colour, and succeeded by oblong channelled seeds. It is a native of
the Cape, and flowers from June to August.

The third has a shrubby branching stem of moderate growth: the
leaves are sharp and rather fleshy ; and the flowers in small umbels
at the end of the branches. It is a native of Spain, and flowers in
August and September.

Culture. — These sorts of plants may be propagated either by seeds
or cuttings. In the first method the seeds should be sown in autumn,
soon after they are ripe, in pots of light mould, and placed in a frame,
to have shelter from frost during winter, and in spring plunged in a
hot-bed, especially the two green-house kinds, which soon brings up
the plants. These should be inured to the full air, and, when of
proper growth, transplanted into separate small pots, shade and
occasional waterings being given in the summer: in autumn the
plants should be placed in a green-house or frame, and in spring
following those of the first sort planted out in the nursery-ground.

In the second method the cuttings should be planted out in
spring, in pots of light earth, plunging them in a moderate hot-bed,
where they readily take root.

The common shrubby kind may also be raised by cuttings in the
common ground, by planting them in the later summer months, and
sheltering them occasionally from the frost during the winter; or by
planting them in pots at the same time, and placing them in a
garden-frame for occasional shelter from frost. In either method

101

the cuttings emit roots in the spring; water being freely given in
summer, and shelter again in winter. In the spring following they
should be planted out in a sheltered place in the nursery, to attain
proper growth for the shrubbery quarters.

The first affords an ornamental effect in the fronts of cliimps and
other parts- of shrubberies, and the others in assemblage wilh other
potted plants of similar growth.

2. BULBOCODIUM VERNUM.

SPRING BULBOCODIUM.

THIS genus contains a plant of the bulbous-rooted flowering pe-
rennial kind. Mountain Saffron.

It belongs to the class and order Hexandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Spathacece.

The characters are: that there is no calyx: the corolla hexapeta-
lous, funnel-form: claws very long, linear: throat connecting the
petals: border erect: petals lanceolate, concave: the stamina con-
sist of six subulate filaments, inserted into the claws of the petals:
the anthers are incumbent: the pistillum is an ovate subulate germ,
obtusely three-cornered, and superior: the style is filiform, the length
of the stamens: the stigmas three, oblong, erect and channelled: the
pericarpiurn is a triangular, acuminate capsule, angles obscure, and
three-celled : the seeds are numerous.

There is only one species cultivated for ornament, B, vernitm,
Spring-flowering Bulbocodium.

In this the bulb or root resembles that of common colchicum in
shape, but is much smaller; it is covered with a dark-brown skin.
In January, or before the middle of the following month, the flower
springs up inclosed within three brownish-green leaves, which open-
ing themselves as soon almost as they are out of the ground, show
their buds for flowers within them very white oftentimes, before ihey

102

open far, and sometimes also purplisli at first appearing. There is
frequently only one flower, but never more than two flowers on a'
root; they never rise above the leaves, or the leaves much higher than
them, whilst they last; they are smaller than those of colchicurn; at
first are of a pale red or deep blush colour, but afterwards change to
a blight purple, and continue long in beauty, if the weather be not
severe. After the flowers are past, the leaves grow to the length of
four or five inches, and in the middle of them the seed-vessel rises up.
It has the habit of colchicum, but differs in having only one style:
from the crocus, which it much resembles, it is also distinguished by
the number of ils stamens. It is a native of Spain, &c.

Culture. — This may be increased by off-sets removed at the time
when the flower and leaf decay, every second or third year; also by
sowing the seed in pots filled with loamy earth, in autumn, shelter-
ing them in a frame from frost during the winter: the plants appear
in spring, which, on the decay of the leaves, should be taken up for
planting in the borders in the following autumn, where they flower
the year following.

When the roots are not frequently taken up, they flower much
stronger, and produce a greater increase than when treated in the
contrary manner.

The plants should have a warm situation, and fresh soil lhat has
not been improved by manure.

They afford an agreeable variety in beds, borders, and clumps,
of pleasure and other grounds.

3. B L I T U M C A P I TAT U M.

BERRY-HEADED STRAWBERRY-BLITE.

THIS genus comprises different plants of the annual herbaceous
ornamental kind. The Elite, or Strawberry Spinach.

It belongs to the class and order Monandria Digynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Holorace&.

103

The characters arc: that the calyx is a three-parted, spreading,
-permanent perianlhium, the divisions ovate, equal, two more gaping
than the other: there is no corolla: the stamina a setaceous filament,
longer than the calyx, within the middle division, and erect: the an-
ther is twin: the pistillum is an ovate, acuminate germ: the styles
.are two, erect, and gaping, the length of the stamen: the stigmas are
simple: the pericarpium is a very thin capsule, (rather the crust of
the seed) ovate, a little compressed, contained within the calyx now
become a berry: the seed single, globular and compressed, the size
of the capsule.

The species mostly cultivated for ornament are: 1. B. capitatum,
Berry-headed Strawberry Blite; 2. E, virgatum, Slender-branched
Strawberry Blite; 3. B. Tartaricum, Tartarian Strawberry Blite.

The first is an annual plant, with leaves somewhat like those of
Spinach. The stalk rises about two feet and a half high, when cul-
tivated in gardens. The leaves on the lower part of it are of the
same shape with the root-leaves, only smaller. The upper part of it
has flowers coming out in small heads at every joint, and is termi-
nated by a small cluster of the same. After the flowers are past,
these little heads swell to the size of wood strawberries, and when
ripe have the same appearance; being very succulent, and full of a
purple juice, which stains the hands, and was formerly used for culi-
nary purposes as a colouring ingredient.

There are varieties, with white and red leaves.

The second species seldom grows more than one foot high, with
smaller leaves than the first, but of the same shape. The flowers are
produced from the axils, almost the whole length of the stalk: they
are small, and collected into little heads, shaped like those of the
first, but smaller, and not so deeply coloured. It is a native of the
South of France.

There are varieties, with striped leaves, and with white flowers.

The third rises near three feet high: the leaves are triangular,

o O

ending in very acute points, as also the indentures on the edges of
the leaves. The flowers are axillary in small heads. The fruit is
of the same shape aud colour as those of the first, but smaller. This

104

differs from that in the shape and indentures of the leaves; and in
having leaves placed between the fruits the whole length of the stalk,
which is not terminated by heads as in the first, but has leaves above
the heads. Marty n supposes this is probably no more than a variety
of the second sort.

Culture. — These plants are raised by sowing the seeds annually,
in the early spring months, in patches of three or four together, in
the borders or clumps where they are to remain, the mould in the
places being broken down and rendered rather fine before they are
put in. They may also be sown on beds of light earth, and when
they rise to a sufficient growth be transplanted to the places where
they are to grow, which should be done before the flowering stems
rise. The first is the best method. A few may also be raised in pots
for particular purposes, which must be kept occasionally watered in
dry seasons, and supported by sticks.

When planted out in the natural ground, they must be kept clear
from weeds, and properly thinned, and have support when necessary,
to prevent their being pressed down by the weight of the fruit. They
often rise freely from self-sown seeds.

They are chiefly cultivated for the ornament which the fruit
affords in the latter end of summer, which is as large as that of the
common strawberry, and of a red colour. They have a good effect
when set out in assemblage with other potted plants in conspicuous
situations about the house.

•'/"'•'

PLATE XII.

1. CALLA ^ETHIOPICA,

^ETHIOPIAN CALLA.

THIS genus contains a plant of the herbaceous flowery perennial
green-house kind. Ethiopian Arum.

It belongs to the class and order Gynandria Polyandria, and ranks
in the natural order of Pipcrita.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed spathe, ovate-
cordate acuminate, coloured at top, very large spreading, permanent:
the spadix finger-shaped, quite single, erect, covered with fructifica-
tions: there is no corolla: the stamina consist of some filaments
intermixed with the germs the length of the pistils, permanent, com-
pressed, truncate: the anthers are simple, truncate, and sessile: the
pistillum to each is a roundish obtuse germ: the st3'le simple, very
short: the stigma acute: the pericarpium contains as many berries
as there are pistils, four-cornered, globular, pulpy, and one-celled
(several-celled): the seeds numerous (six to twelve,) solitary, oblong,
cylindric, and obtuse at both caids.

The species cultivated for ornament is C. JEthiopica, ./Ethiopian
Arum, or Sweet Calla.

It has thick, fleshy, tuberous roots, which are covered with a
thin brown skin, and strike down many strong fleshy fibres into the
ground. The leaves arise in clusters, having foot-stalks more than a
foot long, which are green and succulent: the leaves are eight or nine
inches in length, and of a shining green, ending in a sharp point,
which turns backward: between the leaves comes out the scape,
which is thick, smooth, of the same colour as the leaves, rising above
them, and terminated by a single flower shaped like those of the

p

106'

arum: the hood or spathe is twisted at the bottom, but spreads open
at the top, and is of a pure white colour. In the centre of this is
situated the spadix or club, which is of an herbaceous yellow colour,
upon which the small herbaceous flowers are closely placed; it is
only about half the length of the spathe; it is succeeded by roundish
red berries. It is a native of the Cape.

Culture. — This plant is readily increased by offsets from the root,
which should be separated in the autumn, and planted out singly in
pots of light earth, where they become full plants the following year.
The plants may be kept in the full air during the summer, but dur-
ing the winter should have the protection of the green-house or a
garden-frame.

These plants, from the singularity of their growth, and their being
constantly furnished with leaves, have an agreeable effect, and pro-
duce much variety among other potted plants.

2. CORONILLA EMERIS.

%

SCORPION SENNA.

THIS genus comprises plants of the evergreen and deciduous
shrubby kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Diadelphia Decandria, and ranks
in the natural order of Papilionacea.

The characters are: that the calyx is a simple umbellule: pe-
rianth one-leafed, very short, compressed, bifid, erect; the three
inferior teeth smaller; the two superior conjoined; permanent: the
corolla papilionaceous : standard heart-shaped, reflected on all sides,
scarce longer than the wings: wings ovate, converging at top, gaping
at bottom, obtuse: keel compressed, acuminate, ascending, usually
shorter than the wings: the stamina consist of diadelphous filaments
(single and nine-cleft), ascending at almost a right angle, the tips
widish; anthers simple, small: the pistillum is a columnar, oblong

107

germ: style bristled, ascending: stigma small, obtuse: the peri-
carpium is a legume, very long, columnar, straight, contracted with
an isthmus between each seed ; two-valved, one-celled, parting by
joints: the seeds many.

The species are: 1. C.juncea, Linear-leaved Coronilla; C. Valen-
tino, Small Shrubby Coronilla; 3. C. argente.a, Silvery-leaved Coro-
nilla; 4. C.glauca, Great Shrubby Coronilla; 5. C. Emerits, Scorpion
Senna.

The first rises from two to four feet high, with many slender
woody branches, as in broom: the leaves are linear, spear-shaped,
small, and somewhat fleshy: the flowers stand upon pretty long
axillary peduncles, in small bunches, are of a bright yellow co-
lour, and appear for six or seven months together, but have not
produced seeds in this climate. It is a native of the South of
France.

The second species rises three or four feet high: the leaflets nine
or eleven, oblong-cordate or wedge- form retuse, with a small point
or none, glaucous, somewhat fleshy, having the colour of rue in the
early spring: the flowers are on long axillary peduncles .in close
bunches, small and deep yellow. It has a strong odour, and is a
native of Spain.

The third is a very humble shrub, rarely growing more than two
feet high, when planted in a good soil; but in a dry barren place,
not much above one foot: the stem is hard and woody, from which
the branches are produced on every side near the ground, so as to
form a low bushy shrub. At the joints where the leaves are produced
are two ear-shaped stipules. The floAvers are on long slender axil-
lary peduncles, yellow, and have a strong sweet scent: it pro-
duces plenty of flowers in May, making a fine appearance; the
seeds ripening in August. Its silvery colour is said to be occa-
sioned by its growing on a poor dry soil. It is a native of the island
of Crete.

The fourth species seldom grows more than three or four feet
high, with a woody brandling stem: the leaflets five or seven,

108

glaucous, wedge-form, seldom obcordate, with a small reflex point:
the flowers bright yellow, in a roundish bunch: they are remark-
ably fragrant during tire day. It is a native of the South of
France.

The fifth rises from two to six feet in height (eight or nine in gar-
dens): the stem not very straight, branched and brachiatc (so weak
as sometimes to want support): ihe leaflets three or four pairs, gra-
dually larger, almost cordale, glaucous and smooth: the peduncles
umbelled, with from three to five yellow flowers. Miller kept this
species under its old name of Einems, dividing it into greater and
less; the former being common in gardens, but the latter in very few-
It is a native of France, flowering in April.

Culture. — As the first four sorts, and especially the second, are
rather tender, though they will succeed in the open air in mild win-
ters, they should in common be potted, to be moved to the shelter
of a green-house, or glass frame, or some place in a sheltered situa-
tion in the full ground. The last sorts are hardy and elegant flower,
ing-shrubs, for the clumps and other parts of extensive pleasure-
grounds.

The four first kind&may be increased by seeds sown in the spring,
either on a warm border, or in a slender hot-bed; but the latter is
the best mode, as it produces them more forward^ in pots of rich
earth half an inch in depth, plunging them in a hot-bed when ne-
cessary. When the plants are two or three inches in height, they
should be pricked out in separate small pots, giving shade, water,
and air, hardening them gradually to the full air, about the middle
of summer, in which they may remain till autumn, then removing
them to the shelter of a frame during winter, covering them only in
time of frost, or very severe weather.

The last sort, or Scorpion Sennar may be raised plentifully both
by seeds, layers, and cuttings; the seeds being sown in March, in a
bed of light earth, and covered half an inch deep, giving occasional
waterings in dry weather. When the plants have had one or two
years' growth, they should be removed into nursery rows, and in two

109

or three more they will be large enough for planting in the shrub-
bery, or other places. The layers of the young shoots may be laid
down in autumn or winter, giving them a gentle twist. When they
are perfectly rooted, they should be taken off, and planted out as
above. The cuttings of the young shoots should be planted in the
spring, or autumn, in shady borders, giving water the following spring
and summer. When well rooted they should be removed, as in the
above methods.

PLATE XIII.

1. CALYCANTHUS FLORIDUS

CAROLINA ALLSPICE.

THIS genus comprises a plant of the aromatic shrubby deciduous
kind.

It belongs to the class and order Icosandria Polygynia, and ranks
in the natural order of the Rosacece.

The characters of which are: that the calyx is a one-leafed,
pitcher-shaped, squarrose perianthium: leaflets coloured, lanceolate;
the superior ones gradually larger, resembling petals: there is no
corolla, except the calycine folioles, representing petals: the stamina
consist of numerous subulate filaments, inserted into the neck of the
calyx: the anthers oblong, furrowed, growing to the top of the fila-
ments: the pislillum consists of a great many germs, ending in subu-
late compressed styles of the length of the stamens: the stigmas are
glandulous: there is no pericarpium, the calyx being thickened, obo-
vate, and berried : the seeds are very many and tailed.

The only species cultivated is C. Jloridus, Carolina All-spice.

It rises to the height of eight or ten feet where it grows naturally,
but seldom more than four feet high in this country, dividing into
many slender branches near the ground; covered with a brown aro-
matic bark, with two entire leaves placed opposite at every joint on
short foot-stalks: the flowers grow single on short peduncles at the
extremity of the branches; they have two series of narrow thick pe-
tals, which spread open, and turn inward at the top, like those of the
starry anemone colour; these are of a dusky purple colour, and
have a disagreeable scent. They appear in May. The strong
aromatic scent has obtained it the title of All-spice.

Rl3

(t

t<t >/<•

( <i ri'/i itfi Alsptee

E r/,/ni i;;,' I'r ?', O/'/i '//

An/>- /•/
lea,

Ill

There are varieties with long leaves and with round leaves.

Culture. — This is increased by laying down the young branches,
or one-year's shoots, which may be taken off in a twelvemonth, and
set where they are to remain, as they do not bear transplanting well
afterwards. The effects of drying winds should be guarded against
in the summer, and frosts in winter; the former by very moderate
waterings, and the latter by coverings of bark. The best season for
laying down is the autumn, and for planting out, the spring.

This shrub is capable of bearing the open air, but requires a dry
soil and warm exposure.

It is very ornamental in the fore parts of clumps or borders in
shrubbery and other ornamented grounds.

2. COLUTEA ARBORESCENS.

-

COMMON BLADDER SENNA.

THIS genus contains plants of the hardy deciduous flowering
shrubby kind. Bladder Senna.

It belongs to the class and order Diadelphia Decandria> and ranks
in the natural order of PapiUonacece.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianthium»
bell-shaped, five-cleft, erect, nearly equal, permanent: the corolla is
papilionaceous; standard, wings, and keel differ in figure and va-
rious proportion; wings pressed close together, lanceolate: the sta-
mina have diadelphous filaments, (single and nine-cleft) ascending:
anthers simple: the pistillum is an oblong germ, compressed, atte-
nuated at each end: style ascending : stigma is a bearded line ex-
tended from the middle of the style to its tip, from the upper part:
the pericarpium is a legume very large, very broad, inflated, transpa-
rent and membranaceous, the upper suture erect, the lower gibbous,
one-celled, gaping on the upper sulure at the base: seeds several,
kidney-shaped.

112

The species cultivated arc: 1. C. arboresccns, Common Bladder
Senna; 2. C. cruenta, Oriental Bladder Senna; 3. C. Pocockii, Po-
cock's Bladder Senna; 4. C. frutescem, Scarlet Bladder Senna.

The first has several woody stems, which grow to the height of
twelve or fourteen feet, sending out many woody branches, with
winged leaves, composed of four or five pairs of oval lobes, placed
opposite, terminated by an odd one; these are indented at the top
in form of a heart, and are of a grayish colour. The flowers come
out from the wings of the leaves upon slender peduncles about two
inches long, each sustaining two or three yellow flowers, whose stand-
ard is reflexed and large, with a dark-coloured mark on it. Native
of the South of France, £c.

The second species has a woody stem, which sends out many
branches on every side, which do not rise above seven or eight feet
high; these are not so strong as those of the first sort, and the leaves
are composed of five or six pairs of small heart-shaped leaflets, ter-
minated by an odd one. The flowers proceed from the side of the
branches, standing upon peduncles, each sustaining two or three
flowers, shaped like those of the first sort, but smaller; they are of a
dark red colour, marked with yellow, appearing in June, the seeds
ripening in autumn. It was found in the Levant.

The third is a shrub which seldom grows more than six or seven
feet high in this country. The branches are very slender, and much
more pliant than those of the common sort, and therefore it grows
less erect. The leaves are composed of nine pairs of leaflets, and
arc much smaller. The flowers are of a. brighter yellow, appear a
.month earlier than in the common sort, and there is a succession of
them till late in the autumn, which renders it much more valuable;
and the branches not shooting so luxuriantly nor so upright, it is in
less danger of being broken by strong winds in summer. It is a na-
tive of the Levant.

The fourth species is a hoary shrub, with tomentose leaflets,
smooth on the upper surface. It rises from two to four feet in height
in favourable seasons, and in a warm situation; plants of three years
standing will sometimes be six feet high. The stem is weak, the

113

side branches grow erect, and the leaves have ten or twelve pairs of
leaflets. The flowers are sustained on axillary peduncles, three or
four together, and are of a fine scarlet colour, coming out in June-
It is a native of the Cape.

Culture. — AH these plants are capable of being increased by
sowing the seed in the early spring months, as in February for the
three first sorts, and the two following months for the fourth, upon
beds of common earth, covering them in to the depth of about half
an inch. When the plants have attained sufficient growth, as in the
following spring for the former sorts, and when they are three or four
inches high in the latter, they should be removed, and the first sorts
planted out in rows in the nursery, and the last in warm sheltered
situations or in pots, to be protected during the winter.

This sort may likewise be rendered much forwarder, so as to
flower the same year, by having recourse to a hot-bed.

The three first species are also capable of being raised by layers
from the young shoots, made either in the autumn or spring seasons;
but as the fourth sort does not continue long, and is more tender than
the others, new plants should be raised from every seed two or three
years.

They are all beautiful ornamental plants, especially the fourth,
and may be introduced into the clumps, borders, and other parts of
shrubberies and pleasure-grounds, where they produce a fine effect
by their foliage and flowers. The last sort should, however, have a
dry warm soil and sheltered sunny situation.

3. CEANOTHUS AMERICAN US.

NEW JERSEY TEA-TREE.

THIS genus comprises plants of the tree and shrubby exotic
kinds.

It belongs lo the class and order Pentandria Monogynia, and ranks

in the natural order of Dumosce.

Q

114

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed, turbinate pe-
rianthium; border five-parted, acute, close-converging, and perma-
nent : the corolla has five equal petals, roundish, of an arched sac-
cular shape, compressed, very obtuse, spreading, smaller than the
calyx, seated on claws the length of the petal, growing from the in-
terstices of the calyx : the stamina consist of five subulate, erect fila-
ments, opposite to the petals, the length of the corolla: the anthers
are roundish r. the pistillum is a superior, triangular germ: the style
cylindric, semitrifid, the length of the stamens: the stigma obtuse
the pericarpium is a berry (capsule), dry, three-grained, three-celled,
obtuse, retuse, and set with tubercles : the seeds solitary and ovate.

The species commonly cultivated are: 1. C. Americanns, Ameri-
can Ceanothus, or New Jersey Tea; 2. C. Asiaticus, Asiatic Ceono-
thus; 3. C. Africanus, African Evergreen Ceanothus.

The first in this climate is a shrub, which seldom rises more than
three or four feet high, sending out branches on every side from the
ground upwards: the branches are very slender, and, as it is pretty
late in the spring before they begin to shoot, keep growing very late ;
consequently, unless the autumn proves dry and mild, the tender
shoots are often killed down very low by the early frosts; but in
favourable seasons, the extreme parts of the shoots only are injured
by the cold: these branches are garnished with oval-pointed leaves,
placed opposite, deciduous, and of a light green colour : the flowers
are produced at the extremity of each shoot in close thick spikes,
and composed of five small petals, of a clear white colour, making
a fine appearance, as the whole shrub is covered over with flowers.

These appear in. July, and in mild seasons again in October. It
is a native of North America, where the leaves are sometimes used
as tea.

The second species rises with a shrubby branching stem, four feet
high. The branches are alternate, flexuose, striated and smooth :
the leaves are alternate, resembling those of the pear, acuminate,
smooth, at the ends of the small branches, scarcely an inch in length,
on petioles half the length of the leaves : the racemes from each
axilla usually two, small, the length of the petioles, consisting of

115

many florets, on very short pedicels, caducous, one often ramaining
which bears fruit : hence the raceme is toothletted from the falling
of the flowers, which are of a greenish colour : the berries are large.
It is a native of Ceylon, &c.

The third species rises to the height of ten or twelve feet, with a
woody stem, covered with a rough dark-coloured bark, and sends out
many weak branches, which hang downwards: these while young
are green, but afterward change to a purplish colour: they are gar-
nished with oblong pointed leaves, of a lucid green, smooth, and
slightly serrate on their edges : the flowers are small, of an herba-
ceous colour, coming out from the side of the branches; sometimes
appearing in July, but not succeeded by seeds in this climate, nor
do the plants often produce flowers; being chiefly preserved for the
beauty of their shining evergreen leaves. It is a native of the Cape,
and sometimes known by the title of Alaternoides.

Culture. — This, in the first sort, may be effected either by seeds
or layers. In the first mode the seeds should be sown, as soon as
procured, in pots of light earth, lightly covered in, placing them in a
frame, to have occasional shelter in bad weather; and in spring
plunge them in a hot-bed to bring up the plants, hardening them
gradually to the full air in summer, but in autumn removing them
to have shelter until the following spring, when they should be
planted out in separate small pots, or in a nursery-bed in the full
ground, being covered occasionally again in the following winter, as
they require protection from severe frost the two or three first years
of their growth.

In the latter method, some of the youngest branches should be
laid down in autumn, in the usual way, which become rooted in
twelve months, and in the spring after should be planted out. Some
of the first young shoots may also be laid down during the summer,
in order to have the greater chance of success.

In the second species the propagation may be effected by seeds,
which should be sown in pots of light earth, plunging them in the
bark-bed, and likewise by laying the young shoots down in the au-

116

tumn, plunging the pots as above: the plants afterwards should be
managed as other woody exotics of the stove.

The third sort is raised expeditiously by laying down the young
shoots, either in their own pots, or others placed for the purpose, in
the autumn. They are also capable of being increased by young
cuttings, planted in the spring in pots, plunging them in the bark,
or other hot-bed about two months. They afterwards require only
the ordinary culture of greenhouse plants.

The first is an elegant little flowering shrub, for the more conspi-
cuous compartment of the shrubbery, being planted in a moderately
dry soil and sheltered situation, in the fronts of the clumps or
borders.

The second affords variety in the stove ; and the third is worthy
of a place in the greenhouse collection, for the beauty of its shining
green leaves.

•' v/

( il r//inrri/l/,t iitfiu NfH/<'H/f.r

.Vl'/f/t' /1',/l'ti/ f itM/l/l /ll'/ll

~L,'nJ,-n"fuUiAeJAut 1*MCS, ,

( rtplj /ni r/iiit<r

EnqnvrrJ /•> /". '.'/

I i'n i'i '/i'H/ii.t /riri'/< •/•
, ' /nil// />/H< • ( r'Ufi'/rtt/tr.r

• ", . V
-I • • -

-• - . •

PLATE XIV.

1. CAMPANULA RAPUNCULOIDES.

NETTLE- LEAVED CAMPANULA.

THIS genus comprises various plants of the annual, biennial, and
perennial herbaceous flowery kind. The Bell-flower,

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Monogynia, and
ranks in the natural order of Campanacea.

The characters are: that the calyx is a five-parted perianthium,
acute, erect-expanding, superior: the corolla is monopetalous, bell-
form, impervious at the base, half-five-cleft, marcescent: divisions
broad, acute, spreading : the nectary in the bottom of the corolla,-
composed of five valves, acute, converging, covering the receptacle:
the stamina consist of five capillary filaments, very short, inserted on
the tips of the valves of the nectary : the anthers are longer than the
filaments, and compressed: the pistillum is an angular inferior germ:
the style filiform, longer than the stamens: the stigma three-partedy
oblong, thickish: divisions revolute: the pericarpium is a roundish
angular capsule, three or five-celled, emitting the seeds at so many
lateral openings: the seeds are numerous and small: the receptacle
is columnar and adnale.

The species mostly cultivated for the purposes of ornament and
use are: 3. C. pcrsicifolia, Peach-leaved Bell-flower; 2. C. pyramids -
fo, Pyramidal or Steeple Bell-flower; 3. C. carpatica, Carpathian or
Heart-leaved Bell-flower; 4. C. latifolia, Broad-leaved Campanula,
or Giant Throat-wort ; 5. C. trachelium, Great Throat-wort, or Nettle-
leaved Campanula; 6. C.'grandi flora, Great-flowered Bell-flower;

7. C. medium, Small Pyramidal Campanula, or Canterbury Bells;

8. C. speculum, Venus's Looking-glass; 9. C. Americana, American

118

Bell-flower; 10. C. fruticosa, Shrubby Cape Bell-flower; 11. C. ra-
punculusi Esculent Rampion.

There are other species in this extensive genus deserving of at-
tention.

The first has the root like that of Navew, and eatable: the stem
is very straight, eighteen inches high and more, (in gardens two feet
and a half,) unbranched, angular, smooth, as is the whole plant: the
flowers are in a thin spike, one or two together, on very long pedun-
cles, which have two stipules at the base : the corolla is large, broad
bell-form, deep blue ; the segments short, and moderately acumi-
nate. It is a perennial plant, native of most parts of the continent
of Europe, flowering in June and July.

There are varieties with single blue and white flowers, and with
double blue and white flowers.

The second species, as it appears in the garden, has thick tube-
rous roots, which are milky; these send out three or four strong,
smooth, upright stalks, which rise near four feet high, and are gar-
nished with smooth oblong leaves, whose edges are a little indented:
the lower leaves are much broader than those on the stalks: the
flowers are produced from the side of the stalks, and are regularly
set on for more than half their length, forming a sort of pyramid;
these are large, open, and shaped like a bell, and mostly of a light-
blue colour.

There are varieties with white flowers and with double flowers.

The third affords a milky juice when wounded: the root is whit-
ish and perennial ; the stems herbaceous, annual, weak, hardly
branching, bearing one or very few flowers. In gardens it becomes
branching and many-flowered. The root-leaves are kidney-form,
roundish; the peduncle elongated and smooth; the corolla blue.
It flowers the whole summer, and is a native of the Carpathian
Alps.

According to Mr. Curtis, it is still scarce in gardens, but deserves
to be more known and cultivated : its flowers are in proportion to
the plant, being large and showy.

The fourth species has the stem three feet high and more, angu-

119

lar and smooth, but not branching : the leaves are sharply serrate,
on short petioles, and hirsute : the flowers are axillary, one or two
together, on peduncles shorter than the leaf: calyx smooth, with
broad triangular segments: corolla very large, blue; the segments
triangular, divided by a line : the fruit obliges the peduncle to bend
down with its weight. It is a native of the northern parts of the
island, flowering in Julyv

There are varieties with single and double purple, and with single
and double white flowers; with single and double pale-red flowers;
and with striped flowers.

The fifth species has a perennial root: the stems are from two to
three feet in height, upright, stiff, hairy, angular, the angles membra-
naceous, putting out a few short side-branches: the leaves resem-
bling those of the great nettle, but rather shorter and broader, alter-
nate, ovate,- cordate, pointed, hairy, deeply toothed, sometimes
having two or three lobes; petioled, except the upper ones, which
are sessile : the peduncles are alternate, axillary, trifid, and three-
flowered. The number of flowers, however, varies from one or two
to three, four, and even five; they are large and nodding. It is a
native of most parts of Europe, &c. flowering in July and August.

There are varieties, with single and double blue flowers, with
single and double white flowers, and with single and double pale
purple flowers.

The sixth species has the whole plant very smooth; the root pe-
rennial, white, fusiform, the thickness of a finger, and branched: the
stems are few, erect or ascending, simple, round, a foot high, leafy
all over, annual, terminated with one handsome flower, but without
scent, nodding a little, with sometimes one or two flowers more
from the upper axillas: the leaves are irregularly scattered, sessile or
on very short petioles, ovate or sublanceolate, short and sharply
serrate: sometimes a few of the leaves, and at others all of them, are
in threes : the corolla is two inches in diameter or more, very deep
blue, with numerous blue veins; elegantly pear-shaped before ex-
panding, and at first green. It flowers in June and beginning of-
July, and is a native of Siberia.

120

The seventh has a biennial root: the leaves are oblong, rough,
hairy, serrate, coming out without order from the root, narrowing
into a petiole. From the centre of these, the second season, arises a
stiff, hairy, furrowed stalk about two feet high, sending out several
lateral branches, with long, narrow, hairy, serrate, sessile leaves,
placed alternately: from the setting on of these leaves come out the
peduncles, those on the lower part of the stem and branches four or
five, inches long, diminishing gradually in length upwards, and thus
forming a sort of pyramid. The flowers are very large, and make a
fine appearance; they are smooth, and the segments turn back at
the end; they come out the beginning of June, and, if the season be
not very hot, continue a month in beauty. It grows naturally in
Germany, &c.

There are varieties, with blue, purple, white, striped, and double
•flowers.

The eighth species is an annual plant, which rises with slender
stalks a foot high: the flowers are of a beautiful purple, inclining to a
violet colour, (sometimes pale purple or white,) and in the evening
fold up into a pentagon figure, whence it is sometimes called Viola
pentagonia : the calyx is composed of five narrow leaves, which
spread open, turn back, and are much longer than the petals; these
remain on the top of the prismatic seed-vessel, which is filled with
small angular seeds : the stem is tender, quadrangular, naturally
procumbent, branched from the bottom at very great angles: the
leaves sessile, obovate, and waved about the edge: the flowers axil-
lary, erect, on very long peduncles: the corolla wheel-shaped, and
so deeply five-cleft that the segments, which are ovate, scarcely
cohere.

It is a native of the southern countries of Europe, flowering from
May to September.

There are varieties, with bright blue flowers, with white flowers,
and with pale purple flowers.

The ninth species has an annual root; the stem and germs
smooth; the leaves acuminate; the flowers three or more from each

121

axil or bracte ; the corollas small ; the style longer than the corolla.
It is a native of Pennsylvania, flowering in July.

There are varieties, with single white, wilh single blue, and with
double blue flowers.

The tenth is a shrubby ornamental plant, a native of the Cape of
Good Hope, flowering here in August.

In the eleventh species the whole plant is full of a milky juice:
the root is biennial, spindle-shaped, sometimes branching: the stem
upright, angular, two feet high, hairy towards the base, smooth
above : branches alternate, short, upright : the leaves towards the
base of the stem hairy above or on both sides, blunt; the upper ones
smooth, and becoming gradually more pointed; obscurely notched:
teeth glandular, whitish, not projecting beyond the edge of the leaf:
there is an awl-shaped bracte at the base of each peduncle: the seg-
ments of the calyx are awl-shaped, or setaceous, twice as long as the
germ, wilh a small tooth on each side of the base: the flowers are
upright: the corolla blueish purple, sometimes very pale purple
or whitish ; each segment marked with three lines : the nectary
fringed. It grows wild in France, £c,, flowering in June, July, and
August.

The fleshy roots are eatable, and are much cultivated in France
for salads.

Culture. — The plants in this extensive genus are mostly hardy,
and increased with little difficulty. The six first sorts, and their
varieties, are all capable of being raised by dividing the rools in the
autumn or early spring, and planting them out on the beds, borders,
or other parts. The former is, however, the better season for the
purpose, as the roots become better established before they begin to
shoot up into stem. They thrive in almost any soil or situation. As
the plants of the steeple bell-flower, trained for adorning halls and
chimneys, are seldom proper for the purpose the following season
after being planted out, a supply of young plants should be annually-
raised. And though this is mostly done by offsets, as being the
quickest mode, the plants raised from seed are always stronger; the

122

stalks rise higher, and produce a great number of flowers, especially
where good seeds can be procured.

In the fifth sort, especially Avith the double variety, the parting
their roots should be annually performed in the autumn, otherwise
the plants are apt to degenerate to single, and the soil should not be
too light or rich in which they are planted, as in either of these cases
they degenerate. In a strong fresh loam their flowers are in the
greatest perfection.

The broad-leaved sort is also easily propagated by seeds, which
it furnishes in great plenty.

In all these sorts, when not sown in the places where they are to
remain, the plants should be transplanted into such situations, in
the beginning of the autumn, as by that means they flower much
better.

The seventh and eighth kinds are increased by seeds, which
should be sown in the spring, on beds of common earth, keeping
them clean from weeds till the following autumn; when they may be
transplanted into the borders or other parts. And as the plants in
the first of these soils perish the second year, young ones should be
annually raised.

The latter of these kinds are mostly sown in patches in the bor-
ders or clumps, among other hardy annuals, at the above period ;
but if sown in autumn the plants grow much taller, and flower much
earlier.

The ninth sort is propagated by planting the offsets from the roots
in the beginning of the autumn, in beds, or other places, where they
are to remain. And the tenth species may be increased by planting
the cuttings of the shoots in pots of light earth, and plunging them
in the hotbed of the stove.

The eleventh kind is raised from seed, which should be sown in
April in a moist shady situation, the plants being thinned out to five
or six inches distance. The roots are ready for use about the be-
ginning of autumn. It requires to be sown annually.

All the hardy flowering sorts are highly ornamental in the borders
of pleasure-grounds and other parts, as they continue long in flower.
And the tender kinds afford variety in the greenhouse.

123

2. C RE PIS BAR BAT A.

YELLOW HAWK WE ED.

THIS genus comprises plants of the herbaceous ornamental an-
nual kind. Bastard Hawk-weed.

It belongs to the class and order Syngenesia Polygamia JEqualis,
and ranks in the natural order of Composite Semiflosculosce.

The characters are: that the calyx is common double: exterior,
very short, spreading, deciduous: interior ovate, simple, furrowed,
permanent: scales linear, converging: the corolla is compound im-
bricate, uniform: corollets hermaphrodite, very many, equal: proper
one-petalled ; ligulate, linear, truncate, five-toothed : the stamina
consist of five capillary filaments, very short: anther cylindric, tubu-
lar: the pistillum a somewhat ovate germ: style filiform, length of
the stamens: stigmas two, reflex: there is no perica'rpium: calyx
roundish: the seed solitary, oblong, fusiform, sometimes columnar:
down hairy, generally stipitalc: the receptacle naked, with cells or
pits.

The species cultivated are: 1. C. barbata, Spanish bearded Cre-
pis, or Purple-eyed Succory Hawk-weed; 2. C. rubra, Purple
Crepis.

The first is an annual plant, putting out leaves next the root,
nine inches in length, and almost two broad in the middle, of a light
green colour: the stems are a foot and half high, dividing into many
branches, having leaves of the same form with the others, but smaller
and sessile: the flowers are produced at the ends of the branches,
and of a yellow colour, with a purplish base. It flowers in June;,
and is a native of the South of Europe.

There are varieties, with deep yellow flowers, and with sulphur-
coloured flowers inclining to white, each having a dark purple
base.

124

The second species lias also an annual root; the root-leaves many,
lanceolate, and deeply jagged. From these the stalks arise, which
are a foot and half high, dividing into many slender branches, each
terminated by one large flower of a red colour. It is a native of
Italy.

Culture, — These, like other annuals of the hardy kind, must be
raised by sowing the seeds in either the autumn or spring ; or at both
periods, where they are required to flower for a great length of time,
in patches, in the clumps, borders, or other parts, where they are
to remain, six or seven in each, covering them in lightly. When the
plants have attained six or seven inches in growth, they should be
thinned out to three or four in each patch, and be kept free from
weeds.

They succeed in most soils and situations, having a pleasing effect
in their flowers, in the fronts and other parts of the borders and
clumps of ornamented grounds.

3. CONVOLVULUS TRICOLOR

SMALL BLUE CONVOLVULUS.

Tins genus contains several plants of the herbaceous trailing
annual and perennial kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Monogynia, and
ranks in the natural order of Campanacea.

The characters are: that the calyx is a five-parted perianthium,
converging, ovate, obtuse, very small, permanent: the corolla is
one-petalled, bell-shaped, spreading, large, plailed, obscurely five-
lobed : the stamina have five subulate filaments, shorter by half than
the corolla: anthers ovate, compressed: the pistillum is a roundish
superior germ: style filiform, length of the stamens: stigmas two,
oblosg, broadish: the pericarpium is a capsule enwrapped by the

125

calyx, roundish, two-celled, one, two, or three-valved (commonly
three-celled, seldom two or four-celled: partition alternate with the
valves): the seeds in pairs, roundish (one or two seeds in each cell,
sometimes abortive, few with a twisted embryo).

The species mostly cultivated are: 1. C. purpurea, Purple Convol-
vulus, or Convolvulus Major; 2. C. tricolor, Three-coloured Trailing
Convolvulus, or Convolvulus Minor; 3. C.nil, Anil, Blue or Azure
Convolvulus; 4. C. caiwriensis, Canary Evergreen Convolvulus;
5. C. cenontm, Silver-leaved Convolvulus; 6. C. batatas Tuberous-
rooted Convolvulus, or Spanish Potatoes.

The first is an annual plant, that rises on support to the height of
ten or twelve feet. In its native situation it sends out long branches,
which twist about the trees, and rise to a great height. The leaves
are smooth, heart-shaped, ending in long points; the ears at the base
are large and rounded, and the petioles long and slender. The
peduncles are long, each sustaining three purple c 1 ure i flowers.
It flowers from the end of June till destroyed by the frost. It is a
native of America.

It is usually known in garden- culture by the name of Convolvulus
Major.

There are varieties, with deep purple flowers, with white flowers,
with red flowers, and with whitish blue flowers.

The second species is an annual plant, with several thick herb*,
ceous slalks, about two feet long, not twining, but bending towards
the ground, upon which many of the lower branches lie prostrate.
The leaves are likewise sessile. The peduncles come out just above
the leaves at the same joint, and on the same side ; they are about
two inches long, each sustaining one large open bell-shaped flower?
of a fine blue colour, with a white bottom, varying to pure white,
and sometimes beautifully variegated with both colours. The white
flowers are succeeded by white seeds; but in the blue ones they are
dark-coloured. It is a native of Barbary, &c. commonly known in
garden-culture under the title of Convolvulus Minor.

The third is also an annual plant, rising with a twining stalk eight
or ten feet high. The leaves are woolly, ending in sharp points and

126

on long petioles. Each peduncle sustains two flowers of a very deep
blue colour, whence its name of Anil or Nil.

It is a beautiful plant; and it flowers all the latter part of the
summer. It is a native of America.

The fourth species lias strong fibrous roots. The stems are woody,
branched, growing twenty feet high, and more when supported.
The flowers are axillary, several on one peduncle, for the most part
of a pale blue colour, but sometimes white. It flowers in June, July,
and August, and sometimes ripens seeds here. It is a native of the
Canary Islands.

The fifth has upright, shrubby stems, about three feet high. The
leaves are lanceolate, blunt, silky, placed closely on every side the
stem; they are near two inches long, and a quarter of an inch broad.
The flowers are produced in clusters at the lop of the stem, sitting
very close; they are of a pale rose-colour, and come out in June and
July, but do not perfect seeds in this climate.

The sixth species has a round perennial stem, hispid, prostrate,
creeping, putting forth scattered, oblong, acuminate tubers, purple
or pale-coloured on the outside. The leaves are angular, on long
petioles. The flowers are purple, lateral, large, three or thereabouts
together, on upright peduncles. It is a native of both Indies, &c.

Culture. — All the annual kinds are easily raised, by sowing the
seed in the early spring months in patches, in the places where they
arc to flower, four or five seeds in each, half an inch deep. When
the plants are an inch or two high, they should be thinned out, so as
to leave but two or three of the best in each patch, managing them
afterwards as other plants of similar growth.

The perennial species, which are tender, are mostly increased by
laj'ers from the young shoots in the spring, which take root freely in
three or four months: cuttings of the young shoots also grow freely
in a shady border when lanled during thesummer months. Suck-
,ers taken from the root also make good plants when planted in the
same way. They should be kept in pots of rich earth, and ma-
naged iu the same way as geraniums, myrtles, and other similar
plants.

127

The Tricolor or Minor Convolvulus may either be suffered to
trail upon the ground, according to its natural growth, or tied up to
sticks: but the other annual species and varieties, being of the twin-
ing or running kind, should have tall sticks to climb upon, on which
they will rise several feet in height, flowering all the way, and ap-
pearing highly ornamental.

The perennial sorts are elegant plants for the greenhouse collec-
tio.i, and deserve the attention of those who can preserve them dur-
ing the winter season.

The la>l species may be raised by planting the roots, either whole
or divided, in a warm border, in the early spring months, where they
will send up stalks, and flower in the autumn ; but to have them in
greater perfection, they should be planted in a slender hot-bed, co-
vered with a frame ami glasses during bad weather, by which means
they flower earlier, and often form many tubers at the joints. They
are chiefly planted for the sake of variety.

PLATE XV.

1. CHELONE OBLIQUA.

RED-FLOWERED CHELONE.

THIS genus comprehends plants of the flowery herbaceous pe-
rennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Didynantia Angiospermia, and
ranks in the natural order of Personates.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed, five-parted,
very short, permanent perianlhium: divisions erect and ovate: the
corolla monopetalous and ringent: tube cylindric, very short: throat
inflated, oblong, convex above, flat beneath: border closed, small:
upper lip obtuse, emarginate; lower almost equal to the upper, very
slightly trifid : the stamina consist of four filaments, hid beneath the
back of the corolla; the two side ones a little longer: the anthers in-
cumbent: the rudiment of a fifth filament, like the point of a dagger,
between the upper pair of stamens: the pislillum is an ovate germ:
style filiform, situation and length of the stamens: the stigma is ob-
tuse: the pericarpium is an ovate capsule, two celled, longer than
the calyx: the seeds very many, roundish, surrounded with a mem-
branous rim.

The species cultivated for ornament are: 1. C. glabra, White
Smooth Chelone; 2. C. obliqna, Red Oblique-leaved Chelone; 3. C.
hirsuta, Hairy Chelone; 4. G. penstemon, Forking Chelone.

The first has a pretty thick jointed root, which creeps under
ground to a considerable distance, sending up smooth channelled
stalks, which rise about two feet high, with two leaves at each joint,
standing opposite without foot-stalks; these are three inches and a
half long, and about three quarters of an inch broad at their base,

L'«, «/,-./ t, .M EJoarJs

ii'
!\ .-•// rf<

Lsn.irn l',M/li. -./,)>/, /'"/.IVTS /•<: I '. K,:,r.,/<-> f-'/.-ff .tfnrf

t Celcnicum ?>///!/ >>/
" Autumnal ( ri'<-//,r

'EntniYal A t\ fia

'

mtr

//f

129

where they are broadest, diminishing gradually to a sharp point;
they have small serratures on their edges, which scarcely appear. The
flowers grow in a close spike at the end of the stalks; are white, and
almost like those of the Foxglove. It is a native of North America.

According to some, it varies with white flowers, with rose-coloured
flowers, with red flowers, and with purple flowers.

In the second species, the roots do not creep so far as those of
the first: the stalks are stronger, the leaves much broader, and
oblique; they are deeply sawed on their edges, and stand upon short
foot-stalks; the corolla is of a bright purple colour, and consequently
makes a finer appearance than the above sort. It is a native of Vir-
ginia.

The third species resembles the first; but the stalks and leaves
are very hairy, and the flower is of a purer white. It is a native of
New England.

Some assert this to vary with white flowers, with blue flowers,
with red flowers, and with purple flowers.

The fourth has a cylindric, pubescent, upright stem, a foot and
half high, putting out several side branches: the leaves are oblong-
lanceolate, ending in a point: the flowers in short loose spikes from
the divisions of the stalks, and of a purple colour. It is a native of
North America.

They all flower in the autumn, from September to November.

Culture. — The mode of propagation in the three first species is
by the roots, which multiply easily, being parted in autumn, or early
in spring, and planted where they are to remain: but the fourth sort
must be raised annually from seed, by sowing it in autumn as soon
as perfectly ripened.

The plants rise the following spring, and may be planted out in
the borders during the summer months. They are hardy plants, and
succeed in most soils and situations.

All these plants have a very ornamental effect for some time in
autumn, after the principal bloom of most others is over; and, from
being of different colours, produce much variety when planted in
the borders of pleasure-grounds.

130

2. COLCHICUM AUTUMNALE.

AUTUMNAL CROCUS.

THIS genus comprehends plants of the perennial flowering bul-
bous-rooted kind.

It belongs to the class and order Alexandria Trigynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Spathacete.

The characters are: that there is no calyx (except scattered
spathes): the corolla six-parted: tube angulated, rooted; divisions
of the border lance-ovate, concave, erect: the stamina consist of six
subulate filaments, shorter than the corolla: anthers oblong, four-
valved, incumbent: the pistillum is a buried germ within the root:
styles three, thread-form, length of the stamens: stigmas reflex, chan-
nelled: the pericarpium is a three-lobed capsule connected inter-
nally by a suture, obtuse, three-celled, sutures gaping inwardly : the
seeds many, nearly globular, and wrinkled.

The species cultivated are: 1. C. autumnale, Common Meadow
Saffron; 2. C. montanum, Mountain Meadow Saffron; 3. C. variega-
tum, Variegated Meadow Saffron.

The first has a bulbous root, about the size and shape of the tulip,
but not so sharp-pointed at the top; the skin or cover is also of a
darker colour: these bulbs are renewed every year; for those Avhich
produce the flowers decay, and new roots are formed above: the
flowers come out in autumn ; these arise with long slender tubes from
the root, about four inches high, shaped like those of the saffron, but
larger : the number of flowers is generally in proportion to the size
of the roots, from two to seven or eight: in March the green leaves
appear, these are commonly four to a full-grown root; they are folded
over each other below, but spread open above ground, standing
cross-ways: they are of a deep green, and when fully grown are five

131

or six inches long, and one and a half broad. The seed-vessel comes
out from between the leaves in April, and the seeds ripen in May,
after which the leaves soon decay. It is a native of most parts of
Europe.

There are varieties, with white flowers; with striped flowers;
with broad leaves; with striped leaves; with many flowers; with
double purplish flowers ; with double white flowers ; with many
white flowers. The double sorts are chiefly cultivated in the garden.

The second species has a smaller root, with a darker coat: the
leaves come up soon after the flowers decay, and continue green all
winter; long, narrow, and spread on the ground, decaj'ing in June:
the flowers are of a reddish purple colour, and appear from August
to September. It is a native of Spain, &c.

In the third the leaves are smaller than those of the common sort,
for the most part three in number, and of a paler and fresher green
colour, lying close upon the ground, broad at the bottom, a little
pointed at the end, waved about the edges: the root is not so large
as that of the common sort: the flowers are smaller, but very beau-
tiful, whitish, with deep blue or purple spots. It is rather tender,
and blows about October or November. It is a native of the Greek
islands.

Culture. — These plants are increased by dividing the bunches of
their roots at the time their leaves decay, in the latter part of the sum-
mer; as from the latter end of June till the middle of the following
month, planting the separated bulbs or off-sets to the depth of about
three inches.

They are sometimes planted in beds, in rows at eight or ten
inches asunder; but they may be dispersed in the fronts of borders
and clumps with success.

It is of advantage to take up and divide the bunches of root-
bulbs every two or three years.

New varieties may be raised from seed sown in boxes, or large
pots, in autumn, covering it a quarter of an inch deep, and placing
them in a warm situation till spring, when the plants will appear,
which should have only the morning sun during summer, giving wa-

132

ter in dry weather; and in the second summer, when their leaves
decay, planting them out to flower, either in beds, or other me-
thods.

They are of a hardy nature, and produce a fine effect, by their
curious growth, as well as flowers, in the autumn and winter
seasons.

3. CATANANCHE C^ERULEA.

BLUE CATANANCHE.

THIS genus contains a plant of the herbaceous perennial flowery
kind. Candia Lion's-foot.

It belongs to the class and order Syngenesia Polygania JEqualis,
and ranks in the natural order of Composite.

The characters are : that the calyx is common imbricate, turbi-
nate; leaflets very many, loosely incumbent, acute, scariose; the
squamule ovate-acuminate, concave, lax, glossy and permanent:
the corolla is compound, generally imbricate, uniform; corollets her-
maphrodite, very many; the exterior ones longer.

Proper monopetalous, ligulate, linear, truncate, five-toothed :
the stamina consist of five capillary filaments, very short: the anthers
are cylindric, and tubular: the pistillum is an oblong germ: the style
filiform, length of the stamens: the stigma bifid and reflex: there is
no pericarpium: the calyx unchanged : the seeds solitary, turbinate-
ovate: down from a five-awned calycle: the receptacle is chaffy.

The species chiefly cultivated is C. ccerulea.

It is perennial, sending out many long, narrow, hairy leaves,
which are jagged on their edges. Between the leaves the flower-
stalks come out, which are in number proportioned to the size of the
plant; as from an old thriving root there are frequently eight or ten,
and young plants seldom send out more than two or three. These stalks
rise near two feet high, dividing into many small branches upward,

133

with leaves like those below, but smaller, and have few or no jags on
their edges; each of the peduncles is terminated with single heads
of flowers, of a blue colour, having a dry, silvery, scaly calyx.

It is a native of the south of Europe, flowering from July to
October.

There is a variety with double flowers.

Culture. — It is increased by sowing the seeds in the early spring,
on the borders where the earth is light : the plants when sufficiently
strong may, some of them, be removed into pots; but they flower
best when left where sown. The double sort is best increased by
slipping the roots and planting them out either in the early autumn
or spring seasons; but in this way the roots should not be divided
into too small parts, as that prevents their sending up a sufficient
number of stalks for flowering.

These are very ornamental plants for the borders or clumps,
where sufficiently dry, warm, and protected, as they continue several
years.

Some plants may likewise be preserved in pots, to set out in
assemblage with other potted plants.

PLATE XVI.

1. CONVALLAR1A MAJALIS.

LILY OF THE VALLEY.

THIS genus contains plants of the hardy herbaceous perennial
flowery kind. Lily of the Valley, and Solomon's Seal.

It belongs to the class and order Hexandxia Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Sarmentacece.

The characters are: that there is no calyx: the corolla is mono-
petalous, bell-shaped, smooth : border six-cleft, obtuse, open re-
flected : the stamina consist of six subulate filaments, inserted into
the petal, shorter than the corolla: anthers oblong erect: the pistil-
lum is a globose germ : style filiform, longer than the stamens: stig-
ma obtuse, three-cornered: the pericarpium is a globose berry, three-
celled, before maturity spotted: the seeds are solitary or in pairs,
and roundish.

The species cultivated are: 1. C. maialis, Sweet-scented Lily of
the Valley ; 2. C. polygonatum, Single-flowered Solomon's Seal ;
3. G. multiftora, Many- flowered Solomon's Seal ; 4. C. verticillata, Nar-
row-leaved Solomon's Seal; 5. C. racemosa, Cluster-flowered Solo-
mon's Seal.

The first has a perennial root, with numerous round fibres trans-
versely wrinkled, creeping horizontally just below the surface to a
considerable distance. The whole plant is smooth. Four or five
alternate, oblong, blunt, slightly nerved, purplish scales surround
and bind together the base of the leaves and stalk. There are two
leaves, petioled, elliptic or lanceolate, pointed at each end, from four
to five inches long, and near an inch and half broad in the middle,
quite entire, upright, smooth, nerved, one usually larger, of a

ftrf

C MitniYfit fry J1 , \,in/i<m
/* ' */ • ^

Irrinriif iini/i'r

* /2 i If ' M.

(-r/;*nf Jji>//sv w<>r(~ .

135

bright green colour; petioles clasping, round, the outer dotted with
red, and tubular, to receive the inner, which is solid. Scape late-
ral, the length of the leaves, upright, smooth, semi-cylindrical. The
flowers from six to eight, in a raceme, nodding, white, and fragrant-
It is a native of Europe; flowering in May. Hence it is termed
May, and sometimes Conval Lily.

There are varieties with narrower leaves, with broader leaves,
with double variegated flowers; with double reddish or red flowers;
with double white flowers.

The second species has a twisted root, full of knot: on a transverse
section of it characters appear that give it the resemblance of a seal,
whence the name of Solomon's Seal. The stem is from a span to
near a foot in height, of a harder texture than the third species : the
leaves are simple, inclined, angular, twisted, sometimes three-edged
four inches long and one broad, oval-lanceolate, half embracing the
stem, glaucous underneath, frequently bending down on one side-
The flowers sweet-scented, generally solitary, but sometimes two, on
long axillary peduncles, much larger than in the third sort. The
berries are black. It is a native of the North of Europe.

It varies with double flowers,. &c.

The third has a round stem, from eighteen inches to two or three
feet high, erect and unbranched: leaves usually bent upwards, and
to one side, underneath glacous, five inches long and two broad; the
lower ones oval, the upper oval-lanceolate, half embracing the stem.
The flowers are several together (from two or three to seven or eight),
axillary, on branched compressed peduncles. The berries round, of
a blackish blue colour, purple and red.

This is a larger plant than the second sort. It is a native of the
North of Europe.

There are varieties with double flowers.

The fourth sort has a perennial root, toothed: the stem is simple,
angular, striated, erect, eighteen inches high. The leaves narrower
than the other sorts, lanceolate, entire, smooth, three or four in a
whorl, three or four inches long, and from half an inch to an inch in
breadth, bright green, and glaucous beneath. The peduncles are

136

axillary, solitary, branched, pendulous, and from two to six-flow-
ered. The flowers of a greenish while colour. The berries violet or
deep red. It flowers in June; and is a native of the North of Eu-
rope, &c.

The fifth species has the stems two feet high, unbranched, with
many oblong leaves embracing them at the base, resembling the
leaves of Plantain. The flowers are small and white, and are pro-
duced in single spikes at the top, and are succeeded by small red
berries, about the same size as in the first sort. It flowers the begin-
ning of June, and is a native of Virginia, &c.

Culture. — In all these sorts of plants their culture may be effected
by parting their roots, either in the autumn or spring months, but
the former is the better season, planting them out where they are to
remain. They afterwards only require to be kept free from weeds,
and removed every three or four years, according as their roots may
be increased.

As they succeed best in rather shady situations, they are well
suited for affording variety and ornament in shady places, such as
the borders or the sides of walks in woods and wilderness parts of
pleasure-grounds, producing considerable variety by the singularity
of their growth and the beauty of their foliage and flowers. They
also grow well in many other situations that are more open.

2. CERINTHE MAJOR.

GREAT HONEY-WORT.

THIS genus furnishes plants of the hardy, ornamental, flower-
ing, annual kind. The Moneywort.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Asperifolite.

The characters are: that the calyx is a five-parted perianthium ;
divisions oblong, equal, permanent: the corolla is monopetalous and

137

bell-form: tube short, thick: border tube-Jjellied, rather thicker than
the tube : mouth five-cleft ; thr.oat naked, pervious : the stamina
consist of five, subulate filaments, very short: anthers acute, erect:
the pistillum is a four-parted germ: style filiform, length of the sta-
mens: stigma obtuse: there is no pericarpium: calyx unchanged
the seeds two, bony, glossy, sub-ovate, outwardly gibbous, and bilo-
cular.

The -species cultivated is C. major. Great Honey wort.

It rises with stems eighteen inches high and more, round, smooth,
branching, and leafy: the leaves are glaucous, becoming blue by age,
smooth, without prickles, but ciliated about the edge, and doited
with white: the branches are leafy and nodding; with flowers among
the leaves, hanging on long peduncles: the tube of the corolla is yel-
low, but ihe border purple. It is a native of Italy, flowering in June
and the two following months.

There are varieties with smooth leaves and purple flowers, and
with prickly leaves and yellow flowers.

Culture, — The plants are raised by sowing the seeds annually in
the autumn or early spring months in patches in the borders, clumps*
or other parts. The autumn sowings should be made as early as
possible. They also rise from the self-sown seeds. They should be
managed as other hardy annuals. These are plants proper for be-
ing planted out about the apiary, or in the small beds or borders.

PLATE XVII.

1. CHELIDONIUM GLAUCUM,

YELLOW-HORNED POPPY.

THIS genus furnishes a plant of the hardy herbaceous flowery
kind.

It belongs to the class and order Polyandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Rhoeadece.

The characters are: that the calyx is a two-leaved roundish pe-
rianthium: leaflets subovate, concave, obtuse, caducous: the corolla
has four roundish flat petals, spreading, large, narrower at the base:
the stamina consist of very many filaments (thirty), flat, broader at
top, shorter than the corolla: the anthers are oblong, compressed,
obtuse, erect, and twin: the pislillum is a cylindric germ, the length
of the stamens: there is no style: the stigma headed and bifid: the
pericarpium is a cylindric silique, sub-bivalve: the seeds very many,
ovate, increased, and shining: the receptacle linear, between the
valves of a kind of circumambient suture, not gaping.

The species worthy of cultivation as an ornamental plant is
C. glaucum, Sea Celandine, or Yellow-horned Poppy.

It has a strong stem: the root-leaves are pinnatifid, waved, va-
riously lobed, and indenled ; pinnas gradually larger upwardsi; hairy
on both sides: stem-leaves embracing, deeply indented, rough above,
smooth beneath: the branches are dichotomous: the flowers are of
a scarlet colour, and succeeded by long horn-shaped pods. The
root, according to some, is annual, but others assert it to be pe-
rennial.

Culture. — These plants are raised from seed, which should be
sown either in the autumn or spring where the plants are to remain;

( /.!//'! /Ill/If It (fi't HI

<i it >/t

139

or they may be raised in a seed-bed, and be afterwards planted ou
where they are to flower. Some seed should be sown annually, as
the plants seldom continue longer than two years. It is hardy, and
succeeds in almost any soil or situation.

The plants afford ornament and variety in the borders both from
their flowery nature and the peculiarity of their long-horned pods.

2. CISTUS LADANIFERUS,

GUM CISTUS.

THIS genus affords plants of the shrubby evergreen kind. Rock
Hose.

It belongs to the class and order Polyandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Rotacece.

The characters are: that the calyx is a five-leaved permanent
perianthium : leaflets roundish, concave; of which two alternate ones
are lower and smaller: the corolla has five petals, roundish, flat,
spreading, very large : the stamina consist of numerous capillary fila-
ments, shorter than the corolla: anthers roundish, small: the pistil-
lum is a roundish germ: style simple, the length of the stamens:
stigma flat, orbiculate: the pericarpium is a roundish capsule, co-
vered with the calyx: the seeds numerous, roundish, and small.

The species are: 1. C. populif'olius, Poplar-leaved Cistus, or Rock
Rose; 2. C. laurifolius, Bay-leaved Gum Cistus; 3. C. ladaniferus,
Spanish Gum Cistus; 4. C. incanus, Hoary Rock Rose, or Rose Cis-
tus; 5. C. halimifolius, Sea Purslain-leaved Cistus; 6. C. Monspe-
liensis, Montpelier Gum Cistus; 7. C. creticus, Cretan Ladaniferous
Cistus; 8. C. albidus, White-leaved Cistus; 9- C. crispus, Curled
leaved Cistus; 10. C. salvifolius, Sage-leaved Cistus.

In this numerous genus there are other species that may; equally
deserve cultivation.

140

The first has a stiff, slender, woody stem, six or seven feet high,
sending out many branches the whole length: these and the leaves
are hairy; the calyxes also very hairy: but the branches and leaves,
when further advanced, become naked: the leaves are large, of a
light green colour, sessile, with many nerves: the flowers are pro-
duced at the ends of the branches, on naked peduncles: the corolla
is while, and soon drops off; and the petals, according to Linnaeus,
are tinged with purple on their edges; the stamens yellow; and the
calyxes, before they unfold, three-cornered in their appearance. It
is a native of Portugal, flowering in June and July.

The second species rises with a strong woody stem, to the height
of five or six feet, sending out many erect hairy branches : the leaves
are lanceolate, acute, thick, dark green above, and white beneath,
very glutinous in warm weather; but, according to Linnaeus, wrink-
led, green on both sides, and scarce visibly hairy; the petioles be-
coming purple at the base: the flowers are produced at the ends of
the branches upon long naked peduncles, branching on their sides
into smaller ones, each sustaining one large white flower with a hairy
calyx. It flowers in June and July, and is a native of Spain.

The third grows to the height of five or six feet, with a strong
woody stem, sending out many hairy branches: the leaves are smooth
on their upper side, but veined on their under, on short foot-stalks
which join at their base, where they form a sort of sheath to the
branch: the corolla is white, the size of the officinal Poppy : the
germ has ten swellings: stigma sessile, without any style. It is a
native of Spain, &c. It flowers from June till August.

Mr. Curtis objects to the propriety of the name ladaniferiis, as it
is not the plant from which ladanum is produced, though in a warmer
climate it affords a gum of a similar kind.

There are varieties with large white flowers, and a purple spot in
the middle of the petal, and with entire white flowers.

The fourth species has a shrubby stem, branching to a large
bushy head, three or four feet high : the branches villose; the leaves
are not at all nerved, ending in a point, a little flexuose in the disk,
ending at the base in coalescent sheathing petioles, or rather obovate-

141

spatulate; the lower more connate, and in a manner sheathing: the
calyxes hairy, with subcordate leaflets: the petals purple, emarginate
or obcordate, quite entire and concave. It is a native of Spain.

The fifth species is an upright shrub, three or four feet high: the
branches are round, ash-coloured, angular at top, the younger ones
dotted with yellow: the leaves are petioled, opposite, lanceolate,
very white, scarcely soft, without veins, obtuse, flat, about an inch
in length: the peduncle terminating, compound, white; supporting
three or four bright yellow flowers, which appear in June and July.
It is a native of Portugal.

There are varieties with numerous leaves and sulphur-coloured
flowers, and with yellow flowers with purple spots in their bases.

The sixth rises with a slender stem, from three to four feet high,
sending out many hairy branches from the bottom upwards: the
leaves are very dark green, in warm weather covered with a glutinous
sweet-scented substance: the peduncles, which come out at the ends
of the branches, are long, naked, and sustain many white flowers,
rising above each other; their calyxes are bordered, and end in sharp
points. It flowers from June to August, and is a native of Nar-
bonne.

There is a variety with olive-shaped leaves and sulphur-coloured
flowers.

The seventh species is branching, diffused, a foot and half high
and more: the stem and branches round, and somewhat villose: the
leaves from broad stem-clasping, petioled, first spatulate, then ovate
or lanceolate, somewhat acute, wrinkled, sometimes waved, roughish,
thickish, quite entire, viscid, closely set on both sides and round the
edge with white hairs of different lengths, some simple, others
branched or headed, scarcely visible to the naked eye: peduncles
one-flowered, terminating the last leafy twigs, erect and villose: the
flowers of a rose-purple colour: these appear in June and July, and
the seeds ripen in September. It is a native of the Levant.

This is the species from which the drug called ladanum is pro-
cured.

The eighth has a shrubby stem, branching from bottom five or

142

six feet in height: much resembling the fourth, but differing in the
branches being tomentose, not hairy: the leaves paler, soft, horizon-
tal, sessile, by no means either petioled or sheathing, broad-lanceo-
late, mostly three-nerved: the flowers long from the branches, of a
bright purple colour: it is a native of Narbonne, &c.

In the ninth, the branches are weak, slender, woody, spreading
horizontally: it is seldom more than two or three feet in height: the
peduncles and calyxes are covered with a thin wool: the flowers are
of a purple or white colour, appearing in June and the following
month. It is a native of Portugal.

The tenth has a slender, smooth stem, covered with a brown bark,
never rising more than three feet high, and sending out many weak
branches, spreading horizontally. The leaves are obtuse, without
veins, not so soft as in many other species: the peduncles lateral,
solitary, one-flowered, longer than the leaves: the corolla is white,
and somewhat smaller than that of the other rock-roses. It flowers
from June to August, and is a native of Italy, &c.

Culture. — A\\ these sorts are capable of being either raised by
seeds or cuttings in common earth, or on hot-beds; but the seed
method produces the best plants. The seeds should be sown in the
early spring, in a warm border near half an inch deep, and the plants
will come up in six weeks; or, to render them more forward, in pots,
and plunged in a moderate hot-bed. When the plants are of some
growth, they should have the full air in mild weather, and frequent
waterings, as well as occasional shade from the sun, while young;
and when an inch or two high, some may be planted out separately
in small pots, others in rich borders, occasional shade and water be-
ing given during summer. In autumn the potted plants should be
removed to a frame, to have shelter from frost. Those in the full
ground should also be shielded in frosty weather with mats. In
spring, those remaining in the seed-bed should be planted out, and
those in pots shifted into larger ones; to be continued another win-
ter, and in the spring following be planted where they are to remain.

In the latter method, cuttings, five or six inches long, should be
planted in beds of rich earth, occasional shade and water being

143

given. When well rooted, they should be removed into separate
pols: but by being planted in pots in spring, and plunged in a hot-
bed, they are rendered much forwarder. In other respects they re-
quire the same management as the seedlings.

These are beautiful evergreen shrubs, effecting a fine variety at
all seasons, both from their leaves being of different figures, sizes, and
shades of green and white, and their being very profuse in most ele-
gant flowers, which though of short duration, there is a daily suc-
cession of new ones for a month or six weeks on the same plant; and
when these different species are employed, they exhibit a constant
bloom for near three months.

They are mostly hardy enough to prosper in the open ground in
any dry soil; and if they have a sheltered situation it will be an ad-
vantage, as in open exposures they are rather subject to injury from
very severe frost; for which reason a plant or two of each sort should
be potted, to have shelter in winter in the green-house.

The second and fifth are the most tender sorts.

In shrubbery borders and clumps they should be placed towards
the fronts, in assemblage with other choice shrubs of similar growth.
All the sorts should be suffered to assume their own natural growth;
the straggling branches being only cut in with a knife.

PLATE XVIII.

1. CRASSULA COCCINEA,

SCARLET-FLOWERED CRASSULA.

THIS genus contains plants of the succulent kind for the green-
house and stove. Lesser Orpine, or Live-Ever.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Pentagynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Succulentcc.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianth, five-
cleft; divisions lanceolate, channelled-concave, erect, acute, converg-
ing into a tube, permanent:- the corolla has five petals, claws long,
linear, straight, converging, connected at the base with the ovate
bractes at the border, reflex-expanding: nectaries five; each with a
very small emarginate scale, annexed outwardly to the base of the
germ: the stamina consist of five subulate filaments, length of the
tube, inserted in the claws of the corolla: anthers simple: the pis-
tillum has five germs, oblong, acuminate, ending in subulate styles
the length of the stamens; stigmas obtuse: the pericarpium consists
of five capsules, oblong, acuminate, straight, compressed, gaping in-
wards lengthwise: the seeds many and small.

The species are: 1. C. coccitiea, Scarlet-flowered Crassula ; 2. C.
perfoliata, Perfoliate Shrubby Crassula; 3. C. cultrata, Sharp-leaved
Crassula; 4. C. punctata, Dolled-leaved C rassula ; o. C. nudicaulis,
Naked-stalked Crassula ; 6. C. orbicularis, Starry Crassula.

There are several other species that may be cultivated.

The first has a reddish jointed stem, about three feet high, divid-
ing at top inlo many irregular branches: the leaves so closely oppo-
site, as to appear to be in four rows : the flowers at the ends of the

J fa ,(V7 /:',/» ,;/•«/.•

Crafitila.

r h yfr/f/ //<

fubhjhfJ Jiuu I .J.Stt>. by tlffarvlry Fleet Jtrfet .Enamt

Cytutu L</l>nrnu in
('ni/.rtt/ti I .iilinrnii 111

145

branches in close umbels, of a fine scarlet colour. It flowers in July
and the following month.

The second species rises with an upright stem ten or twelve feet
high, if it be not broken or injured, but requires support; the stems
being slender, and the leaves very weighty: the latter are about three
inches long, thick, succulent, pale green, acute, hollowed above, and
having a convex ridge beneath: the flowers terminating in large clus-
ters, of a whitish herbaceous colour, with short tubes, and the brim,
cut into five parts. The flower-stalk is thick and succulent, gene-
rally turning first downwards, then upwards again, somewhat in the
form of a syphon. It flowers in July, but does not produce seeds in
this climate.

The third has a weak succulent stalk, about two feet high, send-
ing out many irregular branches: the leaves thick, plain above, con-
vex beneath, deep green, the borders set with a few silvery hairs: the
stalk which supports the flowers rises from the top of the branches,
and is from four to six inches long, putting out several side branches,
which grow erect; these are terminated by large clusters of small
greenish flowers, which appear in June and the following month, but
the flower never fully expands.

In the fourth species, the stems are very slender, full of joints,
and trailing: the leaves thick, succulent, heart-shaped, connate,
grayish, in a double row, hollow dotted: the stems are divided, grow
about eight or nine inches long, and are terminated by clusters of
small white flowers, sitting very close to the top: these appear in
spring, and again in the latter part of summer.

The fifth never rises with a stalk, but the leaves come out close to
(he ground, forming a sort of head; they are smooth, somewhat
hairy, set with excavated dots, succulent, taper, ending in points,
and frequently put out roots. Out of the centre of these arises the.
flower-stalk, branching into two or three shoots at top, each termi-
nated by clusters of greenish flowers, which do not open. It flowers
in May, and sometimes again towards the latter part of summer.

The sixth species is a low perennial plant, having open spreading

heads, very like those of some sorts of Houseleek, growing on the

u

146

ends of very slender trailing stalks, produced in plenly on every side
the parent plant, as on the Childing Marigold. The flower-stalks
arise from the centre of these heads; are naked, about four inches
long, and terminated by close clusters of herbaceous flowers: tire
leaves are radical, forming roses, ovate, fleshy, gibbous, even, sharp-
ish, ciliate backwards, with cartilaginous; very slender hairs: the root
puts forth lateral threads, which are filiform and decumbent, forming
runners at the end. It flowers sometimes in May, but usually in
July and August.

Culture. — The first three sorts may be easily increased, by plant-
ing the cuttings of the stems and branches in the later spring and
summer months, after having been exposed in a dry situation for a
few days, to heal over the cut parts, in pots filled with sandy earth,
plunging them in the bark-bed of- the stove, or in a frame shaded
from the sun. When well rooted, they should he removed into sepa-
rate pots, and replaced in the same situations till fully established,
when they may be removed into the greenhouse, where they should
have a sunny situation in winter, and but little water.

The other species may be increased by planting the off-sets from
the roots in the same manner as above.

As these are plants of a succulent nature, both in their stems,
branches, and leaves, as well as of curious growth, they afford variety
among collections of other plants' of similar kinds. They are capable
of bearing the open air in summer, in dry warm situations.
' .

2. CYTISUS LABURNUM.

LABURNUM.

Tins genus contains plants of the hardy evergreen and deciduous
flowering shrubby kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Diadelphia Dicandria, and ranks
in the natural order

147

• •*

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianthium,
bell-form, short, obtuse at the base: mouth two-lipped; upper-lip
two-cleft, acuminate; lower three- toothed: the corolla is papiliona-
ceous: standard ovate, rising upwards, sides reflex: wings the length
of the standard, straight, obtuse: the keel somewhat bellied, acumi-
nate: the stamina consist of diadelphous filaments, (single and nine-
cleft) rising upwards: anthers simple: the pistillum is an oblong
germ: style simple, rising upwards: stigma obtuse: the pericarpium
is an oblong legume, obtuse, attenuated at the base, stiff: the seeds
few, kidney-form, compressed.

The species are: 1. C. Laburnum, Laburnum; 2. C. sessilifbliumt
Common Cytisus; 3. C.hirsutus, Hairy or Evergreen Cytisus.

The first has a large upright tree-stem, branching into a full-
spreading head, from ten to twenty feet high, having smooth greenish
branches, trifoliate, oblong-oval entire leaves, on long slender foot-
stalks; and from the sides of all the branches numerous yellow flowers
collected in long. spikes, hanging loosely downward; appearing in
May. It is a native of Switzerland.

The varieties are: theCommon broad-leaved; the Narrow-leaved;
Long-spiked, having very long pendulous spikes of flowers; the
Short-spiked, having short, roundish, thick spikes of flowers; and the
Variegated-leaved Laburnum.

The second species rises with a woody stalk, putting out many
branches, covered with a brownish bark: the leaflets are obovate,
ternale, on very short petioles: the flowers in close short terminating
racemes, of a bright yellow colour: it rises to the height of seven or
eight feet, and becomes very bushy. It is a native of the South of
Europe.

The third has a soft shrubby stalk, dividing into many branches,
which grow erect, and frequently rise to the height of eight or ten
feet: the stalks, branches, and leaves are very hairy; the leaves are
ternate, ovate, and placed closely on the branches : the flowers
come out from the side of the slalk in short racemes, and are of a
pale yellow, appearing in June. It is a native of the South of
Europe.

148

Culture. — These plants arc all capable of being increased by seeds,
and many of them by cuttings and layers.

In the first mode the seed should be sown, either on beds or where
the plants are to remain, in the spring, as about March, being in the
first mode, when of sufficient growth, transplanted into nursery rows,
to remain till of a proper size for being planted in the situations
•where they are to grow. When sown where they are to remain, they
only require to be kept perfectly free from weeds, and trimmed to
one good plant in a place, giving the lender sorts the protection of
mats during the severity of the winter season.

The trees of most of the sorts afford seeds in abundance in the
autumn.

The cuttings should be made from the young shoots ten or twelve
inches in length, and planted out in a rather moist, shaded situation,
either in the early autumn or spring months, in rows twelve or eigh-
teen inches apart, and eight or ten in the rows. They mostly become
well rooted in the course of twelve months; and should then be kept
perfectly clear of weeds.

Layers may be laid down either in the summer, autumn, or spring-
seasons; and when the plants are well rooted they should be taken
off and planted out in nursery-rows, as described above.

Jn the nursery they only require to be preserved from the injury
of weeds, and to have the land dug well between the rows annually
in the autumn, till they are removed; being suffered to take their
natural growth in a great measure.

Most of the sorts are hardy, and succeed well in almost any soil
or situation. The third sort should have a dry soil and .sheltered
situation, as it is liable to be injured by frost. It may also be planted
i« pots, and placed in the green-house during the winter.

They are all very ornamental plants for the borders, clumps, and
other parts of ornamented grounds, affording much variety by their
numerous beau'iful bunches of flowers. The large sorts should be
placed towards the back parts, and those of less growth towards the
fronts and more conspicuous parts.

///v

Piiintctt bvL£ytiJ5i{-*anis , TtOHilrn

. Cyd&nun i><->;rt<

l.tSC6 !>Y I 'JC,:l >:•/.; Y -/?''•/ ,

2

tfprina

PLATE XIX.

1. CYCLAMEN PEHSICUM,

PERSIAN CYCLAMEN.

THIS genus contains plants of the low, herbaceous, flowery, pe-
rennial tuberous rooted kind. Snow-Bread.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Monogyuia, and ranks
in the natural order of Precia;.

The characters are: that the calyx is a half-five-cleft perianthium,
roundish, permanent: divisions ovate: the corolla one-petalled : tube
somewhat globose, twice as large as the calyx, small, nodding : bor-
der bent upwards, five-parted, very large: divisions lanceolate: neck
prominent: the stamina consist of five very small filaments in the
tube of the corolla: anthers straight, sharp, in the neck of the co-
rolla, converging: the pistillum is a roundish germ: style filiform,
straight, longer than the stamens: stigma sharp: the pericarpium is
a globose berry, one-celled, gaping five ways at the top, covered wilh
a capsular shell : the seeds very many, somewhat ovate, cornered :
the receptacle ovate and free.

The species cultivated are: 1. C, Europium, Common Cycla-
men; 2. C. Count, Round-leaved Cyclamen; 3. C. Persicum, Persian
Cyclamen; 4. C. hcdertefoliitm, Ivy-leaved Cyclamen.

The first has a tuberous root, oblately spheroidal, white within,
brown without ; from which proceeds, within the ground, a very
short stem, and from that the leaves and one-flowered peduncles 01'
scapes: the leaves are kidney-form, roundish, very blunt, slightly
crenulate, deep green, and spoiled above; beneath commonly red
purple, smooth, on very long round red petioles: the flowers droop-
ing, sweet-scenled, and purple. It is a unlive of Austria.

150

The second species has a round, solid, tuberous root, and low
naked stem, furnished with plain orbicular leaves, and short weak
petioles; the under side of the leaves very red in the beginning of
winter, but that colour goes off in the spring; the upper side smooth,
of a lucid green, spreading flat open : the flowers are very bright
purple, appearing in the middle of winter. It is a native of the
South of Europe.

There are varieties with purplish flowers, and with flesh-coloured
flowers.

In the third, the leaves are stiff, on strong fleshy petioles, near six
inches long, of a purple colour, as are also the veins of the leaves
underneath; but the upper side is veined and marbled with while:
the corolla is pure white, with a bright purple bottom. It flowers in
March and April, and the seeds ripen in August.

There are varieties with entire white sweet-scented flowers, and
with veined and marbled leaves, with pale purple flowers, and bright
red or purpled bottoms.

The fourth has a large, orbicular, compressed root: the leaves
are numerous on petioles six or seven inches long, marked with black
in the middle: the flowers appear before them on long fleshy scapes
about August; soon after which the leaves come out, continue grow-
ing all the winter and spring till May, when they begin to decay.
After the-flowers are fallen, the peduncles twist up like a screw, in-
closing the germ in the centre, and lie close to the ground among the
leaves, which serve as a protection to the seed, which ripens in June.
It is a native of Italy.

There are varieties with white and with purplish flowers.

Culture. — These plants are all capable of being increased by
sowing the seeds in large wide pots, tubs, or boxes, filled with good
light mould, mixed with a little sand, in the latter end of summer or
beginning of autumn, covering them to the depth of about half an
inch, exposing them at first in situations that have only the morning
sun, but afterwards removing them into more warm and sunny ex-
posures; and as the winter approaches, placing them under the pro-
tection of frames and glasses, or some other contrivance; fresh air

151

being freety admitted when the weather is mild and suitable. In this
way soiire plants of the hardy sorts will appear about the beginning,
of the following year, and of all the kinds in the spring. During tne
beginning of summer, when the \veather is hot and dry, slight water-
ings should be given occasionally; but when their leaves begin to
decline in the latter end, they should be removed to an eastern as-
pect, with only the morning sun, and, as their roots are then in an
inactive state, have little or no water. They should be kept tree
from weeds in the autumn, and have some fresh mould applied over
the surfaces of the pots or tubs in which they grow, protecting them
again in the winter as before, continuing the same management as
in the preceding 3"ear, till the decline of the leaves in the lalier part
of the summer, when they should be carefully taken up, and the
more hardy sorts planted out in the situations where they are to re-
main, as those of a warm, dry border; and the tender kinds removed
into pots, to have protection from frosts in winter.

As the Persian sort is. the most impatient of cold and moisture,
it should constantly be kept in pols filled with light sandy earth, or
a compost of loam and lime-rubbish, and be placed in such situa-
tions in the frame or green-house as to have as much free air as
possible in mild weather in winter. Some of the sorts will generally
begin to flower in the. course of one or two years after being thus:
planted out; the first kind often about Christmas, which is succeeded:
by those of the Persian sort.

The plants in the borders should have the protection of mats or
other contrivances, in severe winters, as by such means they produce'
a greater abundance of flowers, and .these more fair and beautiful.

The varieties of the different sorts are best preserved and conti-
nued by planting pieces of the divided roots, immediately after they
have been separated in the summer season, in pots, tubs, or other
places, as above: but in this mode they do not increase in an expe-:
ditious manner.

These plants are very ornamental, though of small growth, in
their variegated large foliage, as well -as their elegant flowers, which
'n some of the sorts are fragrant, as those of the spring kinds. •

152 ,

The hardy sorts produce a fine effect in the fronts of borders or
clumps in pleasure-grounds, and those of the tender kinds among
olher potted plants in the green-house.

The proper period of removing these plants for any purpose is
about the beginning of June, when the leaves decline; but they
should not be oflen removed, as the roots do not lose their fibres as
in some others of the tuberous and bulbous rooted kinds.

C2. CROCUS VERNUS.

SPRING CROCUS.

Tins genus comprehends plants of the low-flowering ornamental
bulbous-rooted perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Triandria Monogyma, and ranks
.in the natural order of Emata.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed spathe : the
corolla a simple, long tube: border six-parted, erect: divisions ovate-
oblong, equal: the stamina consist of three subulate filaments,
shorter than the corolla: anthers sagittate: the pistillum is an infe-
rior, roundish germ : style filiform, length of the stamens: stigmas
three, convolute, serrate: the pericarpium is a roundish capsule,
three-lobed, three-celled, three-valved: the seeds several, and round:
the corollets six-parted, equal: stigmas convolute.

The species are : 1. C. qfficinalis, Autumnal or Common Officinal
Crocus; 2. C. vernus, Spring Crocus.

The first has a roundish bulbous root, as large as a small Nutmeg,
a little compressed at the bottom, and covered with a coarse, brown,
netted skin; from the bottom of the bulb many long fibres are sent
out, which strike pretty deep into the ground; the flowers come out
at the upper part of the root, which, with the young leaves, whose
tops just appear, are closely wrapped about by a thin spalha or
sheath, which parts within the ground, and opens on one side: the

153

tube of the flower is very long, arising immediately from the bulb,
without any foot-stalk, and at the top is divided into six ovate ob-
tuse segments, which are equal, and of a purple blue colour. In the
bottom of the tube is situated a roundish germ, supporting a slender
style, which is not more than half the length of the petal, crowned
with three oblong golden stigmas, spreading asunder each way, which
is the Saffron. It flowers in October, and the leaves continue grow-
ing all winter; but it never produces seeds in this climate. It is
supposed by Marty n to be a native of Asia.

The chief varieties are: the Sweet-smelling with a smaller, and
more compressed root, having a deep blue colour, but varying to a
sky-blue: the Mountain, which has a flower of a paler blue colour;
the Many-flowering blueish, with numerous sky-blue flowers; and
the Small-flowering, having a small deep blue flower.

The second species has a pretty large compressed bulb, covered
with a light brown, netted skin, from which arise four or five leaves
of a purplish colour on their lower parts: from among these come
out one or two flowers, sitting close between the young leaves, never
rising above two inches high, and having an agreeable odour.
From the centre of the tube a slender style proceeds, which is
crowned by a broad flat stigma of a golden colour. After the flower
is past, the germ pushes out of the ground. In the wild slate, it
is most commonly white, with a purple base. It is a native of
Italy, &c.

The chief varieties arc : the broad-leaved purple variegated,
which has a flower of a deep blue colour, nnd striped ; the broad-
leaved plain purple; the broad-leaved violet-coloured, or large
deep blue; the white with a purple bottom; the broad-leaved white
variegated; the broad-leaved with many violet-purple flowers striped
wiih white; the broad-leaved ash-coloured; the broad-leaved large
yeilow; the broad-leaved small pale yellow; the broad-leaved small
yellow striped with black; the narrow-leaved small briimftf&ti; and
the narrow-leaved small while.

In modern catalogues, many other varieties of different colours

154

are introduced' as blue and purple, yellow and white, or striped.
New ones are also continually imported from Holland. The visual
varieties at present in gardens are: the beautifully striped Scotch;
the blue; the blue striped; the white; the yellow of several shades,
larger and smaller ; the yellow striped with black ; the cloth of
gold, &c.

Culture. — The culture in both these sorts is easily effected, by
planting the bulbs or off-sets taken from the roots; the first sort in
July, or the beginning of the following month, and the latter any
time when the weather is open, from September to the beginning of
April in the following year; but the more early it is performed, the
stronger they flower ; by means of a dibble or trowel, to the depth
of about two inches, the ground being previously well dug over,
and left some time to settle. They may be set either in beds by
themselves in rows, at the distance of eight or nine inches, and
six or eight inches apart, or in patches of five or six roots in
each, on the fronts of the clumps, borders, or other parts of gar-
dens and pleasure grounds, pulling them in a varied manner,
both in respect to the sorts, and the order in which they are
planted.

Where the soils are tolerably dry, they may remain two or three
years without being disturbed, but should then be taken up at the
time the leaves decay, in order to separate the new bulbs or off-sets
for further increase, as well as to new dig the ground. The larger
bulbs should be separated from the small ones, and put up, each by
themselves, in order to be planted at the proper season; the former
in the above manner, and the latter in beds in rows six inches dis-
tant, to remain till they are of a proper size.

As the bulbs increase fast, a large stock may with care soon be
provided. But when this is not practised, bulbs of the different
species and varieties may easily be procured from the nursery and
seeds-men.

In the culture of these plants, great injury is frequently done
by trimming off the green leaves at the time the flowers decline, in

155

order to prevent litter; as by such means the future blow is rendered
more weak and less beautiful.

Where new varieties are wanted, recourse must be had to the
seed, which must be sown in the spring season, either where the
plants are to remain, in a bed of light mellow earth, or in pots filled
with the same sort of earth.

The first species is the plant which is cultivated in fields, and
from the stigma of which the preparation known under the title of
English Saffron is made.

PLATE XIX.*

1. DAHLIA PINNATA.

PURPLE DAHLIA.

2. DAHLIA CROCATA.

YELLOW DAHLIA.

THIS genus was established by the late Cavanilles, in honour of
Dr. Andrew Dahl, a Swedish botanist, and the friend of Baron
Alstrcemer.

It belongs to the class and order Syngenesia Polygamia Frustranea,
at least in this cold climate.

The stems die every winter, but the root is perennial and tube-
rous, not very dissimilar to that of the Artichoke.

Four species have been described.

1. Pinnata, pinnated as it is called, and figured by Cavanilles in
his Ic. PL v. 1. tab. 80. It is also figured under this name in the 4ih
vol. of Andrews's Bot. Repository. In the Annales dit Mas. National
Hist. Nat. v. 3. M. Thouin calls this species Purpwea, but its colour
varies from the common Pinnata, being very deep; and Mr. R. A.
Salisbury suspects that this Purpurea of Thouin is the true Rosea of
Cavanilles. A paler coloured variety of ihePinnata, the seeds of which
were sent to Holland-House with the name of Rosea by Cavanilles,
has been lately figured by Mr. Hooker in the Puradisus Londinensis,
and described by the above-mentioned botanist, under the name of
Sambucifolia: that it is not the true Rosea of C.ivanilles, Ic. is un-
questionable; for the leaves were simply pinnate, not bipinnate.

2. Rosea, Rose-coloured. It is so called and figured by Cava-

I />/' /,/'//</<•//

/)fl/t/t ft
/ i

i,,/ ,\l,ir 1 1*/'/' In •

\-[7,','

157

nilles in his Icones; but the plant called Rosea by Mr. Thouin in ihe
Annales, is most probably the very variety of the first species figured
by die name of Sambucifolia in the Paradisus Londinensis.

3. Coccinea, Scarlet. This is figured in Curtis's publication; but
we entertain a doubt if it is the same with Cavanilles's plant, if the
colour is well copied. The plant, we understand, is dead.

4. Crocata, Saffron-coloured. This plant is not mentioned in
any work previous to the Paradisus Londinensis, where it is figured
and described by the name of Bidentifolia. Though the parcels of
seeds which came from Cavanilles himself had the title of Crocata,
the flowers turned out yellow.

It is not intended here to describe minutely these plants; it is
sufficient to say, that they elevate themselves majestically like the
Holy-hock, and bear both axillary and terminal showy flowers late
in the autumn.

Culture. — The first Dahlias introduced into England were lost by
taking too much care of them. As they are natives of the hilly parts
of Mexico, they will thrive in the open ground very well, and accus-
tom themselves in a very few generations to ripen seeds here an-
nually. By giving the history of those plants which have grown in
the gardens of Holland-House, Kensington, it is only meant to offer
hints for their culture, leaving the rest to future experience and ob-
servation.

On the 20th of May, 1804, the Right Honourable Lady Holland
sent home from Spain a parcel of seeds. Though so late in ihe sea-
son, part of them were sown in pots in a hot-bed, and among these
was the Dahlia Pinnata, with a wrong name on the parcel. When
the plant was about fourteen inches high, it was planted in the open
ground and grew luxuriantly, pushing up several stems to the height
of seven and eight feet. The Coccinea and Crocata, the seeds of
which also came up, but did not grow so full. In the middle of
September the first flowers appeared, by which the plant was known
to belhe Pinnata of Cavanilles, and it was figured by Mr. Andrews
the same year. The seeds did not ripen, and the roots were taken

158

up on the approach of a sharp frost, and placed in the green-ho'ise
in a pot for the winter.

In the spring of 1805 all the parcels of seed sent from abroad
were sown, and many Dahlias came up among them, which at the
time of flowering showed four distinct species or varieties. It seems
that Cavanilles, and the French botanists after him, mean to make
as many species as there are different coloured Dahlias; but the
learned Mr. Salisbury, one of the Vice Presidents last year of the
Linnean Society, considers them all simply as varieties of only two
distinct species, and has in the Paradisits Londinensis named them,
not according to their colour, but after the differences of their leaves,
being inclined to believe that they will in time vary like the China
Aster and Mary gold.

And, in fact, with regard to the Dahlia Pinnata, now commonly
called Pnrpurea, we have great reason to confirm that botanist's
suspicion, having seen nine different varieties of it, either in the
colour or multiplication of the petals. The flower, in its natural
state, has only eight ligulated petals: a few had twelve. There was
also one plant with archdouble flowers, exceedingly pale : another
with archdouble flowers, exceeding deep purple, exactly like that
figured in the Annaks du Mm. but the flowers were so complicated
together, and the autumn of 1805 so cold, they never expanded. We
must observe, that the leaves of this plant were bipinnalcd, but
whether it is a real distinct species is not yet positively ascertained.

The Dahlia Rosea was in the year 1805 the most handsome, and
ripened plenty of seeds. The Pnrpurea ripened fewer and weaker
seeds, though they now (10th May, 1806) come up freely; the
plants, however, look weak. Of the seeds of Coccinea and Crocata,
no plants have yet appeared, though to the eye they seemed as per-
fect as those imported from Spain.

All the plants of 1805, except one, were taken up before Christ-
mas, and planted in pots or large pans; but though kept in a very-
cold green-house, they began to push new shoots in the middle of
April, and will be planted in the open ground Avilhout the help of

159

an}' artificial heat. Some rich mould round the roots is the only cul-
ture they require. The plant left all the winter out of doors was
situated close to a south wall ; and though it had no covering of any
kind, it is now pushing up new shoots. It is necessary to add, that
several plants of Dahlias have been raised by cuttings, which are
now in good health, and which will probably flower and produce
seeds next autumn.

lOlh July, 1806. Above a hundred plants of Dahlias are no\v
growing in various parts of the gardens at Holland-House in the
highest luxuriance: among them are several of the yellow-flowered
Bidentifolia, raised from seeds saved there last year, though the au-
tumn proved so unfavourable. One plant of the Purpurea of An-
drews's Bot. Repository is already showing flowers.

The true Rosea of Cavanilles, with doubly pinnated leaves, is also
growing most vigorously, and one of its stems has been pinched to
produce lateral shoots for cuttings. A plant left in the middle of
one of the borders of the French garden at Holland-House by mis-
take, and exposed to the severity of the winter, without any shelter,
is as strong and vigorous as any of the Qther two-year old plants; so
that there is not a doubt that this magnificent genus will soon be a
common ornament of the gardens in this island.

In plate 19* is a representation of a plant of the Dahlia Pinnata,
or Pitrpurea.

PLATE XX.

1. DAPHNE CNEORUM.

TRAILING DAPHNE.

THIS geuus comprises plants of the low shrubby ornamental,
evergreen, and deciduous kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Octandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Fepreculce.

The characters are: that there is no calyx: the corolla one-pe-
talled, funnel-form, withering, including the stamens: tube cylindric,
imperforate, longer than the border : border four-cleft ; divisions
ovate, acute, flat, spreading: the stamina have eight, short filaments,
inserted into the tube; the alternate ones lower: anthers roundish,
erect, two-celled : the pistillum is an ovate germ : style very short :
stigma headed, depressed-flat : the pericarpium a roundish one-,
celled berry: (drupe berried superior;) the seed single, roundish,
fleshy.

The species are : 1. D. Mezereum, Mezereon ; 2. D. Laureola,
Wood or Spurge Laurel; 3. D. tartouraira, Silvery-leaved Daphne,
or Tartouraira; 4. D. cneontm, Trailing Daphne; 5. D. odora, Sweet-
smelling Daphne.

The first is a shrub, growing to the height of from three or four
to five or six feet, with a strong woody stalk, putting out many
woody branches on every side, so as to form a regular head. The
leaves are smooth, about two inches long, and three quarters of an
inch broad in the middle, placed without order. The flowers come
out very early in the spring, before the leaves, in clusters all round
the shoots of the former year. The fruit is a superior berried drupe,
fir&t green, then red, of an ovate-globular form; with a thin succu-

I'ainlt.i l,Y .W EJ,.u.L Lcn:l,',< fuili/hfd J)

2)«j>// //> CMC rum.
'/ fttf/i //(/ />/ti>li tt<-

' ty GKf.irflfi f'ff.-f .It

DracecepTuUUm rrn/i inn mi >n

f I f(/t Hid II Jh'dt/i'lt.c /if/I,/

ntfWvftl fa _/

lent pulp, and a crustaceous, thin, brittle, black shining shell. It
is a native of Lapland, £c. flowering in January, in mild seasons.

Martyn remarks, that there are two principal varieties; one with
a white flower, succeeded by yellow berries; the other with peach-
coloured flowers and red fruit: the latter has sometimes flowers of a
much deeper red: and that there is also a variety with variegated
leaves.

The second species is a low evergreen shrub, rising with several
stalks to the height of two or three feet, dividing at top into several
branches. The leaves come out irregularly on every side, sit pretty
close to the branches, are thick, smooth, and of a lucid green.
Among these, towards the upper part of the stalks, come out the
flowers in small clusters; they are of a yellowish green colour, and
appear soon after Christmas if the season be not very severe. They
are succeeded by oval berries, which are green till June, when they
ripen and turn black, soon after which they fall off. It is a native
of Britain, &c.

The third species is a low shrubby plant, which sends out several
weak stalks from the root, about a foot long, and spreading about
irregularly; these seldom become woody in England, but are tough
and stringy, covered with a light bark: the leaves are small, very
soft, white and shining like satin, and sit pretty close to the stalks
between these, white flowers come out in thick clusters, commonly
two or three together, very seldom solitary, bell-shaped, silky on
the outside, but yellowish within, imbricated at the base with four
or more ovate keeled scales. It is a native of the South of France.

The fourth species is a very humble shrub, seldom more than one
foot high: the stems are branched; the leaves narrow lanceolate,
placed without order: the branches terminated by small clusters of
purple flowers, which stand erect: the flowers emit a pleasant odour>
and appear early in the spring. It is a native of France, &c.

It varies with white flowers.

The fifth has the stem becoming shrubby, dichotomous, smooth,
naked, eredt; the branches, like the stem, from divaricate erect: the
leaves at the top of the last branchlcls, approximating, sessile, acute,

162

quite entire, spreading, bent back at the tip; deep green on the
upper surface, with a groove along the middle, paler underneath;
unequal, thick, evergreen, an inch in length : the flowers about
eleven in number, of a purple colour. It is a native of Japan, flow-
ering here from December to March.

Culture. — These plants are capable of being raised in different
methods according to the kinds.

O

The first sort and varieties are best propagated by sowing the
seeds or berries, as soon as they have become perfectly ripe, as about
August, on beds of light sandy earth, covering them in to the depth
of half an inch. When possible, a south-easterly aspect should be
chosen. And to preserve the seeds in a perfect slate, the shrubs
should be netted in the latler end of the summer, to prevent the
attacks of the birds.

The young plants generally appear in the following spring, when
they should be kept clear from weeds, and the largest ones removed
when too close together: they may remain in these beds till the be-
ginning of the second autumn, when they should be removed, and
set out in nursery-rows, at the distance of a foot and half, and ten or
twelve inches in the rows, great care being taken not to break or
injure their roots. After they have had two years growth in these
situations, they are in a proper condition for being planted out where
they are to remain : and as the plants flower very early in the spring,
the best time for removing them is in the early part of the autumn.

The plants grow to the greatest size, and flower in the most full
and perfect manner, when the soils are of a dry quality: as in moist,
adhesive soils they are apt to become mossy.

The second species may be increased by sowing the seeds in the
same manner as the above; and also by cuttings and layers of the
young shoots: these should be planted out or laid down in the be-
ginning of the autumn, and in the following autumn they will be
well rooted : the layers may be then taken off, and planted where
they are to remain, or put into nursery-rows as above. The cuttings
may likewise be treated in the same way.

The third and fourth sorts succeed best when raised from seed

163

procured from abroad, and sown on a Avarm dry situation, in the
early autumn, in the places where the plants are to remain, as they
do not bear transplanting well. The ground should be as little as
possible stirred about the plants. The former should have a dry
warm aspect where the land is poor, but the latter succeeds in such
as are more cool : these plants are sufficiently hardy to succeed in
the open air, when the winters are not very severe.

The last sort is raised by sowing the seeds procured from its na-
tive situation, on a gentle hot-bed in the autumn or spring, and when
the plants are of sufficient growth removing them into separate pots,
to be placed under the protection of the greenhouse. It is much
more tender than the other sorts.

The first and second kinds are highly ornamental plants in the
clumps, borders, and other conspicuous parts near the house, the
former flowering early, and where many are together affording a fine
fragrance.

The other sorts, though more tender, are curious, and afford an
agreeable variety in assemblage with others of similar growth, either
in the borders or among potted plants.

2. DRACOCEPHALUM VIRGINIANUM.
VIRGINIAN DRAGON'S HEAD.

THIS genus comprehends plants of the herbaceous, annual, and
perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Didynamia Gymjiospermia, and
ranks in the natural order of Verticillatce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-leafed perianthium,
tubular, permanent, very short: the corolla one-petalled, ringent:
tube length of the calyx: throat very large, oblong, inflated, gaping,
a little compressed on the back: lip superior straight, arched,

164

plicated, obtuse: lip inferior three-cleft; lateral divisions upright, as
it were the segments of the throat; the intermediate one hanging
down, small, prominent forwards at the base, roundish, emarginate:
the stamina consist of four subulate filaments, hid beneath the upper
lip of the corolla, of which two are a litte shorter: anthers somewhat
cordate: the pistillum is a four-parted germ: style filiform, in the
situation of the stamens : stigma two-cleft, sharp, slender, reflex :
there is no pericarpium : calyx cherishing the seeds in its bottom :
the seeds four, ovate-oblong, three-sided.

The species chiefly cultivated are: 1. D. Virginiamim, Virginian
Dragon's Head; 2. D. Canarieme, Canary Dragon's Head, or Balm
of Gilead; 3. D. Austriacum, Austrian Dragon's Head ; 4. D. Ruys-
chiana, Hyssop-leaved Dragon's Head ; 5. D. Moldavica, Moldavian
Dragon's Head, or Balm.

There are other species that deserve cultivation.

The first is a perennial plant. It rises with an upright stalk, near
three feet high. The leaves are about three inches long, and half an
inch broad, sessile; usually in pairs at each joint, but sometimes
there are three together. The flowers are purple, in terminating
spikes. It is a native of North America, flowering from July to
September.

The second species is also a perennial plant, rising with several
stalks to the height of three feet or more, becoming woody at the
lower part; the leaves at each joint having three or five oblong,
pointed, serrate leaflets. — The flowers come out in short thick spikes
on the top of the stalks; they are of a pale blue colour. It is a na-
tive of the Canary Islands, flowering at the same time as the first. /

The third has likewise a perennial root. The stalks are hairy, a
foot and half high, sending out several side-branches. The leaves
are hairy, linear, cut into three parts. The flowers terminating in
short whorled spikes, with some very narrow leaves (bractes) under
each whorl. It is a beautiful plant, growing naturally in Aus-
tria, &c.

In the fourth the root is perennial. The stems about two feet
high, with two smooth linear leaves at each joint, about an inch

165

long, and one-eighth of an inch broad, with a deep furrow along the
middle : at each joint, at the other sides of the stem, come out two
or three very narrow small leaves of the same shape. The flowers
are in spikes, of a fine blue colour. It is a native of Norway, flower-
ing in June.

The fifth is an annual plant, rising with branching stalks a foot
and half high, with oblong leaves, deeply serrate on their edges.
The flowers come out in whorls round the stalks at every joint ; are
blue, and appear in July, continuing to the middle of August. It
has a strong balsamic odour, which to some is very agreeable. It
is a native of Moldavia.

Culture. — These plants are raised in different methods, according
to the kinds.

The first sort is best propagated by parting the roots and planting
them out in moist, sheltered, shady situations, either in the autumn
or spring.

In the second kind the plants are best raised by sowing the seeds
in pots of good mould in the autumn, protecting them by means of
a frame and glasses during the winter. When the plants have some
growth they may be removed into separate pots, and placed in the
open air during the summer, but brought under the shelter of a
green-house or garden-frame in the winter; the latter is probably
the better practice.

They may likewise be increased by planting cuttings of the young
shoots in a warm shady spot during the summer. These, when they
have formed good roots, should be removed into pots, to be protected
under glasses during the winter.

They require a pretty full exposure to the air when the weather
is suitable, being sufficiently hardy to stand the open air in mild
winters.

The third and fourth species may be raised by sowing the seeds
in the early spring months, in a bed of earth in an open exposure,
or in pots. When the plants have attained sufficient growth they
should be removed into a spot of fresh light earth, and planted out
six inches apart, proper shade and water being given, till they be-

come rooted, or into separate pots. If the pots be plunged in 11
moderate hot-bed it Avill greatly forward them,

They must be kept free from weeds till the autumn, in the first
situation, when they should be taken up with good balls to their
roots, and be planted out in the borders or other parts, where they
are to remain. They may also be increased by planting cuttings of
the branches in summer, in a shady spot, or in large pots, giving
them shade and water, and afterwards removing them into other
pots.

The fifth species must be raised annually by sowing the seeds in
patches, in the places where the plants are to remain, in the spring.
When the plants appear, they should be properly thinned, and kept
perfectly free from weeds.

All the sorts, except the second, may be employed for ornament in
the beds or borders of gardens and pleasure-grounds; some of them
affording a fine smell, as well as pretty effect in their flowers. They
should be raised almost annually, in order to keep good plants.

The second kind is chiefly introduced among green-house col-
lections, both for variety and the fragrant balsamic smell which it
affords.

./7.2Z.

try A\.J /•:./», tnt,

Dflphinium //////////

LarJupntr

;/ .1' •. (i

t>

, /) i, i rif/in,i />,/ r/»i/u,r

' //>///,/ ///

PLATE XXI.

1. DELPHINIUM ELATUM,

LARKSPUR.

THIS genus comprises plants of the herbaceous flowery hardy
annual and perennial kinds. Dolphin Flower.

It belongs to the class and order Polyandria Trigynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Multisilign<e.

The characters are: that there is no calyx: the corolla has five
petals, unequal, disposed in a circle; of which the uppermost in
some is more obtuse than the rest in front, and is extended behind
into a tubular, straight, long, obtuse horn: the rest ovate-lanceolate,
spreading, nearly equal: nectary two-cleft, seated in front within the
circle of petals on the upper part, behind stretched out, involved
within the tube of the petal : the stamina have very many filaments
(fifteen or thirty,) subulate, wider at the base, very small, inclined
towards the petal: anthers erect, small: the pislillum consists of three
or one germ; ovate, ending in styles the length of the stamens:
stigmas simple, reflex: the pericarpium has as many capsules, ovate-
subulate, straight, one-valved, gaping inwards: the seeds very many,
and cornered.

The species mostly cultivated are: 1. D. adjacis, Upright Lark-
spur; 2. D. grandiflorum, Great-flowered Bee Larkspur; 3. D, datum,
Tall Bee Larkspur.

There are other species that may be cultivated.
The first is annual, and has the stalks eighteen inches and more
in height, seldom branched: the leaves are finely divided, commonly
by threes, on broad petioles : the segments are linear, quite entire,

168

and channelled above; the spike of flowers erect, dense, and of dif_
ferent colours.

There are varieties with single and double blue flowers; with
single and double purple flowers; with single and double silver-
coloured flowers; with single and double violet-coloured flowers;
with single and double ash-coloured flowers; with single and double
striped flowers ; Large Rocket Larkspur, and Dwarf or Rocket
Larkspur.

The second species has a perennial root, which puts out two or
three branching stalks every spring, rising about a foot and a half
high: the leaves are smoolh and of a light green colour above, and
hoary beneath, composed of many narrow segments, which terminate
in several acute points: the flowers come out towards the upper part
of the stalks singly, each on a long naked peduncle; they are large,
and of a fine azure colour. They appear in June and July, and the
seeds ripen in autumn, ll is a native of Siberia.

The third rises to the height of a man: the root is perennial: the
leaves slightly villose, becoming smooth by age, half-five-lobed, pe-
tioled; lobes acute, often half-three-lobed, sharply serrate. The
spikes of flowers very long and handsome, of a deep blue colour,
with a wrinkled spur. It is a native of Switzerland, &c. flowering
from June to September.

Culture. — These plants, in all the sorls and varieties, are propa-
gated by sowing the seeds in the early spring, as in February, March,
or the following month, or in the autumn immediately after the seeds
become ripe, in the clumps, borders, or other places where the plants
are to remain, as they do not succeed so perfectly by transplanting,
in patches of eight or ten in a place, covering the seed in to the depth
of nearly half an inch, the mould being previously rendered fine.

Where the annual sort and varieties are cultivated for a large
show, the seed may be sown thinly in drills on beds four feet broad,
at a foot distance, covering it in to the above depth. They are some-
times sown in other forms for the purpose of appearance.

The autumn sowings of these seeds should be marked by placing

169

•small sticks in the places, lo prevent their being disturbed by the
spring digging of the ground.

The only culture the plants in general require after they appear,
is that of thinning them in a proper manner, according to circum-
stances, and keeping them free from weeds. And in the petenial
sorts removing the stems in the autumn.

These plants afford much ornament and variety in the different
compartments of pleasure-grounds, and they succeed in most soils
and situations, being of hardy growth.

2. DIANTHUS BARBATUS.

SWEET WILLIAM.

THIS genus furnishes plants of the herbaceous flowery orna-
mental kind.

It belongs to the class and order Decandria Digyiiict, and ranks in
the natural order of Caryophyllei.

The characters are: that the calyx is a cylindric perianthiurn.
tubular, striated, permanent, five-toothed at the mouth, surrounded
at the base with four scales, of which the two opposite are lower:
the corolla has five petals, claws length of the calyx, narrow, inserted
into the receptacle: border flat; the plaits outwardly wider, obtuse,
crenate: the stamina consist of ten subulate filaments, length of the
calyx, with spreading tips: anthers oval-oblong, compressed, incum-
bent: the pistillum is an oval germ: styles two, subulate, longer
than the stamens: stigmas bent back, acuminate: the pericarpium is
a cylindric capsule, covered, one-celled, gaping open at top four
ways: the seeds a great many, compressed, roundish: receptacle free,
four-cornered, shorter by half than the pericarpium.

The species chiefly cultivated in the garden are: 1. D.barbatus,
Sweet William, or Bearded Pink; 2. D. caryophillus, Clove Pink, or
Clove Gilliflower; 3. D. ddtoides, Common or Madder Pink; 4- D.

170

plumarius, Feathered Pink; 5. D. ccesius, Gray-leaved or Mountain
Pink; 6. D. Chinensis, China Pink; 7- D.superbus, Superb Pink.

The first has a perennial fusiform root: the stems are upright,
jointed, smooth, a foot and half high, branched: the leaves, soft,
veined, connate, from half an inch to ajmost an inch broad in the
widest part, bright green; the bundles of flowers compact, um belled,
and sessile. These are of different colours, in different varieties. It
is a native of Germany.

The principal varieties are: the Broad-leaved, or Sweet- Williams:
the Narrow-leaved, or Sweet-Johns; with single and double flowers
in each.

The chief of the sub-varieties in the first or broad-leaved kind are,
with broad leaves and tall deep red flowers, with tall flesh-coloured
flowers, with pure white flowers, with white dotted flowers, with
striped leaves and red flowers, large double rose-coloured with sweet-
scented flowers, large double with deep purple burster flowers, and
with double variegated flowers.

In the second, or narrow-leaved sort, with narrow leaves and deep
red flowers, with pale red flowers, with pale red and flesh-coloured
flowers, with purplish white-eyed flowers, with snow-white flowers,
with white and flesh-coloured flowers, with white and purple flowers*
with white spotted flowers, and with red flowers and white borders,
or Painted Lady Sweet- Williams.

It is observed by Marty n, that the broad-leaved sort, with very
double flowers of a deep purple, inclining to blue, bursting the calyx,
is not so much esteemed; but that the double Rose Sweet-William,
with flowers of a fine deep rose-colour, and smelling sweet, is much
valued, as it does not burst. The Mule, or Fairchild's Sweet-Wil-
liam, which is one of the narrow-leaved double sorts, supposed to
have been produced from seeds of a Carnation impregnated by a
Sweet-William; the flowers are of a brighter red than in either of
the former; their bunches not quite so large, but the flowers have an
agreeable smell. The narrow-leaA'ed kind are in general the most
productive of double flowers.

The second sort, in its natural state, has the root large, woody,

171

and branched: the stems a foot or eighteen inches high, decumbent
at bottom, jointed and branched: the leaves are glaucous, smooth,
linear, a line in breadth: every branch is terminated by one, two, or
three flowers. These flowers, in the improved garden plant, have a
spicy odour.

There are both single and double varieties, with reddish flowers?
with variegated red and white flowers, with variegated red, white,
and purple flowers, with variegated red, scarlet, purple, and white
flowers, and with variegated red or purple above and white under-
neath.

The Carnations are distinguished by modern florists, from the
difference of variegation, into four classes: — as Flakes, having two
colours only, and their stripes large, going quite through the leaves.
Bizarres, with flowers striped or variegated with three or four different
colours, in irregular spots and stripes. Piquettes, having a white
ground, spotted or pounced with scarlet, red, purple, or other colours.
Painted Ladies, with the petals of a red or purple colour on the upper
side, and entirely white underneath.

Each of these classes have numerous sub-varieties, especially the
third, which was formerly in most esteem with florists; but of late
years the Flakes have been in greater request. It is useless however
'to enumerate their sub-varieties, as they are not by any means per-
manent.

The properties of a good Carnation are thus stated by florists: —
The stem of the flower should be straight, strong, and able to sup-
port the weight of the flower without hanging down: the flower at
least not less than from thirty to forty-five inches high: the petals
well formed, long, broad, stiff, and pretty easy to expand, or, as the
florists term it, make free flowers, being neither too close nor too thin;
the middle of the flower not advanced too high above the other parts;
the colours bright, and equally marked all over the flower: the flower
very full of petals, so as to render it, when blown, very thick in the
middle, with the outside perfectly round. And Martyn adds, " that
the lower or outer circle of petals, commonly called the guard leaves,
should be particularly substantial; should rise perpendicularly about

172

half an inch above the calyx, and then turn off graceful!}' in a hori-
zontal direction, supporting the interior petals, which should decrease
gradually in size as they approach the centre, which should be well
filled with them. All the petals should be regularly disposed, and
lie over each other in such a manner as that their respective and
united beauties may meet the eye all together ; they should be nearly
flat, or at most have a small degree of inflection at the broad end;
their edges perfectly entire, without notch, fringe, or indenture. The
calyx should be at least an inch in length, sufficiently strong at top
to keep the bases of the petals in a close and circular body: the
colours distinct, and the stripes regular, narrowing gradually to the
claw of the petal, and there ending in a fine point. Almost one half
of each petal should be of a clear white, free from spots."

These properties are, however, chiefly expected in the fine potted
varieties, which on coming into blow are usually placed together
upon a stand or stage considerably raised and covered, in order to
produce the fullest effect, and by protecting them to continue longer
in beauty.

The double varieties, as being more large and beautiful in their
colours, should be principally cultivated. Some of them, especially
the Bursters, are extremely large, as three or four inches in diameter
over the crown.

Whole Blowers and Bursters are common to most of the varieties,
especially the Flakes and Bizarres ; the former are those in which
the calyx or outer cup is long and of equal growth, opening regularly
each way only at top, to admit a free and equal expansion of the
petals all round: the flowers in these, though somewhat smaller, are
more equally expanded, and require less trouble in the manage-
ment of their bloom than in the Bursters. The latter are those in
which the cup is large, and as it were swollen, being liable to burst
on one side, and permit the petal to break out and produce irregular
flowers, if care be not taken to prevent it by tying, and opening the
calyx a little on the opposite side. The Whole Blotters are OH this
account the more convenient for culture, where much time cannot
be spared in attending to the flowers.

173

The third species has numerous barren stems, reclining and pulling
forth roots, the flowering stems from six to eight inches high, colum-
nar below, square at top, slender, weak, but usually erect, some-
times simple, sometimes branched or dichotomous, swollen at the
joints, slightly pubescent: the leaves are in pairs at each joint, linear
or subulate, nearly the length of the internode, converging to the slalk,
and embracing it at the base, slightly pubescent; those of the barren
branches narrower: the peduncles are round, downy, from the ends
of the stem and branches, single, or two from the same joint, each
bearing one flower: the petals are toothed at the edge, bright red
above, pale beneath; but according to Ray reddish, with a ring of
deeper-coloured dots surrounding the eye; with dark purplish teeth
near the throat, and beset with while silvery points, with hairs pro-
ceeding from them: the petals vary much in colour, being some-
times of a very pale flesh colour, sometimes deep red, but always
marked with a ring of deeper red dots near the centre of the flower.
It is a native of Sweden, &c.

There is a cultivated variety in gardens with white flowers, with
a beautiful purple ring, and leaves rather more glaucous than in the
common sort.

The fourth species has the stems ascending, a foot or eighteen
inches in height, and branched : the leaves of a grayish or glaucous
hue, a line and half wide, very sharp at the end: the flowers one,
two, seldom three, at the ends of the branches, and sweet-scented:
the calyx is of a glaucous-green, longer than in the other species :
the petals large, light red or bright purple, sometimes white, with a
circle of red; deeply jagged, having a red down at the base of the
lamina or border. It is a native of Europe; flowering from June to
August, and is perennial.

The fifth, according to Dr. Smith, has a woody root: the stalks
several, a span high, erect, simple, smooth, quadrangular, having
two or three pair of leaves on them, one-flowered, scarcely ever two-
flowered: the leaves are linear-lanceolate, bluntish, glaucous: the
scales of the calyx only one third of the length of the tube, ovate-
roundish, bluntly mucronate and striated : the petals are flesh-coloured,

174

with a double row of blunt notches, marked with lines, and bearded
at the base. It is a native of Switzerland.

In the sixth, the flower-stems are from six to eight or nine inches
high, branching out on every side; the branches grow erect, and
are terminated each by one flower: the flowers have no scent, but,
having a great variety of colours, they are a considerable ornament
to the flower-garden from July until the autumn : they have been
greatly improved by culture; some flowers being as lull of petals as
the best double Pinks, and display the most gloAving and vivid red
colours. It is a native of China.

Marty n observes, that the roots often last two years in a dry soil;
but they arc generally raised from seeds annually. In the nursery-
grounds it is generally known by the name of Indian Pink. Dr.
Smith mentions having had a plant from Mr. Sikes's, which seemed
to be a mule between this and the first species.

There are varieties with red flowers, Avith purple flowers, with
white flowers, with variegated flowers, each single and double, and
imperial large-flowered.

The seventh species has the sterna foot or eighteen inches in
height, procumbent at the base, and then erect, round, somewhat
two-edged on the upper part, smooth, branching only at top: the
leaves are like those of narrow-leaved Sweet-Wittiatri, connale, lan-
ceolate-linear or linear subulate, acute, quite entire, bright green,
smooth, marked with lines and a rising nerve, rough on the edge,
green not glaucous: the flowers arc erect, usually two terminating
each branch, on short peduncles; sometimes there are more, and
sometimes only one: petals pale red, sometimes white, sprinkled
with bloody spots: they smell very sweet, especially in the evening.
It is supposed by some perennial, but by others biennial, or annual.
It succeeds best in a calcareous soil. It is a native of Denmark,
£c. flowering in July and the following month.

The varieties of pinks principally cultivated in the garden are as
below, flowering in the following order.

The Damask Pink, which is the first of the double sorts in flower;
it has but a short stalk; the flower is not very large, nor so doable

175

as in many others; the colour is of a pale purple, inclining to red.
It is very sweet in its smell.

The White Shock, which is thus denominated from the whiteness
of its flowers, and the borders of the petals being much jagged and
fringed: the flower-stalks are eight or ten inches in height. Its scent
is not so agreeable as in some other sorts.

The Pheasant's Eye, of which there are different varieties, and
frequently new ones introduced, some of which have very large
double flowers; those which burst their pods are the least esteemed.
They have firm flower-stems, eight or ten inches high : the flowers
large, whitish, or blush-coloured, with dark purple spots in the
middle. That sort of Pheasant's Eye called Bat's Pink often flowers
again in autumn.

The Cob Pink, the stalks of which are much taller than in those of
the former sorts; twelve or fifteen inches high ; the flowers very double,
and of a bright red colour ; it has the most agreeable odour of all the
sorts ; flowering from the latter end of May to the middle of July.

The Old Man's Head Pink, and the Painted Lady, flower in July,
at the same time with the Carnation, to which they are more nearly
allied than to the Pink. The first, when in its proper colours, is
purple and white striped and spotted, but it is frequently of one plain
colour, as purple: it continues flowering till the frost in autumn puts
a stop to it, and the flower having an agreeable scent renders it va-
luable. The latter is chiefly admired for the liveliness of its colour;
as it is not so sweet, or of so long continuance, as the other.

The Clove Pink has a large deep red flower, affording a strong
scent of the Clove.

Martyn thinks it probable that the Red Pinks take their rise from
the Carnation, Avhilst the Pheasant's Eye Pinks seem to derive their
origin from the fourth. Some give them all as variations of the
third ; which is not, he conceives, likely.

There are single and double flowers of each of these sorts.

Culture. — Though the culture in these ornamental plants is effected
without much difficulty, considerable attention is necessary in the

176

management of some of the sorts, to have them flower in the utmost
perfection and beauty.

Culture in the Sweet-William Kind. — The single sorts of these
plants are readily increased by sowing seed which has been carefully
collected in a bed of light earth, that has not been much enriched
by manure, in the latter end of March or beginning of the following
month, either over the surface or in slight drills, covering it in well:
when the plants have attained a proper growth, as about the latter
end of June, they should be removed and set out on other small
beds prepared for them, planting them out six or eight inches dis-
tant each way, watering them and keeping them perfectly free from
weeds till the following autumn or spring, when they must be taken
up with good balls of earth about their roots, and set out where they
are to flower. It is by this method that new varieties are produced.
Although these plants are perennial, they should be raised every
year from seed, to have them blow strong and in perfection.

These and the double sorts may be continued by slips or layers.
In the former mode the slips should be planted out either in the
early autumn or spring months where they are to remain, giving
them a little water at the time, when the weather is dry. When the
slips are taken from the young plants, they should be made quite
down to the roots, so as to have fibres to them. In this way the
plants are often good and flower well. Cuttings or pipings managed
in the same way also succeed well.

In the latter method the more tender branches should be laid
down in the summer months, water being frequently given when the
weather is hot and dry- After the}' have taken root perfectly they
should be separated or taken off, and planted out where they are to
remain, or in beds of light earth, to be afterwards removed, a little
water being given at the time. A few of the best should be potted in
the beginning of autumn, in order to be more conveniently removed
under shelter during the severity of winter.

These plants should neither be kept too moist or dry, as in
both situations they are liable to sustain much injury by the canker.

177

The seed for the culture of these plants should be collected, when
perfectly ripened, from the best and most perfect flowers which have
grown at a distance from any bad or inferior plants, and be kept in
a dry situation.

Culture in the Gillijlower or Carnation Kind. — These plants may be
raised with facility in the beds or borders of pleasure-grounds or gar-
dens where the soil is moderately light and dry; but in order to have'
them in the greatest superiority and perfection, it is the practice of
florists to employ a compost prepared by mixing the surface vege-
table mould of old pastures with well rotted stable-dung from old
hot-beds, or neat's dung in the same stale and sea-sand, in the pro-
portion of a third of the former and a fourth of the latter. These ma-
terials should be well blended, and lie for a considerable length of
time, being frequently turned before they are made use of. This
mould may be employed both for filling the pots with and for form-
ing the beds; and in preparing it for these purposes it should not
be sifted fine, but merely well broken down and reduced by the
spade.

These flowers may be increased and new ones produced by seeds,
which should be sown on beds formed of the above compost, or on
the common borders of light fine mould, from about the middle of
March to the same period in the following month, raking it in evenly
to the depth of a quarter of an inch, giving slight waterings when
necessary, to promote their vegetation. The fine sorts are likewise
often sown in pots or boxes, in order that they may be readily placed
so as to have only the morning sun when the season is hot and
dry.

After the plants are come up they should be kept clear from
weeds, and be watered occasionally, and about July, when the wea-
ther is moist, be taken up and pricked out in nursery-rows on beds
three feet in width, setting them six inches distant, and watering
them well at the lime and afterwards till they have taken fresh
root.

At the beginning of autumn, as about September, they will havf

2 A

178

attained a large growth, and require to be removed into other beds
or situations for flowering, in which they should be set out in rows
eight or nine inches distant each way. Some place them in the
quincunx manner, as producing a better effect. In this situation
they should be protected in severe weather during the winter by the
application of mats upon hoops placed over the beds. The culture
they require in these beds is merely that of keeping them free from
weeds, occasionally stirring the earth between them by a hoe, and as
their flower-stalks advance giving them the support of handsome
sticks. They should remain in these situations till they flower, after
which the singles should be taken out and made use of as there may
be occasion, in order to afford full room for the double sorts, the
finest and most perfect of which being made stage or principal flow-
ers, and the others set out in the borders; the whole being increased
as there may be necessity by layering both the first and succeeding
years.

The layer method is that which is principally employed in in-
creasing and continuing particular varieties, as being the most cer-
tain. For this purpose the radical leafy shoots proceeding from the
crowns of the plants, when of six or eight inches growth, are the
most proper. These should be laid down into the earth about the
latter end of June or beginning of the following month. The work
is performed by stripping off the leaves from the lower part of the
shoot, cutting off a little of the top, and then fixing upon a strong
joint about the middle, to slit it with a sharp knife nearly half way
through in a slanting manner, so as nearly to reach the joint above,
forming a sort of tongue on the under side of the shoot, removing the
bark from the enlarged part or joint to promote the striking root.
The mould about the root of the plant should then be stirred, and
fresh added where it is wanting, forming a slight drill or opening for
the branch to be gently laid down into in a horizontal manner with
the Cut part in the earth, the top being left out and raised a little to
keep the slit open, pegging the main part of the branch down by
-hort hooked slicks, drawing the earth over the cut part. When this

179

method 1ms been practised on all the branches, a good watering
should be given to settle the mould about them, and frequently
repeated when the season is dry.

When the layers thus formed have stricken good roots, which is
mostly the case in six or eight weeks, they should be taken off with
the root-fibres as entire as possible, and after having the sticky parts
about the bottom and the top leaves trimmed off, be planted out
either in pots or beds, in the latter method at six or eight inches
distance, with a dibble, a good watering being immediately given,
and repeated every two days for ten days or a fortnight till the plants
become well rooted. They should be removed from these beds with
balls of earth about their roots in the beginning of the autumn into
small pots, to have shelter during the winter, and in the early spring
be placed in large ones for flowering; but when there is room, it is
a better practice to plant them at once in the pots, as frequent trans-
planting injures their growth. Some florists, however, think it bene-
ficial.

The less fine sorts may at the above season be planted out in the
clumps, borders, or other parts, or be left in the beds for flowering.

These flowers may likewise be increased by cuttings or pipings
in the manner directed below in raising pinks.

In the winter management of the plants, the fine potted sorts
should about November be removed under the protection of a deep
frame covered with glasses, and plunged closely together in a slight
bed of old tan, dry sand, or earth. In this situation they should have
a free admission of air when the weather is mild, but be covered in
frost, and care should be taken that there be no stagnation of mois-
ture, by the holes in the bottoms of the pots being obstructed.

The flowers in the beds should be covered by mats or other con-
trivances when the weather is severe at the same season.

In the spring their culture should be continued by removing
those fine varieties planted out in small pots in the autumn into large
ones for flowering, and such as have remained in the nur&ery-beds
into the borders or large pots nine or ten inches over at top, to afford
flowers, in each of which the business should be done by preserving

180

balls of earth about their roots, about the beginning of March or the
following month. The work is performed by closing the holes iu
tlie bottoms of the pots with pieces of oyster shells or tiles, then
filling them half way up with the earth prepared as above, placing
the plants with their balls of earth in them, and filling up the vacan-
cies on the sides with more fresh mould, closing it well up about the
bodies of the plants so as they may stand nearly as high as the tops
of the pots, giving a/good watering at the time.

When the plants have been thus potted they should be placed in
a sheltered sunny situation in the open air, being frequently refreshed
with water in hot dry weather.

It is the practice with some florists to plant two flowers in a large
pot ; but it is better as well as more convenient for layering only to
have one, the plants flowering stronger and making more free shoots.

In the summer treatment of the flowers the care of frequent wa-
tering should be continued when the weather is hot and droughty,
and the surface mould be occasionally stirred to promote the growth
and preserve neatness; and when the flower-stalks are a little ad-
vanced, handsome painted sticks should be placed for their support,
both in the pots and other situations, to which they should be neatly
tied as they proceed in their growth. When they approach the pe-
riod of flowering, the curious sorts should be removed to a stage
constructed for the purposse, and provided with an awning to pro-
tect them from being injured by the scorching heat of the sun in the
middle of the day, and the effects of too much wet, by which they are
continued much longer in beauty.

Stages of this nature are formed in different methods, according
to the fancy of the persons who make use of them. The following
is a neat mode of constructing such apparatus: a platform is erected
at the height of eighteen inches or two feet, constituted of two ranges
of planks, in order to contain two rows of pots, sustained by posts
in one or two rows underneath with an open-work roof five or six
feet in height, covered by means of painted canvass, or some other
suitable material, the whole being supported by upright posts, accord-
ing to the taste of the proprietor.

181

, The body of the stage should be neatly painted, for the purpose of
effect as well as preservation.

Instead of these stages some make use of a sort of caps or
umbrellas formed of tin or other materials, supported on stems or
sticks, one for each plant; but these are neither so convenient nor
afford so good an effect as the former in displaying the beauties of
the flowers.

But whatever contrivances are made use of for the protection and
display of these curious flowers, the tying of the plants to the support-
sticks should be continued as the stems advance; and some curious
florists contrive to keep them erect at the tops by the use of fine wire
or other similar means. And in order to procure the flowers as large
and fine as possible, they trim off all the side-shoots from the steins,
leaving only one or two of the top flower-buds to expand. When
the flowers begin to open, care should be taken to prevent their
bursting and expanding in an irregular manner, especially in the
bursters, by making a little opening or two in the indentings at the
top at equal distances in other places, by means of fine small pointed
scissars. The regular expansion of the flowers may likewise be much
assisted, especially where one side is more expanded than the other,
and they are in pots, by turning the pots, that the contrary sides may
have the full influence of the sun.

Some florists likewise, to blow the curious sorts as broad and fine
as possible, make use of a kind of spreading, stiff, white paper collar,
cut open on one side and placed round the bottoms of the flowers to
expand the petals upon to the utmost extent; but the practice is not
in general advisable.

As these plants flower less perfectly as they increase in age, it is
proper to provide fresh supplies of new varieties of them annually by
sowing seed obtained from the best sorts in the spring season, as
directed above, and likewise to continue the most valuable double
varieties by means of layering in the summer months every year, or
the planting of cuttings or pipings, but the first is by much the best
mode.

Tn order to have good seed, some plants of the best and most

182

curious sorts should be preserved distinct, and suffered to flower and
ripen their seed in a perfect manner, which should then be taken off
in the pods when the weather is dry, and, after being hardened a
little, rubbed out and put up in a bag to be placed in a dry situa-
tion.

Culture in the Pink Kind. — All the species and varieties of these
plants may be increased from seeds, and the perennial sorts likewise
by layers, slips, cuttings, and pipings.

Where the best sorts only are grown, great care should be taken,
in providing the seed, that it be always had from the best and most
perfect kinds.

It should be sown in the manner directed for Carnations, in the
beginning of March or the following month, and the plants be ma-
naged in a similar manner, only, as b&jng more hardy in their nature,
with less tenderness.

The sixth species is best increased by sowing the seed on a very
gentle hot-bed the beginning of April, as the vegetation is thereby
much forwarded. When the plants appear air should be admitted
freely, to prevent their drawing up weak, and when of a little growth
they may be pricked out with good roots, if the weather be suitable,
on a bed of light earth, at about three inches distance, proper shade
and water being given. When they are of considerable growth, as
about the letter end of May, they should be removed with good balls
of earth about their roots, and planted where they are to remain for
flowering.

The layers should be laid down in the latter end of July or begin-
ning of the following month, in exactly the same manner as has been
directed for Carnations, giving them the same culture in every
respect.

Where there are large plants that spread considerably in a lateral
manner, their shoots may be covered with earth in the spring to the
depth of an inch or two; they will thus often take root, form good
plants, and be in a state to be planted out in the beginning of the
autumn.

The slips of the young shoots either made from the sides of the

183

principal ones or from the roots, so as to have fibres to them, and
planted out in February or the two following months in beds of good
mould to a good depth, readily take root and become good plants
before the end of the summer; at which time, or in the following
spring, they may be removed with good balls of earth about their
roots, to the places where they are to flower.

Cuttings made from the firm shoots of the same year at the joints,
to the length of three or four inches, when planted pretty deeply in a
bed of very fine mould, or in large pots at the distance of an inch or
two, and well watered at the time, readily grow and become plants
after being transplanted into separate pots, or the borders where they
are to flower.

Pipings made by drawing out or breaking off the top parts of the
young shoots at the joints and trimming them, by which a sort of
pipe is formed, on being planted and managed in the same manner,
take root and afford plants.

In both these last methods the rooting of the shoots is greatly
promoted by their being closely covered by bell, hand, or other sorts
of glasses, and having frequent slight waterings given round the sides
of -them.

The seed of the different best sorts should be collected in the pods
in August or the following month when perfectly ripened, choosing
a dry season for the purpose, spreading them out to harden and be-
come dry on paper or in some other manner, after which it should
be rubbed out and kept in some dry situation till it is wanted.

All the different species and varieties of these plants are highly
ornamental, and many of them curious, affording an extremely fra-
grant smell.

The first sort in all the varieties may be made use^f in the bord-
ers, clumps, and other places, where they produce a fine effect by
the variety of their flowers in assemblage with others of similar
growth.

A few of the double more curious kinds may also be cultivated
in pots for adorning the more conspicuous places about the house.

The second species and all the different varieties of the Carnation

184

kind are proper ornamental plants for the fronts of clumps, borders,
and other principal parts of gardens or ornamented grounds, where
they have a very agreeable effect from the beauty and elegance of
their flowers, as well, as the fragrance which they afford.

The curious double sorts are mostly cultivated in pots for the con-
venience of protection, and being exhibited on stages or in particular
situations during the time of their blowing, as well as for the ease
and facility of removal when necessary.

The third sort and the different varieties of the common pink are
well adapted for producing ornament in the fore parts of beds, borders,
and other compartments of pleasure-grounds and gardens, both from
the multiplicity of their flowers and their beauty, as well as fragrant
smell. These are sometimes used for edgings, but from their spread-
ing growth they require frequent cutting in.

The fourth and fifth sorts may likewise be employed for the pur-
pose of affording a greater variety.

The sixth species is very ornamental from the fineness of the co-
lour of the flowers, and the great length of time which the}7 continue
in bloom.

It is observed by Martyn that the seventh species, from the ele-
gance and delicious fragrance of its flowers, is deserving of being
employed in all curious gardens.

In the planting out the various sorts, the annual kinds are mostly
disposed in patches of three or four plants in each; but the peren-
nial kinds singly, as being more bushy and spreading in their
growth.

All the several species and varieties of these flowery plants may
be brought to blow much more early by being cultivated in frames
or the hot-house.

\

It 2 2

Mt'tit/.r l)(><Ji<-i'

t

PLATE XXII.

1. DODECATHEON MEADIA,

MEAD'S DODECOTHEAN.

THIS genus furnishes a plant of the low flowering perennial kind-
It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Precice.

The characters are: that the calyx is a many-leaved, many-flow-
ered involucre, very small: perianthium one-leafed, half five-cleft,
permanent: divisions reflex, finally longer, permanent: the corolla
one-petalled, five-parted: tube shorter than the calyx: (naked at the
throat) border reflex: divisions very long, lanceolate: the stamina con-
sists of five filaments, very short, obtuse, seated on the tube: anthers
sagittate, converging into a beak : the pistillum is a conic germ: style
filiform, longer than the stamens: stigma obtuse: the pericarpium
is an oblong, one-celled capsule, gaping at the tip: (subcylindric,
opening into five parts): the seeds very many, and small: receptacle
free, small.

The only species is D. Meadea, Virginian Cowslip, or Meadea.
It has a yellow perennial root, from which come out in the spring
several long smooth leaves, near six inches long, and two and a half
broad; at first standing erect, but afterwards spreading on the ground,
especially when much exposed to the sun: from among these leaves
arise two, three, or four flower-stalks, in proportion to the strength of
the roots, which rise eight or nine inches high, smooth, naked, and
terminated by an umbel of flowers, which are purple, inclining to a
peach blossom colour. It is native of Virginia, flowering about the
end of April or beginning of the following month.

Culture. — The methods of propagation in this plant are either by
seeds, or off-sets from the roots; but the last is the best.

2 B

186

In the first, the seeds should be sown either in the autumn, soon
after they are fully ripened, or in the spring, in a moist shady spot,
or in pots to be placed in such situations. When the plants appear,
they should be kept free from weeds, and have occasional water when
the weather is dry, being shaded from the heat of the sun. When
the stems decay, the}' may be carefully removed and planted in moist
shady places, at the distance of twelve or eighteen inches, to remain
till the following autumn, when they should be finally planted in the
borders and other places where there are due shade and moisture.

The roots may be removed, and the off-sets carefully taken off
from them about the latter end of August or the following month,
and immediately planted in such situations as the above, when they
will be fully established before the frosts set in.

These plants are found to be hardy, but incapable of succeeding
in dry soils or sunny situations. They afford ornament in the beds,
borders, or other parts of pleasure-grounds.

2. D1CTAMNUS ALBUS.

WHITE FRAXINELLA.

THIS genus affords a plant of the herbaceous hardy flowering pe-
rennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Decandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Multisiliqua.

The characters are: that the calyx is a five-leaved perianthium,
very small, deciduous: leaflets oblong, acuminate: the corolla has
five petals, oval-lanceolate, acuminate, with claws, unequal; of which
two are bent upwards; two placed obliquely at the sides; one bent
downwards: the stamina consist of ten subulate filaments, length of
the corolla, situated between the two lateral declining petals, une-
qual; small point-like glands scattered over the filaments; anthers

187

four-sided, rising upwards : the pistillum is a five-cornered germ,
elevated from the receptacle: style simple, short, bent downwards,
incurved: stigma sharp, rising upwards: the pericarpium has five
capsules, conjoined inwardly at the border, compressed, acuminate,
with distant tips, two-valved : the seeds in pairs, ovate, very smooth,
within a common aril, which is two-valved, and cut down.

The species cultivated is D. albus, Fraxinella, or While Dittany.

It has a perennial root, striking deep into the ground, and the
head annually increasing in size: the stalks many, two or three feet
high, round, here and there slightly grooved, sometimes subancipi-
tal, not branched, at bottom green and beset with white hairs, ferru-
ginous-red towards the top, with resinous glands: the leaves are alter-
nate, the larger above a foot in length, spreading out horizontally,
ascending towards the end; the midrib flat at top and edged on both
sides, convex beneath and hairy; leaflets from two to five pairs, Avith
an odd one at the end, most of them alternate, except the top pair
or two, sessile or subsessile, except the end one, which is on a long
winged petiole, smooth, stiff, oblique except the end one, ovate,
acute, serrate, shining on both sides, about two inches long and an
inch wide; the whole somewhat resembling an Ash leaf. The flowers
in a long pyramidal loose spike or raceme, nine or ten inches long,
of a purplish colour: the branches of the raceme alternate, with a
bracte at the foot of each, one or two-flowered ; there is also a short,
lanceolate, hairy bracte to each pedicel. To each flower succeeds
a fruit consisting of five compressed capsules, spreading out like the
points of a star.

The whole plant, especially when gently rubbed, emits an odour
like that of lemon-peel, but when bruised it has something of a bal-
samic scent. It is a native of Germany, flowering here at the end of
May.

There are varieties with white flowers, wilh red and purple striped,
and with short spikes of flowers.

Culture. These plants may be increased by sowing the seeds in
the beds, borders, or other parts of pleasure-grounds or gardens
where the plants are to remain, in the beginning of the autumn soon

188

after they become ripe, or in the spring; but the former is the best
season, as the plants rise stronger and with more certainty. The
plants should afterwards be kept perfectly clear from weeds, and
have their stems cut down and cleared away every year in the au-
tumn, as well as the earth dug round them in the early spring.
Some, however, advise the roots of the plants in the first autumn to
be taken up and planted out in small beds at six or eight inches
distance each way, to stand two or three years till they are strong
enough to flower, when they are to be carefully taken up in the au-
tumn, and placed where they are to remain. They continue for a
great length of time, and require little culture except that of being
kept free from weeds, and trimmed as above in the autumn.

They are plants well suited to the middle parts of beds, border*,
clumps, and other parts of ornamented grounds.

Iry

I., ll.l.ll fulilllli.:f ,!,/,/"/ 1A'/' !>'

Flat Slrtet

r<r>6l lnfJan<srr>

'77 ///

///////>

> /'>tc

PLATE XXIII.

1. ECHINOPS SPH^ROCEPHALUS.

GREAT GLOBE THISTLE.

THIS genus contains plants of the hardy, herbaceous, perennial
and annual kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Syngenesia Potygamia Segregate!,
and ranks in the natural order of Composite Capitatce.

The characters are: that the calyx is common, many- leaved, with
scales subulate, totally reflected, containing many flowers : perian-
thium partial one-flowered, oblong, imbricate, cornered : leaflets
subulate, loose above, upright, permanent: the corolla one-petalled,
length of the calyx, tubular; border five-cleft, reflex, spreading: the
stamina consist of five capillary filaments, very short: anthers cylin-
dric, tubular, five-toothed: the pistillum is an oblong germ: style
filiform, length of the corolla : stigma double, somewhat depressed,
rolled back : there is no pericarpium : calyx unchanged, larger : the
seed single, ovate-oblong, narrower at the base, with obtuse tip: the
down obscure; the receptacle common globose and bristly.

The species cultivated are: 1. E. spheerocephalus, Great Globe
Thistle; 2. E, ritro, Small Globe Thistle; 3. E. strigosus, Annual
Globe Thistle.

The first has a perennial root. The stalks many, four or five feet
high. The leaves long and jagged, divided into many segments al-
most to the midrib, the jags ending in spines; they are of a dark-
green on their upper side, but woolly on their under. There are
several globular heads of flowers on each stalk. The florets are com-
monly blue, but sometimes white. These come out in July, and the
seeds ripen in August. It is a native of France, &c.

It varies with white flowers.

190

The second species has a perennial creeping root, sending up
several strong stalks two feet high, and branching. The leaves cut
into many fine segments to the mid rib. Each branch is terminated
by a globular head of flowers, smaller than those of the first, and of
a deeper blue, but sometimes white: they come out in July. It is a
native of the South of France.

It also varies with white flowers.

The. third is an annual plant, with a stiff while stalk two feet high.
The leaves divided, ending in many points, which have spines; their
upper side green, covered with brown hairs, their under side white
and woolly : the stalk is terminated by one large head of pale blue
flowers, appearing in July. It is a native of France, &c.

Culture. — These plants are readily increased by sowing the seeds
in the autumn in the places where the plants are to grow. When
they are come up in the spring, they should be properly thinned and
kept free from weeds. Some of the strongest plants may likewise be
removed to other situations. In the third sort the seeds are better
sown in the early spring.

They are well suited to afford variety in the large borders of gar-
dens or pleasure-grounds, as they succeed in almost any soil.

£. ERYNGIUM ALPINUM.

ALPINE ERYNGO,

THIS genus contains plants of the hardy flowering biennial and
perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Digyiria, and ranks
in the natural order of Umbellate.

The characters are: that the calyx is a common conic receptacle,
chaffs separating the sessile floscules : involucre of the receptacle
many-leaved, flat, exceeding the floscules: perianthium proper five-
Jeaved, upright, sharp, exceeding the corolla, seated on the germ:

191

the corolla universal, uniform, roundish: floscules all fertile: proper
five-petalled : petals oblong, the tips bent inwards to the base>
straightened longitudinally by a line: the stamina consist of five ca-
pillary filaments, straight, exceeding the floscules: anthers oblong:
the pistillum is a hispid inferior germ: styles two, filiform, straight,
length of the stamens: stigmas simple: the pericarpium is an ovate
fruit, divisible in two directions: the seeds oblong, and columnar.

The species cultivated are : 1. E. fcetidum, Stinking Eryngo ;
2. E. planum, Flat-leaved Eryngo; 3. E. maritimum, Sea Eryngo, or
Sea-Holly; 4-.E. amethystinum, Amethystine Eryngo; 5. E. alpinum,
Alpine Eryngo.

The first has an annual or biennial root. The root-leaves blunt-
ish; the serratures terminating in harmless spines. The stem a foot
high or more, green, somewhat angular, dichotomous, spreading;
with the extreme branches flexuose. The leaves on the branches op-
posite, stem-clasping, wedge-shaped, subconnate, with the edge
toothed and semitrifid; the divisions lanceolate, all the angles ter-
minating in a purplish spine. The peduncle springs from the angles
of the stem ; it is straight, shorter than the internode, triangular,
streaked on the sides. The involucres are composed of six leaflets
or thereabouts; are horizontal, and longer than the flower; the leaf-
lets are lanceolate, nerved, and have a spine at the tip and at one
or two of the serratures. The common receptacle is cylindric, Avhence
the flower is cylindric. It is of a dull white colour, appearing at the
divisions and extremities of the branches. The whole plant has a
very penetrating, strong, but not unsavoury smell* It is a native of
Virginia, flowering in June and July.

The second species has a perennial root. The slem upright, round,
furrowed or streaked, whitish, about a foot and half in height, blueish
at top, where it divides into three parts, each of which is terminated
by a peduncled axillary flower. Lower leaves cordate ovate, obtuse,
on long petioles, with unequal, mucronale notches about the edge;
stem-leaves sessile; the uppermost lobed, gashed, smaller serrate, the
notches spinulose. The flowers in terminating heads, fenced with a

192

six-leaved involucre, spreading and reflex. It is a native of Austria,
&c. flowering in July.

There is a variety with white stalks and flowers.

The third has a creeping root, running deep into the ground.
The leaves roundish, stiff, gray, set with sharp spines on the edges.
The stems a foot high, branched, smooth, having at each joint leaves
of the same form with the lower ones, but smaller. The flowers come
out at the ends of the branches in roundish prickly heads, and are of
a whitish blue colour; under each head is a range of narrow, stiff',
prickly leaves, spreading like the rays of a star. The flowers appear
in July. It is a native of Britain, &c. The young flowering-shoots
when eaten as asparagus are very grateful, and of a nourishing qua-
lity.

The fourth species has the lower leaves divided like the fingers of
a hand, into five or six segments, which are very much cut at their
extremities into many parts, and have small spines. The stem is
about two feet high, with smaller and more divided leaves. The
upper part of the stem, and also the heads of flowers, are of the finest
amethystine colour, making a fine appearance. It is a native of
Styria, flowering in July.

The fifth species has a perennial root. The leaves are cordate
and toothed, the lower on long petioles, the upper stem-clasping.
The lower leaves resemble those of Cacalia, but are more acute, and
the teeth end in a soft spine. Amethystine leaves surround the ob-
long head of flowers ; some of them bristle-form and reflex, others
pinnatifid and lanceolate. It is curious, according to Villars, on ac-
count of the beauty of the involucres, which are of a vinous azure
blue, mixed with green and white. It is a native of Switzer-
land, &c.

Culture. — Some of these plants may be increased by seed, and
the others by planting their creeping roots.

The first, second, filth, and sixth sorts are raised by sowing the
seeds, in the first on a hot-bed or in pots plunged into it, but in the
others in the autumn, in the places where the plants are to grow.

When the plants have attained some growth, in the first kind,
they should be removed into separate small pots, filled with light,
fresh, fine mould, and replunged into the bark hot-bed, being after-
wards managed as other exotic plants of the tender kind. The
plants usually flower the second year, and then die. In the other
species aH the culture that is required after the plants appear is that
of thinning them properly, keeping them free from weeds, and
digging the ground about them in the early spring season.

The third species must be increased by planting portions of the
creeping roots of the young plants in a dry gravelly soil in the au-
tumn, as soon as the stems decay. They grow the largest and most
fleshy in the root in such situations as are occasionally overflowed
by the sea- water.

They afterwards only require the culture of being kept free from
weeds.

They are all proper for being introduced in the borders or other
parts of pleasure-grounds for variety, except the first, which requires
the protection of the stove.

2 C

PLATE XXIV.

1. ERICA GRANDIFLORA.

GREAT-FLOWERED HEATH.

THIS genus comprehends plants of the evergreen, flowery,,
shrubby kind; mostly exotics.

It belongs to the class and order Octandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Bicorncs.

The characters are: that the calyx is a four-leaved perianthium :
leaflets ovate- oblong, permanent: the corolla one-pctalled, bell-form,
four-cleft, often bellied: the stamina consist of eight filaments, capil-
lary, inserted into the receptacle: anthers two-cleft at the tip: the
pistillum is a roundish, superior germ: style filiform, upright, longer
than the stamens: stigma crowned, four-cornered, four-cleft: the
pericarpium is a roundish capsule, smaller than the calyx, covered,
four-celled, four-valved; partitions meeting with the sutures (opposite
to the sutures): the seeds numerous and very small.

The species most in cultivation, according to Martyn, arer
1. E. Tetralixy Cross-leaved Heath; 2. E.cinerea, Fine-leaved Heath;
3. E. didyma, Double-anthered Heath; 4. E. arborea, Tree Heath;
5. E. Australis, Spanish Heath; 6. E. multiflora, Many-flowered
Heath; 7- E. Hediterranea, Mediterranean Heath; 8. E. Itttea, Yel-
low Heath; 9- E. halicacaba, Purple-stalked Heath; 10. E. mon-
soniana, Bladder-flowered Heath: 11. E. mucosa, Mucous Heath:
12. E. urceolaris, Hairy- flowered Heath; 13. E. marifolia, Marum-
leaved Heath; 14. E. cruenta, Bloody-flowered Heath; 15. E. ra-
mentacea, Slender-branched Heath; 16. E.persoluta, Blush-flowered
Heath; 17- E. triflora, Three-flowered Heath; 18. E. baccans, Ar-
butus-flowered Heath ; 19. E. corifolia, Slender-twigged Heath ;

fl24.

r<ll>if«l A , I',-,/ /.',/',,, ,,;/'r

ETTCO. i/rr/ /v ////// v •//
(;,;;f/ '//,•>,,'/•;/ //<;r//,

f/t'/J ////// . 1//t//f,l'/t/f/7//M

c ixrv ItY/d'H' //,•/•/'

1.93

20. E. entpetrifolia, Crow Berry-leaved Heath; 21. £. capitata, Woolly
Heath; 22. E. titbiflora^ Tube-flowered/ Heath ; 23. E. conspicua,
Long-tubed Yellow Heath ; 24. E. cerinthiodes, Honey wort-flowered
Heath; 25. E. comosa, Tufted-flowered Heath; 26. E. massoni, Tall
Downy Heath; 27. E. Plukenetii, Smooth-twigged Pencil-flowered
Heath; 28. E. Petiveri, Downy-twigged Pencil-flowered Heath; 29.
E. herbacea, Early-flowered Dwarf Heath; 30. E. grandiflora, Great-
flowered Heath.

There are many other species equally deserving of cultivation.

The first has shrubby stems, from nine to twelve inches high,
branched, brown, somewhat rugged from the remains of the leaves
which have fallen off: branches a little woolly: the leaves are com-
monly in fours, but sometimes in fives, ovate-linear, spreading, near
the flowers pressed close to the stem, the edges turned in and ciliated,
each hair terminating in a small round gland ; the upper surface is
flat, the lower concave and white: flowers hanging down one over
another all one way. It is a native of the northern parts of Europe,
flowering in July and August; but according to Linnaeus, twice in
the year.

It is not inferior to many of the foreign heaths in the beauty and
delicacy of its flowers. This is distinguished from the other British
heaths, not only by the flowers growing in a kind of pendulous clus-
ter on the tops of the stalks, but by the leaves growing in fours, and
forming a sort of cross.

The second species has a perennial woody root: the stems
shrubby, about a foot high, with opposite branches: the bark ash-
coloured: the leaves are linear, fleshy, spreading; above smooth and
shining, transversely wrinkled; towards the end beset with a few
scattered hair-like points ; beneath having a longitudinal furrow,
which is white from a woollintss apparent to the magnifier; the edge
somewhat membranaceous, and when viewed with the microscope
appearing serrulate: the leaves, when young, have three flat sides,
but when full grown are nearly flat : the flowers are in long clustered
whorls terminating in spikes, of a deep purple colour, sonorous when
struck; they come out from the sides of the young shoots ; those

196

from the end-shoots being near each other, but scattered and bare;
those from the small lateral branches generally in pairs. It is a
native of the middle parts of Europe, flowering from June to
August.

The third has twisted, trailing stems: the branches between
scored and singular, light reddish brown ; the more slender shoots
ash-coloured, all lateral, to seven or more rising from the same point
in the manner of an umbel; when beginning to flower, gradually
tapering towards the end: the leaves are linear, somewhat like those
of fir, bowed sideways, smooth, but not glossy, somewhat pointed,
when magnified appearing to have distant serratures on the edge,
which is bent in; upper surface green, slightly elevated in the middle;
under whitish, convex, with a smooth furrow running along it, longer,
and sometimes thrice as long as the corolla, and crowded so close as
to conceal the younger shoots: the flowers roundish, on long slender
peduncles, from the sides of the branches, beginning from below the
middle, and extending to the ends, continuing on, in the cultivated
plants, till the next season. It is a native of Britain.

The fourth species is an upright shrub, growing to the height of
six feet, with upright branches covered with a white nap: the leaves
are very abundant, upright, smooth, almost awl-shaped, covering the
branches, wrinkled when dry: the flowers very numerous, on the
middle of the branches, so that the later leaves are above them; they
are on branching peduncles, forming a panicle. It is a native of the
South of Europe, flowering from February to May.

The fifth is an upright rigid shrub, with an ash-coloured bark:
the leaves are in threes or fours, linear, obtuse, somewhat rugged on
the edge: the flowers terminating, two or three, subsessile. It is a
native of Spain, flowering in April and May.

The sixth species has the stem the height of a man: the leaves
are in fours or fives, spreading, obtuse, gibbous at the base: the
flowers purplish. It is a native of the South of Europe, flowering
from June to November.

The seventh has the branches whitish, and angular: the leaves
are in fours, seldom in fives, and even: the flowers lateral, and of a

197

purple colour, simple, coloured, lanceolate, acute, shorter by half
than the corolla: style twice as long as the corolla: stigma entirely
simple : it resembles the multiftora, but the corolla is absolutely ovate;
the branches angular and while. It is a native of the South of
Europe, flowering from March to May.

In the eighth species the stem is subdivided into narrow branches:
the leaves pressed close, almost imbricate, opposite, blunt, grooved
underneath, a line in length: the flowers are on the extreme branch-
lets, one, two, or three together, and upright, of a yellow colour.
The whole plant being covered with shining golden or silvery flowers
is very beautiful and ornamental. It is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope. It varies with yellow or white flowers.

The ninth is a lofty shrub with purplish branches: the branchlets
subtomentose and white: the leaves crowded very much, even, rug-
ged about the edge.

But, according to Thunbcrg, the stem is smooth, rugged, brown,
flexuose, decumbent, strict, a span high: the branches alternate,
divaricate, like the stem: the leaves in threes, lanceolate, acute,
smooth, flat above, convex beneath, with a slender groove, spread-
ing. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, flowering in May
and June. It is distinguished from the other sorts by the size of the
flowers.

In the tenth the stem is erect, pubescent leafless, two feet high:
the branches scattered, frequent, spreading, covered with leaves, very
short, simple: the leaves in threes, ovate, obtuse, convex beneath,
with a longitudinal groove, flat above, entire, imbricate, smooth,
scarcely a line in length: the flowers solitary, nodding, on pubescent
reflex peduncles large and white. It is a native of Africa. This is
one of the most beautiful planls of this beautiful genus.

The eleventh species has a delitescent stem, dcterminately branch-
ed, with white, awl-shaped, decurrcnt lines under the scars of the
leaves; which are linear, even, pressed close, scarcely longer than
the interstices: the flowers terminating, subumbclled, on peduncles
the length of the flowers. It is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope.

198

In the twelfth the stem is fluxuose-erecl, ash-coloured, two feet
high: the branches opposite, or in threes, cinereous-villose, wand-
like: branchlets filiform, scattered, frequent, wand-like: the leaves
are in threes, linear-lanceolate; beneath grooved from the revolute
margins, tomentose-whilish, from erect spreading, curved a little:
the flowers flesh-coloured. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope,
flowering in May and June.

It varies with flowers very hirsute and hairy, red, and whitish
flesh-coloured.

The thirteenth species has the leaves three-fold oval, downy-white
underneath: the flowers ovate, conic. It is a native of the Cape of
Good Hope.

In the fourteenth the branches are round and smooth; branchlets
pubescent: the leaves linear-awl-shaped, grooved, spreading, half an
inch long, on appressed petioles scarcely half a line in length: the
flowers axillary, and of a deep red colour. It is a native of the Cape,
flowering at various seasons.

The fifteenth species has the branches filiform, ramentaceous,
long, ferruginous: the leaves very narrow, upright, pressed close:
the flowers umbelled, of a purple colour. It is a native of the Cape
of Good Hope, flowering in July.

The sixteenth has the stem shrubby, smoothish, with pubescent
branches: the leaves linear, obtuse, erect, channelled underneath,
the length of the joints, hispid or subscabrous: the flowers are um-
belled, dispersed on the upper twigs, and of a flesh colour. It is a
native of the Cape, flowering from February to May.

The seventeenth has a brown stem, smooth below, hispid at top.
erect, a foot high: the branches dichotomous, brown at bottom, and
smooth, above ash-coloured, hirsute, erect, fastigiate: branchlets scat-
tered all over the branches, filiform, frequent, hairy-rough, wand-like:
the leaves are linear-subulate, entire, smooth, flat above, convex be-
neath, with a very slender groove, incurved, from erect spreading :
the flowers solitary, or two or three together, on very short drooping
peduncles, ash-coloured, tomentose. It is a native of the Cape.

The eighteenth species has an erect stem, branched: the leaves

19.9

linear, bluntish, rugged on the edge, longer than the internodes, on
white petioles: the flowers terminating, in threes, or thereabouts, nod-
ding, the size of a pea, on purple peduncles, with alternate, remote,
flesh-coloured bractes. It is a native of the Cape, flowering in April
and May.

The nineteenth has a shrubby, compound stem: the leaves linear,
smooth: the flowers terminating, sessile, of a purple colour. It is a
native of the Cape, flowering in August.

The twentieth species has a brown, rugged stem, a foot high: the
branches in whorls, like the stem, flexuose-erect; branchlets trichoto-
mous and dichotomous, like the branches: the leaves in sixes, ob-
long, obtuse, incurved, above three-cornered, flat, beneath grooved,
rugged, especially underneath, very finely ciliate, imbricate, a line
in length: the flowers aggregate, in whorls, in the middle and at the
ends of the branchlets of a blood-red colour. It flowers in April and
May.

The twenty-first species has the stem seldom erect, commonly
decumbent, smooth, flexuose, filiform: the branches filiform, flexuose,
villose: branchlets capillary, frequent, tomentose : the leaves ovate,
spreading, rough, with long hairs: the flowers at the ends of the ex-
treme branchlels, ped uncled, one, two, or three together, the whole
calyxes covered close with a white wool.

The twenty-second has the leaves linear, even the upper ones,
ciliate : the flowers terminating, solitary, sessile, of a purple colour.

The twenty-third species has the leaves four-fold, smooth, and
long yellow flowers. It flowers from May to August.

The twenty-fourth has the branches compound: the leaves ob-
long, convex, even, grooved underneath, ciliate, with spinules: the
flowers large, heaped on the side into a sort of head, sessile, pubes-
cent: calyx rough, with white hairs, as it were doubled: the corolla
bright blood red, rough with white hairs, having the rnouth obscurely
four-cleft. It is a native of the Cape, flowering most part of the year.

The twenty -fifth species has the branches heaped above the
flowers: the leaves linear, bluntish, erect: the flowers heaped, lateral,
below the top of the stalk. It is a native of the Cape.

200

The twenty-sixth species has shrubby filiform stems, covered all
round with leaves: the leaves in fours, imbricate in eight rows, very
short, elliptic, crowded, obtuse, ciliate, so that they appear villose: the
flowers red, in a terminating sessile head. It is a native of the Cape.

The twenty-seventh has the leaves linear and crowded: the flowers
pedunclecl, and nodding. It is a native of the Cape.

The twenty-eighth species is a brown shrub: the branches covered
with branchlets in threes, crowded, very short, pubescent, clothed
with squarrose leaves; which are also crowded, alw-shaped, sub-
trigonal, somewhat rugged at the edge, patulous, or standing out at
the tip ; the flowers solitary, at the ends of the branchlets, drooping,
on a short, pubescent peduncle, of a red colour. It is a native of the
Cape, flowering from January to March.

The twenty-ninth species is a small shrub, from a foot to eighteen
inches in height, decumbent at bottom, then upright, branched, flex-
ible: the leaves are almost covering the whole stem, deciduous, re-
sembling those of the fir, thickish, having a prominent nerve, narrow,
very sharp, smooth : the flowers at the tops of the branchlets, on short
peduncles, alternate, among the leaves: they come out in autumn,
continue closed during winter, and are then green; in May the year
following the flowers are unfolded; the anthers which were inclosed
are protruded, the calyx and corolla, opening, are both changed into
a pale purple or flesh-colour. It is a native of Austria.

The thirtieth species has the leaves linear, four-folded: the flowers
large and yellow. It is a native of the Cape, flowering from May
to July.

Culture. — These elegant plants must be treated in different me-
thods, according to their nature.

The first three British sorts are capable of being propagated by
sowing the seeds, either in the places where they are to remain, or in
pots filled with peaty earth in either the autumn or spring seasons,
but this is a tedious practice. The best method is, to take them up
from the places where they grow naturally in the early autumn, with
good balls of earth about their roots, planting them again imme-
diately where they are to grow.

201

They succeed best where the soil is of the peaty or nioory kind,
and where it has not been enriched by manure; and as they protrude
their rools chiefly near the surface, it should be as little dug about
them as possible.

The four following sorts may be increased in the same manner as
the. former; but the best practice is by layers, cuttings, or slips,
which should be laid down or planted out in pots filled with boggy
earth, either in the early spring or the latter end of summer, plunging
them in a moderate hot-bed, giving them proper shade and water.
When they have taken full root, they should be removed with balls
of earth about them into separate pots, being replaced in the hot-bed
till they become well established, when they will be capable of bear-
ing the open air in mild weather.

All the other species may be increased either by cuttings or layers,
but most of them by the former. The cuttings should be made from
the best young shoots, and be planted in the spring season in pots
filled with a composition of light boggy and loamy earth, being
placed in the hot-bed, and covered with bell-glasses, an<£ duely
shaded from the sun, slight waterings being given when necessary;
the layers are best made in the autumn, being managed in the same
way.

When the plants are perfectly rooted, they may be removed into
separate pots filled with the same sort of earth, and placed in the
dry, stove or green-house, where many of the plants must constantly
be kept.

The ninth, twentieth, and twenty-sixth species must, however, be
raised by layers, as they have not yet been increased by planting
their cuttings.

When seeds are made use of in producing these plants, they
should be sown in pots filled with the above sort of earth, in the
early spring, and plunged in the hot-bed of the stove. When the
plants have acquired a few inches growth, they should be removed
into single pots with a little earth about their roots, and be replunged
in the hot-bed in the stove, being preserved in it, or the warmest
part of the green-house, during the winter.

202

The first three sorts afford an agreeable variety in the borders
and clumps, as they continue long in flower. The four following
kinds are likewise hardy, and afford variety among other potted
plants in the open air during the summer.

The other species are more tender, but produce an agreeable
effect among the stove and green-house collections, from the great
beauty and continuance of the flowers in many of the sorts.

2. EPILOBIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM,

ROSE-BAY WILLOW-HERB.

THIS genus contains a plant of the herbaceous, flowery, peren-
nial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Octandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Calycanthemte.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianthium,
four-parted, superior; divisions oblong, acuminate, coloured, deci-
duous : the corolla has four roundish petals, outwardly wider, emar-
ginate, expanding, inserted into the divisions of the calyx: the sta-
mina consist of eight subulate filaments; the alternate ones shorter:
anthers oval, compressed, obtuse: the pistillum is a cylindric germ,
extremely long, inferior: style filiform : stigma four-cleft, thick, ob-
tuse, rolled back : the pericarpium is an extremely long capsule,
cylindric, streaked, four-celled, four-valved : the seeds numerous ob-
long, crowned with down: receptacle extremely long, four-cornered,
free, flexile, and coloured.

The species cultivated is E. angustifolium, Narrow-leaved or Rose-
bay Willow-herb.

It has a creeping root. The stem is upright, from three to six
feet high, branched at top, round, and pubescent; the branches alter-
nate. The leaves alternate, running slightly down the stem, smooth,

203

the edge minutely and rarely indented, the midrib whitish : the la-
teral nerves are nearly at right angles with this; and the leaves at
their first appearance are rolled in at the edge. The flowers are
purple, showy, growing in a kind of long spike, on purple peduncles,
the length of the germ, bending down before the flowers open, but
afterwards erect; seldom more than four or five blow together on
the same spike. From the great similitude of the leaves to those of
willow, it has obtained the name of Willow-herb, or French Willow.

There is a variety with white flowers.

Culture. — It is readily increased by dividing its creeping roots,
and planting portions of them out in moist shady situations where
they are to remain, in either the autumn or early spring. The plants
may also be raised by sowing the seeds in the same situations. The
plants afterwards require only to be kept within proper limits.

They are well suited to shady situations, and for covering rock-
work.

PLATE XXV.

1. FRITILLARIA IMPERIALS

CROWN IMPERIAL.

THIS genus comprises plants of the bulbous-rooted perennial
flowery kind.

It belongs to the class and order Hexandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Coronarice.

The characters are: that there is no calyx; the corolla is six-
petalled, bell-shaped, spreading at the base: petals oblong, parallel:
nectary an excavation or pit in the base of each petal : the stamina
have six subulate filaments, approximating to the style, the length of
the corolla: anthers quadrangular, oblong, erect: the pistillum is an
oblong germ, three-cornered, obtuse: style simple, longer than the
stamens: stigma triple, spreading, blunt: (style trifid, with three stig-
mas:) the pericarpium is an oblong capsule, obtuse, three-lobed,
three-celled, three-valved (superior): the seeds very many, flat, semi-
orbicular on the outside, in a double row.

The species are: 1. F. meleagris, Common Fritillary, or Che-
quered Lily; 2. F. pyrenaica, Black Fritillary; 3. F. imperialis, Im-
perial Fritillary, or Crown Imperial; 4. F. Persica, Persian Fritillary,
or Persian Lily.

In the first the root is a solid bulb or tuber, about the size of a
hazel nut, white or yellowish white, roundish, compressed, divisible
into several, enclosed by the withered wrinkled bulb of the preceding
year as in a case. The stem from six to twelve, fifteen, and even
eighteen inches in height, advancing considerably in length after
flowering; it comes out from the side of the root, is simple, upright,
round, smooth, glaucous, and not unfrequently purplish: the leaves

fnhllaria imperut&t.
t imperial,

f7,,t ,),,.,/ KH.,,,,,fJ I, F.f, „/;•»,

l''mmtrnf rrf/
//<//,<»> r<><>/<;/ ///

205

three or four, sometimes five or six, grass-like, distantly alternate,
half embracing, round on the under, and hollow on the upper side,
somewhat twisted and glaucous: the flower usually single, sometimes
two, or even three, on the top of the stem, Jarge, pendulous, at first
somewhat pyramidal, but afterwards bell-shaped, chequered with
purple and white, or purple and greenish yellow. It is a native of
the southern countries of Europe, flowering in April and May.

There are numerous varieties; the chief are, the Common Pur-
ple, the Blood Red, the Great Purple or Red, the White, the Double
Blush, the Pure Yellow, the Chequered Yellow, the Great Yellow
Italian, the Small Italian, the Small Portugal Yellow, the Black,
and the Spanish Black.

The second species has a double fleshy bulbous root: the leaves
are broader, and of a deeper green than in the first; the lower leaves
are opposite, but those above alternate: the stem a foot and half
high, terminated by two flowers of an obscure yellow colour, and
spreading more at the brim than those of the first sort, but turned
downwards in the same manner. It flowers three weeks after it; and
is a native of France.

The third has a large round scaly root of a yellow colour, and a
strong foxy odour: the stalk rises to the height of four feet or up-
wards: it is strong, succulent, and garnished two-thirds of the length
on every side with long narrow leaves ending in points, which are
smooth and entire: the upper part of the stalk is naked, a foot in
length : the flowers come out all round the stalk upon short foot-
stalks, which turn downward, each sustaining one large flower.
Above these rises a spreading tuft of green leaves, which are erect,
and called the Coma. It flowers the beginning of April, and the
seeds ripen in July.

The chief varieties are; those with yellow flowers, with large
flowers; and with double flowers; but that which has two or three
whorls of flowers above each other makes the finest appearance,
though it seldom produces its flowers after this manner the first year
after removing.

The fourth species has a large round root : the stem three feet

206

high, the lower part closely garnished on every side with leaves,
which are three inches long and half an inch broad, of a gray colour,
and twisted obliquely: the flowers are in a loose spike at the top,
forming a pyramid; shorter than the other sorts, spreading wider at
the brim, and not bent down; of a dark purple colour; appearing
in May. They seldom produce seeds in this climate.

There is a variety which has a much shorter stem and smaller
leaves ; the stem branches out at the top into several small pedun-
cles, each sustaining one dark-coloured flower. It is termed Dwarf
Persian Lily.

Culture. — The common mode of propagation in all these plants
is by off-sets from the sides of their roots, separated every second or
third year; the proper time for which is when their flower-stalks de-
cay, taking the whole root up entirely, and separating them into
distinct roots, then planting the smaller off-sets by themselves in
nursery-beds, to remain a year or two, to acquire a flowering state ;
and the larger roots, where they are to remain for flowering.

They are likewise capable of being propagated by seed; but this
is principally practised for new varieties; and the process is tedious;
the Fritillary and Persian Lily being three years, and the Crown Im-
perial sometimes six or seven, before they flower in perfection. The
seeds may be sown in the beginning of autumn, in large wide pots,
or in boxes of similar width, filled with light mellow earth, each sort
separate, covering them evenly with fine earth half an inch deep,
placing the pots, &c. to have only the morning sun all summer, or
during hot dry weather, and in the full sun in winter and spring: the
plants will appear in the spring, which, after the first or second year's
growth, when the leaves decay in summer, may be taken up, and the
whole planted immediately in nursery-beds, in shallow drills four
inches asunder, to remain till they flower.

They are all hardy, and highly ornamental plants for the borders,
clumps, and other parts; the fourth sort being set backwards, the
third in the middle, and the others forwards.

207

2. FUM ARI A C AVA.

HOLLOW-ROOTED FUMITORY.

THIS genus contains plants of the tuberous-rooted low flowery
perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Diadelphia Hexandria, and ranks
in the natural order of Corydales.

The characters are: that the calyx is a two-leaved perianthium:
leaflets opposite, equal, lateral, erect, acute, small, deciduous: the
corolla oblong, tubular, ringent, palate prominent, closing the throat:
upper lip flat, obtuse, emarginate, reflex : the nectary the base of
the upper lip prominent backward, obtuse: the lower lip entirely
similar to the upper, keeled towards the base: nectary the keeled
base, but in this less prominent : the throat four-cornered, obtuse,
perpendicularly bifid: the stamina consist of two equal filaments,
broad, one within each lip, enclosed, acuminate: anthers three at the
end of each filament: the pistillum is an oblong, compressed germ,
acuminate : style short : stigma orbiculate, erect, compressed : the
pericarpium is a one-celled silicic: the seeds are roundish.

The species are: F. cucullaria^ Naked-stalked Fumitory; 2. F.
sempervirens, Glaucous Fumitory; 3. F. lutea, Yellow Fumitory;
4. F. capnoides, White-flowered Fumitory.

The first has a scaly root, the size of a large hazel-nut: the flower-
stalk is eight or nine inches high: the root-leaves are in pairs, triter-
nate, gashed, smooth, slender; with red petioles: the scape simple,
round, length of the leaf, rufous : the raceme terminating, simple ;
the flowers (four or five) pendulous; of a dull white colour. It is a
native of Virginia. Perennial, flowering in June and July.

The second species is annual: the stem upright, a foot and half
high, round, and very smooth, sending out several branches at top :
the leaves smooth, branching, pale, divided like the common sort,

208

but the leaflets larger and more oblusc : the flowers in loose pani-
cles from the sides of the stem and at the extremities of the branches,
of a pale purple colour, with yellow chaps or lips: the pods are
taper, narrow, an inch and half long, containing many small black
shining seeds. It flowers during summer, and is a native of North
America.

In the third, the root strikes deep into the ground: the stems are
many, succulent, diffused, about six inches high: the leaves on long
branching petioles, composed of many irregular leaflets, trifid at the
top: peduncles axillary, naked, longer than the leaves, supporting
eight or nine flowers, of a bright yellow colour, in a loose spike: the
leaves continue green all the year, and the flowers in succession from
April to October. It is very like the fourth species, but is peren-
nial- and according to Miller, the stalks have blunt angles, are of a
purplish colour; and the flowers grow in a looser panicle, on longer
pedicles. It is a native of Barbary.

The fourth is annual: the stem four-cornered at the base: the
leaves superdecompound, the terminating leaflets larger, and semi-
trifid ; the middle segment lobed; petioles three-cornered: the ra-
cemes naked: pedicles shorter by half than the corollas, blackish at
the tip. There is a succession of the flowers from May to October.
It is a native of the South of Europe.

Culture, — The first sort of these plants may be readily increased,
by planting .off-sets from the roots in a light soil, in a shady situation,
in the beginning of autumn, as soon as the stems begin to decay.

The other sorts may be raised by sowing the seeds where the
plants are to grow, as soon as they become perfectly ripened.

The only culture they demand afterwards is, that of keeping them
free from weeds.

They are all very ornamental in the fore parts of clumps, borders,
and other parts of pleasure-grounds.

n.26.

/„•//,/,•« PuthlJtrJ ' : /'/!'<! 5 I,Y l-'K.:ii:rtfY F/.-.'l .ffr'A-f

J'ainir.l/r,J\J K./w., r./.

<!

Gvnha.n.

/)'///, "\-f-7t <

• -. . .

PLATE XXVI.

1. GENTIANA ACAULIS.

LARGE-FLOWERED GENTIAN.

THIS genus of plants is of the hardy heibaceous perennial
flowery kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Digynia, and ranks in
the natural order of Rotacea.

The characters are: that the calyx is a five-parted perianthium,
sharp: divisions oblong, permanent: the corolla has one petal, tubu-
lar at bottom, imperforate, at top five-cleft, flat, withering, various in
form: the stamina have five filaments, subulate, shorter than the co-
rolla: anther simple: the pistillum is an oblong germ, cylindric,
length of the stamens: styles none: stigmas two, ovate: (germ supe-
rior; style simple, or two sessile stigmas:) the pericarpium is an
oblong capsule, columnar, acuminate, slightly bifid at the tip, one-
celled; two-valved: the seeds numerous, small, fixed all round to the
walls of the capsule: receptacles two, each fastened longitudinally to
a valve.

The species cultivated are: 1. G. lutea, Yellow Gentian; 2. G.
punctata, Spotted-flowered Gentian ; 3. G. asclepiadea, Swallow-
wort-leaved Gentian; 4. G. acaulis, Dwarf Gentian, or Gentianella.

The first has a thick root, of a yellowish brown colour, and very
bitter taste: the lower leaves are petioled, oblong-ovate, a little
pointed, stiff, yellowish green, having five large veins on the back,
and plaited : the stem three or four feet high or more, with a pair
of leaves at each joint, sessile or almost embracing, of the same form
with the lower ones, but diminishing gradually to the top: the
flowers are in whorls at the upper joints. It is a native of Switzerland,
flowering in June and July.

2 E

210

The second species has the leaves ovate, elongated, and strict:
the calyxes shallow, and in form of a basin, the calycine teeth nar-
row, sharp, and not very leafy : the corolla is of a papery substance,
extremely thin, of a dull and very pale greenish straw-colour, with
very minute dots thickly and irregularly scattered over it: the seg-
ments of the border commonly seven, sometimes eight, but very sel-
dom six, always shorter, narrower, contiguous, rounded, blunt, with-
out any auricles at the base; and finally the bellying of the corolla
is blunter and almost the same over the whole bell. It is a native of
Austria.

The third has the stem upright near a foot high : the leaves smooth,
about two inches long, and three quarters of an inch broad at the
base, embracing there, and ending in an acute point; they are of a
fine green, have five longitudinal veins, joining at both ends, but
diverging in the middle, and diminish in size as they are nearer the
top: the flowers are in pairs opposite, on short peduncles; pretty
large, bell shaped, and of a fine blue colour. It is a native of Switz-
erland, flowering in July and August.

The fourth species has a large woody branched root: a set of
ovate-lanceolate leaves spreads on the surface: the stem from one to
three inches in height, with one or two pairs of leaves on it, and ter-
minated by one very large, upright, handsome flower (in the garden,
when the plants are strong, there are sometimes more,) which is
of a deep azure blue, dotted on the inside. It is a native of
Austria.

Culture. — The three first sorts are easily raised, by sowing the
seed in pots soon after it is ripe, as when kept till the spring it will
not succeed : the pots should be placed in a shady situation, and
kept clean from weeds. Some advise their being sown where they
are to remain, but the first is probably the best method. In the
spring the plants appear, when they must be duly watered in dry
weather, and kept clean from weeds till the following autumn; then
be carefully shaken out of the pots, so as not to break or injure their
roots; and a shady border of loamy earth should be well dug and

211

prepared to receive them, into which they should be put at about
six inches distance each way, the tops of the roots being kept a little
below the surface of the ground, and the earth pressed close to the
roots. If the following spring prove dry, they should be duly watered,
to forward their growth. The plants may remain here two years, by
which time they will be fit to transplant where they are designed to
grow, removing them in the autumn, as soon as their leaves decay,
great care being taken in digging them up, not to cut or break their
roots, as that greatly weakens them. They require afterwards no
other culture, but to dig the ground about them early in the spring
before they begin to shoot, and in the summer to keep them clean
from weeds. The roots continue many years, but the stalks decay
every autumn; the same roots not flowering two years together, or
seldom oftener than every third. When they flower strong, they
have, however, a fine appearance.

The first is mostly propagated by off-sets or parting the roots,
and planting them where they are to remain in the early autumn ;
but in order to have the plants flower well, they must not be often
transplanted or parted.

They are also capable of being raised from seeds managed as the
first sorts.

They all succeed the most perfectly in moist loamy soils, where
there is a degree of shade.

All the sorts are useful as ornamental plants, for the various
clumps, borders, and quarters of pleasure-grounds; those of low
growth being planted towards the fronts, and the latter kinds more
backward.

212

2. GLYCINE RUBICUND A,

DINGY-FLOWERED GLYCINE.

THIS genus contains plants of the shrubby climbing kind.

It belongs to the class and order Diadelphia Decandria, and ranks
in the natural order of>Papilionace<s.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed, compressed
perianthium : mouth two-lipped : upper lip emarginate, obtuse :
lower longer, trifid, acute: the middle tooth more produced: the
corolla is papilionaceous: banner pbcordate, the sides bent down,
the back gibbous, the tip emarginate, straight, repelled from the
keel: wings oblong, towards the tip ovate, small, bent downwards:
keel linear, sickle-shaped, bent upwards, at the tip pressing the
banner upwards, obtuse, towards the tip broader: the stamina have
diadelphous filaments (simple and nine-cleft), only a little divided
at the tip, rolled back: anthers simple: the pistillum is an oblong
germ: style cylindric, rolled back in a spiral: stigma obtuse: peri-
carpium an oblong legume: the seeds kidney-form.

The species are: 1. G. frutescens, Shrubby Glycine, or Carolina
Kidney-bean Tree; 2. G. bimaculata, Two-spotted Glycine; 3. G.
rubicunda, Reddish-flowered Glycine; 4. G. coccinea, Scarlet Gly-
cine.

The first has woody stalks, which twist themselves together, and
also twine round any trees that grow near, and will rise to the height
of fifteen feet or more. The leaves are in shape somewhat like those
of the ash-tree, but have a greater number of leaflets. The flowers are
produced in clusters from the axils, and are of a purple colour. They
are succeeded by long cylindrical legumes, shaped like those of the
Scarlet Kidney-bean, containing several seeds, which are never per-
fected in this climate. It flowers from June to September.

213

The second species rises with a twining shrubby stalk to the
height of six or eight feet and more; multiplying greatly by age,
becoming loaded with a profusion of purple flowers growing in ra-
cemes; the richness of the corolla is enlivened by two green spots at
the base of the banner. For the most part the flowers go off in this
climate without producing any seed-vessels. It begins to flower in
February, and continues during the summer. It is a native of Bo-
tany Bay.

The third has a shrubby, slender, twining stem, five or six feet
high and more, red, branched, leafy. The leaves ternate, on pe-
tioles from an inch to two inches in length, channelled above, round
underneath: leaflets ovate or elliptic, quite entire, the two side-ones
on very short petioles, the end one on a petiole half an inch in
length, bending and swelling immediately under the leaflet, and hav-
ing there a pair of deciduous stipules. Almost the whole plant is
covered with hairs pressed close.

The flowers are of a purplish-scarlet colour. It is a native of New
South Wales, flowering from April to June.

The fourth is a shrubby climbing plant, growing to the height of
many feet, if supported, and producing a great number of flowers
on its pendent branches. The leaflets nearly round, and in the older
ones especially curled at the edges. The flowers for the most part in
pairs, of a glowing scarlet colour, at the base of the keel somewhat
inclined to purple; the bottom of the banner is decorated with a
large yellow spot, verging to green. It flowers from April to June,
and is a native of New South Wales.

Culture. — The first sort is increased by laying down the young
branches in the early autumn. When well rooted in the following
autumn, they may be taken off and planted where they are to re-
main, or in nursery-rows, being watered when the weather is hot,
and the roots protected in the winter by some sort of strawy ma-
terial.

They succeed best in dry warm light soils.

The other sorts may be raised by sowing the seeds, when they
can be obtained from abroad or produced here, in pots of light

214

earth, in the early spring, being afterwards removed into other pots,,
and placed in the green-house or Cape stove. Mr. Curtis, how-
ever, suggests that the two last may succeed in the open air, when
planted out in warm sheltered situations, and protected in the winter
season.

They are all ornamental in their flowery climbing nature; the
first in the open ground, and the latter in the green-house and stove
collections.

PI.2Z

/;,,;/ , ,v ,/;,////;;, . ;/- v/

PLATE XXVII.

1. HELLEBORUS VIRIDIS,

GREEN HELLEBORE.

Tins genus contains plants of the herbaceous perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Polyandria Polygynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Multisiliqutg.

The characters are: that there is no calyx, unless the corolla,
which in some species is permanent, be considered as such: the
corolla has five petals, roundish, blunt, large: nectaries several, very
short, placed in a ring, one-leafed, tubular, narrower at bottom :
mouth two-lipped, upright, emarginate, the inner lip shortest : the
stamina consist of numerous subulate filaments: anthers compressed,
narrower at bottom, upright: the pistillum consists of about six
germs, compressed: styles subulate: stigmas thickish: (five or more:)
the pericarpium consists of capsules (leguminous, beaked) compress-
ed, two-keeled: the lower keel shorter; the upper convex, gaping:
the seeds several, round, and fixed to the suture.

The species cultivated are : 1. H. hy emails, Winter Hellebore, or
Yellow Winter Aconite; 2. H.niger, Black Hellebore, or Christmas
Rose; 3. H. viridis, Green Hellebore; 4. H.fcetidus, Slinking Helle-
bore, or Bear's-foot; 5. H, lividus, Livid Purple, or Great Three-
flowered Black Hellebore.

The first has a tuberous transverse root, with many dependent
fibres, putting up several naked steins or scapes, simple, smooth,
round, from an inch or two to four inches in height, terminated by a
single leaf, spreading out horizontally in a circle, divided into five
parts almost to the base, and the parts simple, or divided into two,
three, or four lobes. In the bosom of this sits one large, upright,

216

yellow flower. It is native of Loinbardy, and flowers with us from
January to March.

The second has transverse roots, externally rough and knotted,
with many dependent fibres, and some large roots striking down ; the
scapes from six inches to near a foot in length, round, upright, varie-
gated with red, rising from a sheath, and terminated usually with
one flower, sometimes two, and very rarely three: corolla very large,
generally white at first, but frequently with a tint of red, growing
deeper with age, but finally becoming green. It is a native of
Italy, Sec. flowering from December to March. Martyn observes,
that " it has the name of Black Hellebore from the colour of the root;
and of Christmas Hose, from the time of flowering and the colour of
the corolla."

The third has a round stem, a little branched at top, but not near
so much as in the next sort; leafy, reddish at the base, upright, smooth,
a foot or eighteen inches in height: the leaves not of a stiff leathery
consistence, as in the next species, but soft and of a lighter green ;
those from the bottom are on long petioles, but those on the stem sit
close to their sheaths: the leaflets (seven to ten) lanceolate, acuminate,
sharply serrate, smooth, gashed, usually trifid, the divisions some-
times deeply lobed; and at the base of each peduncle is a similar
leaf, only smaller: the peduncles axillary, an inch long, round; sup-
porting two (sometimes only one) nodding, green flowers. It is a
native of France, &c. flowering in March and April.

The fourth has a small but bent root, with a prodigious number
of slender dark-coloured fibres: the stem is from eighteen inches to
near a yard in height, towards the bottom round, strong, naked,
marked with alternate scars, the vestiges of former leaves; dividing
and subdividing at top into many branches, producing great abun-
dance of flowers pendent, of a pale yellowish colour: the leaves com-
posed of eight or nine long narrow lobes, joined at their base,
commonly four on each side, united at the bottom, and one in the
middle of the foot-stalk, serrate, and ending in acute points; those
on the lower part much larger than those on the upper, of a deep

217

green colour. It is a native of Italy, &c. flowering from November
or December to April.

The fifth species resembles the third, but differs in having tri-
foliate leaves, broader and entire, their surface being smoother, and
the stalks rise higher than either of the common sorts. It flowers
from January to May.

Culture. — The first sort is increased by planting the off-sets from
the roots after the leaves are decayed, in the latter end of the sum-
mer season, in the places where they are to flower, in patches of
several roots together. They have the best effect when intermixed
wilh the Snow-drop, as being of similar growth, and flowering about
the same time. The off-sets may be separated from the old plants
every three or four years.

The second sort is increased by parting the roots in the autumn,
and planting them out in moist warm sheltered situations, in the
borders or other parts where the soil is fresh and unmanured. And
to have it flower well, it should be protected by glasses in the winter.
Some plants may be potted in this intention.

The third and fourth sorts are raised by sowing the seeds in the
autumn or early spring, either in the places where they are to grow,
or in beds for the purpose, afterwards thinning them out to a few
plants, or transplanting them into other beds, at the distance of a
foot in the rows.

They rise well from self-sown seed, and succeed in shady situa-
tions very well-

The last sort is increased by seeds and parting the roots.

The well ripened seeds should be sown, or the roots planted out,
in the autumn, either in pots of light fresh earth, or in warm pro-
tected situations in the borders. The plants should afterwards be
protected in the green-house, or by hand-glasses in the winter. But
they do not increase fast in either of these ways.

These are all ornamental plants; the first sort in the fronts of
beds, borders, and clumps; and the third and fourth in the large
borders and wilderness parts of pleasure-grounds. The second and

last sorts produce a fine effect among collections of potted plants.

2 F

218

2. HYPERICUM HIRCINUM.

FETID ST. JOHN'S WORT.

Tins genus furnishes plants of the shrubby and under-shrubby,
hardy and tender kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Polyaddphia Polyandria, and
ranks in the natural order of Rotacea.

The characters are: that the calyx is a five-parted perianthium:
segments subovate, concave, permanent: the corolla has five petals,
oblong-ovate, obtuse, spreading, wheel-shaped, according to the sun's
apparent motion : the stamina have numerous capillary filaments,
united at the base in five or three bodies: anthers small: the pis-
tillum is a roundish germ: styles three (sometimes one, two, or five),
simple, distant, the length of the stamens: stigmas simple: the peri-
carpium is a roundish capsule, with the same number of cells as there
are styles: the seeds very many and oblong.

The species cultivated are: 1. H. balearicum, Warled St. John's-
wort; 2. H. Ascyron, Great flowered St. Peter's-wort ; 3. H.Andro-
stzmutfi, Common Tutsan; 4. H.Canariense, Canary St. John's- wort;
5. H. hircinum, Slinking Shrubby St. John's-wort ; 6. H. monogynum,
Chinese St. John's-wort.

The first rises with a slender shrubby stalk in this country, about
two feet high; but in its native soil it acquires the height of seven
or eight feet, sending out several weak branches of a reddish colour,
and marked with scars where the leaves have fallen off: the leaves
are small, oval, waved on their edges, and having several small pro-
tuberances on their under side: they sit close to the branches, half
embracing them at the base: the flowers are terminating, large,
bright, yellow. It is a native of Majorca.

The second species has a stem a cubit and half high, round,

219

smooth, rufescent : the leaves are pale green, paler underneath, an
inch long and half an inch wide, roundish, opposite: the flowers
terminating: calyx green: corolla pale yellow, five times as large as
in the common sort. It is a native of the Pyrennees.

The third has a perennial, thick, woody root, of a reddish colour,
sending out very long fibres: the steins suffruticose or under-shrubby,
ancipital two-edged or slightly winged on opposite sides, two feet
high and more, branched towards the top, of a reddish colour, and
smooth: branches brachiate or decussated, spreading: the leaves op-
posite, sessile, ovate, entire, smooth, dark green, glaucous on the
under side, netted with numerous projecting veins and nerves, which
become through age ferruginous: on the stem they are two inches
long, and an inch and half broad at the base; those on the branches
are smaller, of different sizes, and some of them approaching to
lanceolate: the flowers small for the size of the plant, disposed in a
cyme: the peduncles round, smooth, usually two or three-flowered,
but sometimes one-flowered : the fruit an ovate capsule, assuming
the appearance of a berry; at first yellowish green, then red or
brownish purple, and lastly almost black when ripe. It is a native
of the south of Europe.

The fourth species rises with a shrubby stalk six or seven feet
high, dividing into branches at top: the leaves are oblong, set by
pairs close to the branches, having a strong odour, but less than those
of the fifth : the flowers terminating in clusters, very like those of the
fifth. It is a native of the Canary islands, flowering from July to
September.

The fifth rises with shrubby stalks three feet high, sending out
small opposite branches at each joint: the leaves are oblong, ovate,
placed by pairs, sessile, and having a rank smell : the flowers are in
terminating bunches. It is a native of the south of Europe, flower-
ing from July to September.

There are varieties ; one larger, which is the common one : the
other smaller.

The sixth has a root composed of many woody fibres, striking
deep into the ground: the stems several, shrubby, near two feet high,

220

covered with a purplish bark: the leaves stiff, smooth, about two
inches long, and a quarter of an inch broad, opposite, sessile, of a
lucid green on their upper surface, and gray underneath, having
many transverse veins running from the midrib to the border: the
flowers terminating in small clusters, each on a short peduncle. It
is a native of China, flowering from March to September.

Culture. — The first and last sorts are more tender than the others,
requiring the protection of the green-house in winter. They are
capable of being increased by layers or cuttings. The former are
made in the spring on the young shoots, which, when well rooted in
the end of summer, may be taken off and planted out in separate
pots. The cuttings of the young shoots may be planted in pots in
the summer, and plunged in a hot-bed, and when well rooted, re-
moved into separate pots.

The last species may likewise be increased by planting slips of
the roots in the spring, in the same manner.

They may also be raised by sowing the seed in pots, in the spring,
and plunging them in a hot-bed just to bring up the plants.

The second and third sorts are readily increased by sowing the
seeds in the autumn, in a bed of common earth, or where they are
to remain.

They are, however, best raised by slipping the roots, and plant-
ing them, at the same time, where the plants are to grow.

The fourth and fifth sorts are easily increased by planting slips
from the old roots in the autumn or spring, taken with root fibres to
them; or by dividing the roots, and planting them where they are to
grow, or in nursery rows.

They may likewise be increased by seeds, sown as in the two
former species, removing them in the spring following to where they
are to remain.

The two tender sorts afford variety in green-house collections,
and the other sorts in the borders, clumps, and other parts of plea-
sure grounds.

J'l.2.1

1'cunttJ by Svti EJ-xarJj Lemtnt ./'iM, >/,.-,/ .'„»,- i jJr.'.f bj ifKu

Jfemer0ca2us ///Ay/

7('t\'

/'/It /I'. I

PLATE XXVIII.

1. HEMEROCALLIS FULVA.

TOWN LILY.

i

THIS genus contains plants of the herbaceous flowery perennial
kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Hexandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Liliacea.

The characters are: that there is no calyx: the corolla- is six-
parted, bell-funnel-form: tube short: border equal, spreading, more
reflex at top: the stamina have six. subulate filaments, the length of
the corolla, declining; upper ones shorter : anthers oblong, incum-
bent, rising: the pistillum is a roundish germ, furrowed, superior:
style filiform, the length and situation of the stamens: stigma ob-
tusely-three-cornered, rising : the pericarpium is an ovate-three-
lobed capsule, three-cornered, three-celled, three-valved: the seeds
very many, and roundish.

The species are: l.H.Jtava, Yellow Day-Lily; 2.H.fulva, Cop-
per-coloured Day-Lily.

The first has strong fibrous roots, to which hang knobs, or tubers,
like those of the Asphodel, from which come out leaves, two feet
long, with a rigid midrib, the two sides drawing inward, so as to
form a sort of gutter on the upper side: the flower-stalks rise two
feet and a half high, having two or three longitudinal furrows; these
are naked, and at the top divide into three or four short peduncles,
each sustaining one pretty large yellow flower shaped like a Lily,
having but one petal, with a short tube, spreading open at the brim,
where it is divided into six parts; these have an agreeable scent,,
from which some have given them the title of Yellow Tuberose. It
is a nativeof Siberia, &c. flowering in June.

222

There is a variety with smaller roots; the leaves are not near so
long, have not more than half the breadth, and are of a dark green
colour: the flower-stalk is a foot and half high, naked and com-
pressed, without furrows ; at the top are two or three yellow flowers,
which are nearer the bell-shape than the others, and stand on shorter
peduncles.

The second species is a much larger plant than the first, and the
roots spread and increase much more; the roots have very strong
fleshy fibres, to which hang large oblong tubers : the leaves are near
three feet long, hollowed like those of the former, turning back to-
ward the top: the flower-stalks are as thick as a man's finger, and
rise near four feet high; they are naked, without joints, and branch-
ing at the top, where are several large copper-coloured flowers, shaped
like those of the Red Lily, and as large. These flowers never conti-
nue longer than one, but there is a succession of flowers on the
same plants for a fortnight or three weeks. It flowers in July and
August.

Culture. — These plants are easily increased by planting the off-
sets taken from the roots in autumn in any situation, as they are ex-
tremely hardy. They afterwards require no other culture, but to
keep them clean from weeds, and to allow them room, that their
roots may spread.

The first sort may also be increased by seeds, which should be
sown in autumn. The plants come up in the following spring, and
these will flower in two years.

A moist soil and shady situation are the best suited to their
growth ; their size, and the great increase of their roots, especially in
the second sort, render them most proper for large gardens and plan-
tations, where they produce much variety and effect.

2. HIBISCUS SYRIACUS.

ALTHEA FRUTEX.

THIS genus furnishes plants of the shrubby and flowery exotic
kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Monaddphia Polyandria, and
ranks in the natural order of Columniferce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a double perianthium: outer
many-leaved, permanent: leaflets linear: more rarely one-leafed,
many-cleft: inner one-leafed, cup-shaped, half five-cleft, perma-
nent: or five-toothed, deciduous : the corolla has five petals, round-
ish-oblong, narrower at the base, spreading, fastened at bottom to
the tube of the stamens: the stamina have very many filaments,
united at bottom into a tube, at top (in the apex and surface of this)
divided and loose: anthers kidney-form: the pistillum is a roundish
germ: style filiform, longer than the stamens, five-cleft at top: stig-
mas headed : the pericarpium is a five-celled capsule, five-valved:
partitions contrary, doubled: the seeds solitary or several, ovate-
kidney-form.

The species cultivated are: 1. II. Syriacus, Syrian Shrubby Hi-
biscus, or Althaea Frutex; 2. H. Trionum, Bladder Hibiscus, Blad-
der Ketmia, or Flower of an Hour; 3. H. Rosa Sinemis, China Rose
Hibiscus; 4. H. mutabilis, Changeable Rose Hibiscus, or Martinico
Rose.

The first rises with a shrubby stalk to the height of six or seven
feet, sending out many woody branches, covered with a smooth gray
bark : the leaves have the upper part frequently divided into three
lobes, placed alternately on the branches, and stand on short foot-
stalks: the flowers come out from the wings of the stalk at every
joint of the same year's shoot; they are large, and shaped like those

224

of the mallow, having five large roundish petals, which join at their
base, spreading open at the top in the shape of an open bell : these
appear in August, and if the season is not too warm, there is a suc-
cession of flowers part of September. The early flowers are suc-
ceeded by short capsules; but unless the season proves warm, they
do not ripen in this climate. It is usually termed Althaa frutex by
the nursery gardeners. It is a native of Syria.

There are varieties with pale purple flowers, with dark bottoms;
with bright purple flowers, with black bottoms; with white flowers,
with purple bottoms; with variegated flowers, with dark bottoms,
called Painted Lady Althaea frittex; with pale yellow flowers, with
dark bottoms; with variegated leaves, and with double flowers.

The second species rises with a branching stalk a foot and a half
high, having many short spines which are soft : usually the leaves
are divided into three lobes, which are deeply jagged almost to the
midrib; these jags are opposite, and the segments are obtuse: the
flowers come out at the joints of the stalks upon pretty long pedun-
cles; the outer calyx is composed of ten long narrow leaves, which
join at their base; the inner is of one thin leaf, swollen like a bladder,
cut into five acute segments at the top, having several longitudinal
purple ribs, and is hairy ; both these are permanent, and enclose the
capsule after the flower is past: the flower is composed of five ob-
tuse petals, which spread open at the top, and form an open bell-
shaped flower; these have dark purple bottoms, but are of a pale
sulphur colour above, tinged sometimes partially with pale purple on
the outside, where they are also ribbed: the capsule is ovate, the
consistence of paper, pustuled with protuberances occasioned by
the seeds, villose and black. It is annual, growing naturally in Italy,
&c. The flowers are of short duration, in hot weather continuing
only a few hours open; but there is a succession of them daily for a
considerable time, in June, July, and August. It has been long
known by the title of Venice Mallow.

There are varieties with erect purplish stems, and the flowers
larger, and their colour deeper; and with large paler-coloured
flowers.

225

The third, in its native situation, grows to the size of an ordinary
tree; but here it is shrubby, the stem round, erect, with alternate,
spreading branches, that are wand-like, leafy, brownish-green, and
nearly smooth : the leaves alternate, spreading, unequally and
coarsely serrate, entire at the base, five-nerved, bright green, very
smooth, except the young ones, which are slightly downy; their pe-
tioles are round, downy on the upper side: the stipules in pairs,
opposite, at the base of the petioles, linear, acute, deciduous : the
flowers axillary, solitary, peduncled, large, of a deep scarlet colour,
resembling a double rose. It is common in China and the East
Indies. It is rare with single flowers.

The fourth species has a pale stem, single, smooth, spreading out
wide into leafy branches at top; the wood resembling that of the
fig: the leaves are the same size with those of the vine, having the
roughness of fig leaves, and the form of both, or rather of the angu-
lar leaves of ivy; whitish underneath : the petioles rough, thick, three
or four inches in length: the peduncles thicker towards the top,
sometimes tinged with red, sustaining large handsome flowers, which
alter in their colour, as at their first opening they are white, then
they change to a blush rose-colour, and as they decay they turn to
a purple. Marty n remarks, that in the West Indies all their altera-
tions happen the same day; but that in England, where the flowers
last near a week in beauty, the changes are not so sudden. It is a
native of the East Indies, £c. The period of its blowing in the stoves
of this climate is November and December.

It varies with double flowers, from which the single is frequently
produced ; but the seeds of the single seldom vary to the double
kind.

Culture. — The first sort is increased by seeds, layers, and cuttings.

The seeds should be procured from abroad, and sown in pols
filled with light earth in the early spring months, plunging them in
a gentle hot-bed to bring them forward, or on a border in a warm
exposure. They should be watered during the summer, and be pro-
tected from frost in the winter. When they have had two year?

2 G

226

growth, they may be set out in nursery rows, or be planted where
they are to remain.

The layers should be laid down in the autumn, the shoots being
cut on the backs at one or two joints, and well laid into the ground.
They are generally well rooted in twelve months, when they may be
taken off and removed to where they are to remain.

The cuttings of the young shoots should be planted in pots of
light earth in the early spring, plunging them in a mild hot-bed ; or
they may be planted in a shady border in the summer season. When
well rooted, they should be carefully taken up and planted where
they are to remain, either in the autumn or spring.

The second sort is increased by sowing the seed either in the au-
tumn or spring, in the places where the plants are to flower, in patches
of several seeds together. When they come up, they should be thin-
ned out to two or three plants in each patch.

The two last sorts may be increased by sowing the seeds in the
early spring months, in pots filled with rich light mould, plunging
them in a moderate hot-bed under glasses, or, what is better, in the
bark-bed of the stove. When the plants are up, and have attained
two or three inches in growth, they should be removed into separate
small pots, watering them well, and replunging them in the hot-bed,
where they must be kept.

They may likewise sometimes be raised by planting cuttings of
the young shoots in pots of the same sort of earth, in the spring or
summer, giving them water, and plunging them in the bark hot-bed.
They should afterwards be managed as the others.

The two first hardy sorts are highly ornamental in the borders and
clumps, among other flowery plants; and the two last tender sorts
produce much variety by their beautiful flowers in the stove and con-
servatory collections.

LIBRARY

UNIVERSITY OF f*^EY

,<sk from which borrowed.
Reti-DUE on the last date stamped below.
ThisL

"UMar'SOAR

REC'D LD

SCP JO 195S

REC'D LD

APR JO 1969
KEC'DLD

EC'DLD JUL9

1 2 1981

REJCEIVED BY

nicao 1980
OCT17197359

CIRCULATION DEFT.

LD 21-100m-ll,'49(B7146sl6)476

m

JUL 28 1930
131930

NOV 2

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA UBRARY

-4,